Home

Océ|User manual - Océ

1. Input Filter JDE Parameter Keyword Variable Type Description LTHFLD Value Specifies the length of the field containing the block Default 0 length The size specifies the length in bytes of the field containing the block LENGTH specified above The size is an integer in the range of 0 to 5 If size is set to zero the block length field is not considered to be part of the block and the length of a block on tape is the actual block length OFFSET Value Specifies the location of the block length field A val Default 0 ue specifies the block length field offset This offset is the number of bytes from the first byte of a block to the block length field A value is an integer in the range of 0 to block length POSTAMBLE Value Specifies the length in bytes of the extraneous data Default 0 at the end of each tape block i e it is an offset from the end of a block backwards to the end of the last logical record The value is an integer in the range of 0 to block length PREAMBLE Value Specifies the length of the operating system portion Default 0 of the block i e the byte offset from the first byte of atape block to the first byte of the first logical record The length is an integer in the range of 0 to the block length ZERO YES NO Specifies the end of block indicator YES specifies Default NO that the end of a tape block is indicated by a value of zero in the record length field before applying the re cord leng
2. PJM control Meaning Parameters type language specifies the type of the ticket APAILCDSIPOD module Default POD The type option is useful in combination with the f option only because otherwise the ticket type is part of the job ticket getid request a job id Returns a new PRISMAproduction jobid to be used in a subse quent job submission see id option id lt job ident gt Jobid that is to be used in the current submission It is assumed thatthe jobid has been requested by a previous PJM call using the getid option Default generated implicitly for current submission quiet run in quiet mode Do not display formatted messages on STDOUT and STDERR Display a code instead and optional a list of parameters depend ing on the code This parameter is supposed to be set when the PJM Command Line is used in shell scripts Error handling should be much easier when dealing with codes and parameters instead of formatted language dependent messages See more detailed description below Default verbose wait wait until the job is ready to print PJM command line does not return any values until the job is ready to print or is aborted with an error or is deleted Returncode If the waiting state of the command line is finished because the job is aborted with an error the return code is 12 otherwise it is O Default do not wait return after job has been accepted force accept
3. u prismapro bin initlcds catalog name Sets the LCDS default standard code tables PCC tables and PDE s FMT Idparm If no catalog name is given the Idparm is updat ed for all catalogs u prismapro bin irev A reverse ifilter it uses an ifilter generated file as input and produces an ifilter input file See the manual pages with man irev u prismapro bin irevjsl This tool is only to be used for migration of exist ing PRISMAproduction version 3 04 or older customer catalogs From version 3 10 on all jsl files are plain ASCII files This tool uses all JSLs in the actual jsl dat direc tory as input and writes human readable text files with the same names to i e jsl These can be used for searching a certain PDE CME STO e a using grep u prismapro bin jobclass import s master server class cfg file Import a class cfg from PRISMAproduction Version 2 x into Version 3 x u prismapro bin job2tic Convert spsprt job file to ticket u prismapro bin jobstat Status viewer for jobs in PRISMA spool See Job Status Information on page 222 u prismapro bin jpjm PJM command line as Java application u prismapro bin jview Displays page images of POD jobs in the spool using pdv or pdv3 Jobs are specified by single job IDs or a range of job IDs usr bin lcdsver Gives version numbers of RPMs and certain modules used by LCDS u prismapro bin
4. Situation The IP address is wrong the port number is configured correctly Message 90010050 Printer single tcpip initialization failure TIMEOUT waiting for Printer Assignment User action A ping to the printer doesn t work Check the network configuration If the network configuration is correct but the ping doesn t work again re boot the server and the printer Situation The port number is wrong the IP address is configured correctly Message 90010050 Printer single tcpip initialization failure TIMEOUT waiting for Printer Assignment User action A ping to the printer is working fine Check the network configuration If the network configuration is correct but the ping doesn t work again re boot the server and the printer C Handling problem Situation IP address and port number are configured correctly but the wrong chan nel is online Message 90010050 Printer single tcpip initialization failure TIMEOUT waiting for Printer Assignment Note A ping may work fine if the TCP IP channel is attached or not User action set the correct printer channel to ONLINE D Active Session problems Situation IP address and port number are configured correctly the correct channel is online but you get an initialization failure Message see above Useraction Setthe TCP IP channel to OFFLINE and ONLINE a hanging session should be closed if a ping is working but you don
5. 1 2 3 2 DUMMYPRINTER In dummy printing mode the AFP2IPDS backend internally simulates all printer communication procedures and is able to process any print job as if there would be a physical printer present In dummy mode the print datastream passes the com plete AFP2IPDS backend process chain until the generated pages would be sent to the printer Generated pages will not be sent but rather discarded at end of chain To get rid of particular communication channel problems pages will be discarded before entering PAL SCSI or S370 modules In dummy mode AFP2IPDS backend will still be able to run in multiple instances on the same machine No further executable is required to run AFP2IPDS backend in dummy mode You are able to switch to dummy printing directly DMY LOAD PRINTER DMY LOAD PRINTERc string Load predefined or former saved printer profiles with SAVE PRINTER Predefined printer keywords are VARIOPRINT5000 VARIOSTREAM7000 VARIOSTREAM7000 ATWIN VARIOSTREAM9000 IBM_IP32 BM IP6400 CUTSHEET as an alias of VARIOPRINT5000 FANFOLD as an alias of VARIOSTREAM7000 ATWIN as an alias of VARIOSTREAM7000_ATWIN 6400 as an alias of IBM IP6400END LOAD PRINTER DMY SAVE PRINTER DMY SAVE PRINTERc string Save printer profile to file This parameter allows to save a real printer as a printer pro file during printing session This parameter works in dummy mode DUMMYDEV 1 a
6. 32 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend EXT FONT CHARSET List of individual Resource File Name Extensions of font character sets Specifies one or more suffixes to be append ed to an AFP FontCharacterSet resource name while searching for the corresponding file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot The extensions are free definable and sep arated by The default is no suffix No extension is written as 5 The search order is the same as the extensions are written from left to right The first matching resource will be used Example EXT_FONT_CHARSET 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name COBASE COBASE 600 COBASE 300 COBASE 240 COBASE EXT FORMDEF Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP FormDef resource name while searching for the correspond ing file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot The default is no suffix No extension is written as Example EXT FORMDEF 600 frm fd The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name F1BASE F1BASE 600 F1BASE frm F1BASE fd F1BASE A29247 X100 X 7 7672 33 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter EXT OBJECT CONTAIN ER EXT OFF EXT OUTLINE FONT Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP ObjectContai
7. Ox20 32 Allowed ASCII values are hex representation 0 9 0x30 0x39 FLINFOPG If more than 10 TRCs are requested by his PAGEDEF P1CC TRC 0 hdrpage cc trc 0 HeaderPage with CC using different TRC s Template kkxkkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkkkxkxkxkkkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkxkkkkkxkxkxkxkxkkkkxkkkxkxkxkkkkkxkxkxkkkkkxxk TITLI B ES OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version SVERSIONS created on SVERSIONDATES SVERSIONTIMI PAGENAMES Ckck ck Cckck ck ck ckckck kckck ckck ck ckck ckockck ck ck ck ck ck ck okckockckck ckckck ckck ckckck KKK ckck ck ckck kckckockck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk kk USER JOB FILE HOST SPOOL SPOOL PRINT NAME NAME NAME NAME ID TIME Ei TIME Ej B ES SOWNERS SJOBNAMES SFILENAMES SCLIENTS SJOBIDS SSPOOLDATES SPOOLTIMES DATES TIMES 68 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend PRINTER ID STATUS SPRINTERS SPAGESTATUSS START NEW XMIT OR CONT Ck ckCckck kckckckckck ckck ck ckck ck ckck ckckck ck ckck ckck ckckck ck KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK ck ck ck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk kk NAME ROOM BUILDING ADDRESS SREC_NAMES DEPARTMENTS SROOMS SBUILDINGS SADDRESS1 SADDRESS2 SADDRESS3 SADDR ESSAS Ckckckck ck ockckckckck ckckck ckck ck ckckckckck kckck KKK KKK ckck ck KKK KKK KKK KKK ck ckck ckckck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk ko
8. sma prismaProduction psmib printer sma prismaProduction psmib printer sma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint prnPrint prnPrint prnPrint prnPrint prnPrint prnPrint prnPrint A29247 X100 X 7 7672 275 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent en erTable prnPrin en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en ert terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en eri terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en eri terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en eri terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en er terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter en eri terprises oce Table prnPrin pr ter ter rab en er le prnPrinterl ter rab en er le prnPrinterl erTable prnPrinterl erTable prnPrinterl ter ter H H H H H H H H H H H H H pal S n LH S n LH S n ee S n EEJ S n ES S n Lu S n pa S n pu S n LU S
9. 00000010 00000020 00000030 00000040 54 45 58 54 3D 28 27 4E 45 57 20 50 41 50 45 52 20 54 59 50 45 20 4E 45 45 44 45 44 2E 20 20 4E 45 57 20 50 41 50 45 52 3D 53 54 41 4E 44 41 52 44 27 2C 57 41 49 54 29 20 2C 20 45 4E 44 3B 00 00000050 00 1200 00 42 32 F1 20 20 20 200000000001 00000060 00000070 00000080 00000030 0000000 oo0000B0 ogoo00co 000000D0 Oo0000E0 01 01005000 00 42 32 4E 20 44 4A 44 45 20 30 30 4F 54 45 58 54 3D 28 27 56 45 52 49 46 59 20 50 41 50 45 52 20 54 59 50 45 20 4E 4F 57 20 20 20 4E 45 57 20 50 41 50 45 52 3D 53 54 41 4E 44 4152 44 27 2C 57 41 49 54 29 20 2C 20 45 4E 44 3B 0000 12 00 00 42 32 F1 20 20 20 20 00 00 00 00 0101 01 00 2C 0O 00 42 32 F1 20 44 4A 44 45 20 30 30 4 44 45 3D 54 45 53 54 2C 45 4E 44 3B 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 OOO000FO 00 1500 00 42 32 4E 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 20 00000100 00000110 00000120 00000130 00000140 00000150 00000160 00000170 00000180 00000190 0000010 00000180 o0o001c0 000001D0 000001E0 O00001F0 20 20 20 20 01 00 76 00 00 42 32 F1 20 44 4A 44 45 20 30 30 46 4F 4E 54 53 3D 28 52 41 31 32 42 50 2C 52 42 31 32 42 50 2C 52 36 31 32 42 50 2C 52 36 42 4F 42 50 2C 52 38 4F 42 44 50 2C 52 4B 31 36 42 50 2C 52 4B 31 38 42 50 2C 52 4B 32 38 42 50 2C 52 4B 32 42 45 50 2C 42 43 58 31 43 50 2C 42 4F 58 33 30 50 2C 52 41 31 32 58 58 2C 42 43 30 31 43 50 29 2C 45 4E 44 3B 00 68 00 00 42 32 F1 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 00 03 04 60 09 06 2C 0154 5
10. O disable the control of variable media size 1 enable the control of variable media size BACKSIDEOVLS List of Medium Overlays to be placed on the back side of ev ery sheet Each entry in the list has the format C8 Overlay name The standard end of list indicator is used PS uses this field when the PDS2OVLB bit is set Up to 8 names 1 to 8 character specifying the medium overlays to be placed on the Back side of each sheet in ad dition to overlays from other sources CKPTPAGE CKPTTIME Specifies the number of logical pages to be printed or trans mitted before AFP2IPDS backend takes a checkpoint Zero means that no page controlled ckpt is to be done Default 100 Specifies how many seconds of printing are to elapse be tween each checkpoint of this printed data set In units of 1 100 seconds ATTENTION Changing this parameter to a value 0 will cause that parameter PRTACKR to be ignored Default 0 COLOR_SETUP_NAME Name of the Color Setup File that will be activated on the printer This function is only supported for the VarioPrint and Var ioStream printers which have the functionality to activate the printer setup COMP38MO 3800 compatible media origin O off Default ton CSE_EJECT Controls additional sheet ejects between jobs sections and info pages when printing in Cut Sheet Emulation mode 0 No additional sheet ejects save paper 1 Additional sheet ejects S
11. TestSystem ops de printer prnPrint TestSystem ops de printer prnPrint TestSystem ops de printer prnPrint TestSystem ops de printer prnPrint 0x05 printer prnPrint 0x06 printer prnPrint 0x04 n printer prnPrint 0x04 printer prnPrint dev ikp0 prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint try prnPrinterDeviceNode 1 dev ikpO A29247 X100 X 7 7672 277 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent em en erTab enter erTabl enter erTab enter erTabl enter erTab enter erTabl enter erTab en en erTab en en erTab tive en erTab tive erTab tive en tive en erTab en erTab en erTab en erTab le prnPrin prises oce le prnPrin prises oce le prnPrin prises oce le prnPrin prises oce le prnPrin prises oce le prnPrin prises oce le prnPrin terprises oce erTabl le prnPrin terprises oce le prnPrin terprises oce erTabl le prnPrin terprises oce le prnPrin 3 terprises oce le prnPrin 3 enterprises oce le prnPrin 3 terprises oce erTabl le prnPrin 3 terprises oce le prnPrin terprises oce le prnPrin terprises oce le prnPrin terprises oce le prnPrin ter pr ter pr ter pr ter pr ter pr ter pr ter pr ter
12. Variable Type Description ByteOrder InFile String String Defines byte ordering from CPU Host only supported for block record length fields and HOST BARRPC Possi ble values BigEndian MSB LSB ordering Default IBM 370 PDP 10 Motorola RISC LittleEndian LSB MSB ordering INTEL PDP 11 VAX Name of input file wildcard or a combination of char acter and wildcard Wildcard can be used in the middle of characters only wildcard is allowed Also used when 370 channel dump is read or written for the dump output filename InFileFirst Value First file to print Possible values 0 Prints from first file or all files when InFileLast 0 gt 0 Prints from file no until InFileLast value InFileLast Value Last report to print Possible values gt 0 Last file to print InFileFirst lt InFileLast 0 Prints until last file InFileFirst gt 0 InFileType Value Input file format type Possible values AFP Resource AFP resource files AFPDS AFP print data with linedata Pure AFPDS AFP print data SPP Data OLDS print data SPP Resource OLDS resource files XRX Data Xerox print data XRX Resource Xerox resource files PositDir Character Positioning direction Possible values Position forward Toward End of Tape File Position backward Towards Beginning of Tape File PositMedium Positioning type Possible values BLOCK P
13. AFPDS AFPDS The data itself can be Structured Fields SF linedata and mixed data Structure fields and line data The data structure can be Fixed record Variable record Variable blocked record Delimiter or pure Structured fields AFP MVS AFP Resource Multiple resource files written in the IEB libraries COPY MVS format AFP Resources AFP Resource AFPDS Resource fonts overlays pagedefs Format pure Structured Fields SF only MODCA s Pure AFPDS Pure_AFPDS Pure Structured Fields SF no linedata al lowed Data of type Pure AFPDS are written in FORMAT BLOCK and give a higher per formance compared to AFPDS data which is written in FORMAT RECORD 2 4 2 3 Data Structures There are several data structures supported for HD AFP files as well as for Labeled and non labeled AFP tapes For the labeled tapes the data structure description is documented in the tape labels For the HD as well as the non labeled data this in 104 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality formation is not available and must be specified by the user The information the user has to specify by a certain data structure can be determined by the following table as is valid for the AFPDS and Pure AFPDS data types Delimiter RecordConstant OxODOA Record structure JCF Parame Data structure description ter JDE Name HD mixed data ATXT LF Mixed data and line data each record
14. pr ter pr ter H H H H H H H H H pal LH LH ee EEJ ES Lu pa pu ter ter ter ter ber pr ter pr ter H H T T EN n S n S n S n S n S n S n S n S n EN e EAN B EAN EAN rs EAN S n S n n try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin try prnPrin ma prismaProduc try prnPrin ma prismaProduc try prnPrin ma prismaProduc try prnPrin ma prismaProduc try prnPrin ma prismaProduc try prnPrin ma prismaProduc terConnection ma prismaProduc prisma prismaProduc try prnPrinterC terC prisma prismaProduc terC prisma prismaProduc terC prisma prismaProduc terC ma prismaProduc terC ma prismaProduc terC terC cerResol cerResol cerResol cerResol prisma prismaProduction terE tion psmib printer prnPrint lution 0 tion psmib printer prnPrint lution 1 tion psmib printer prnPrint lution 2 tion psmib printer prnPrint lution 3 tion psmib printer prnPrint terConnectiont tion psmib printer prnPrint heckFormSeqs prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint heckFormSeqs tion psmib printer prnPrint heckFormSeqs l ype 0 l ype 2 l ype 3 ter
15. AFPControl tracing en abled CheckpointHandler and all CheckPoint from Layer 2 RestartContextHandler InfoPageProcessor BasicControl tracing en abled Interval Timer tracing en abled FlowControl tracing en abled InputControl tracing en abled contains InputControl Job JobGenerator Main tracing enabled OutputControl tracing en abled A29247 X100 X 7 7672 43 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter TF PAGECONTROL TF DUMPIPDS Control flags TF DUMP TF DUMPRES TF DUMPINPUT 0x00400000 0x08000000 0x01000000 0x02000000 0x04000000 Special undocumented control flags TF X INVALID TF X VS6 IDE TF X CERR TF X COUT TF X NO FILEOUT OxF0000000 0x10000000 0x20000000 0x40000000 0x80000000 PageControl tracing en abled Enable tracing of ipds se quences Enable tracing of data dump Enable tracing of resource data Enable tracing of input data All X flags are invalid Enable tracing to Visual Studio Enable tracing to cerr Enable tracing to cout Supress tracing to file 44 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend 1 2 4 Workflow Generation of InfoPages This document describes how InfoPages can be used under PRISMAproduction Server As example a header page will be used If all kinds of InfoPages have the same parameter the parameter name is written as XXX parametername An InfoPage consists of e template e formdef
16. JOB NAME SJOBNAMES FILE NAME SFILENAMES HOST NAME SCLIENTS SPOOL ID JOBIDS SPOOL TIME SPOOLDATES SPOOLTIMES PRINT TIME SDATES TIMES PRINTER ID PRINTER STATUS PAGESTATUSS START NEW_XMIT OR CONT Ck ckCckck kckckckckck ckckck ckck ck KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KE KKK KKK ckckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk k kk NAME REC NAMES DEPARTMENTS ROOM ROOMS BUILDING BUILDINGS ADDRESS S ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 ADDRESS3 SADDRESS4 KEKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKEKKEKKKKKEK KKK KKK KE KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK ck ckockckck kck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk kk kk SOWNERS Ck ckckck ck ckckckckckckck ck ckck ck ckck ckckck ck ckck ckck ckckck ckckck KKK KKK ck ckckck ck ckck ck ck ckckck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk k k kk SUSERMESSAGES A29247 X100 X 7 7672 61 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Printout OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version 5 00 019xx3 created on 2008 02 07 14 00 00 Header Page 3OO000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 USER NAME root JOB NAME sps5u AFP 001 SIM E00 OK 0001 FILE NAME spscis pool data SLEIB SPS5 DAT1SPS5 HOST NAME 1x011520vm3 ops oce net SPOOL ID 00000140 SPOOL TIME 07 02 2008 12 23 18 PRINT TIME 07 02 2008 09 18 35 PRINTER ID vs 925081x011530vm2 ops oce net STATUS START START NEM XMIT OR CONT 3OOO000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
17. JobId MessageId Inserti1 Insert2 Command line option Description m w ModuleName mt ModuleName ModuleName is the name of the module which will be displayed in the module name column of the message window If the Messageld identifies a message which requires an answer from the operator the w switch extension allows the program to return only after the question is answered Send message and return the created message token which can be used for polling for an answer if the message is question type entry jiw Jobid jt Jobld Jobld is the PRISMA job identifier which will be displayed in the jobid column of the message window If the Messageld identifies a message which requires an answer from the operator the w switch extension allows the program to return only after the question is answered Send message and return the created message token which can be used for polling for an answer if the message is question type entry repeatCount Z sleepTime repeat sending the message repeatCount times sleep sleepTime seconds before repeat to send message again Messageld Messageld is the unique identifier which is used as the reference for the static language dependent text which is enriched with the supplied inserts Insert1 Enrichment inserts for the static text which is represented by the Insert2 Messageld Note At least on of the first two options m j has t
18. LIB FONT List of individual resource paths of fonts The paths are free definable and separated by The search order is the same as the directories are written from left to right First the resource is searched in the paths specified at LIB COMMON Second in the font specific paths The first matching re source will be used Example LIB COMMON _ u prismapro resources system 240dpi LIB FONT u prismapro resources local mylib font Searching the font resource XOGT10Y would result in the following search order u prismapro resources system 240dpi XOGT10Y u prismapro resources local mylib font XOGT10Y LIB FORMDEF List of individual resource paths of formdefs The paths are free definable and separated by The search order is the same as the directories are written from left to right First the resource is searched in the paths specified at LIB COMMON Second in the formdef specific paths The first matching re source will be used Example LIB COMMON u prismapro resources system 240dpi LIB FORMDEF u prismapro resources local new frm u prismapro resources local mylib forms u prismapro resources local mylib fdef Searching the formdef resource fitest would result in the following search order u prismapro resources system 240dpi f1 test u prismapro resources local new frm f1 test u prismapro resources local mylib forms f1test u prismapro resources local mylib fdef f1
19. S1BASE 300 S1BASE 240 S1BASE A29247 X100 X 7 7672 35 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter LIB COMBINE Specifies the individual resource search paths 0 The job ticket definitions will overwrite the backend ini settings 1 The parameters defined in backend ini will be added to the parameters specified in the job ticket search order job ticket parameters are searched first Search in the job ticket and backend ini Attention This parameter is typically set in a APA job ticket which overwrites this adjustment LIB COMMON List of individual resource paths The paths are free definable and separated by The search order is the same as the directories are written from left to right First the resource is searched in the paths specified at LIB COMMON Second in the resource specific paths The first matching re source will be used Example LIB COMMON u prismapro resources system 240dpi LIB FORMDEF u prismapro resources local new frm u prismapro resources local mylib forms u prismapro resources local mylib fdef Searching the formdef resource fitest would result in the following search order u prismapro resources system 240dpi f1 test u prismapro resources local new frm f1 test u prismapro resources local mylib forms f1test u prismapro resources local mylib fdef f test 36 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend
20. TRLP_TEMPLATE SEPP_TEMPLATE GMSGP_TEMPLATE GHDRP_TEMPLATE GTRLP_TEMPLATE GSEPP_TEMPLATE Filename of the MSG HDR I TRL SEP GMSG I GHDR GTRL GSEP page template file MSGP_FORMDEF HDRP_FORMDEF TRLP_FORMDEF SEPP_FORMDEF GMSGP_FORMDEF GHDRP_FORMDEF GTRLP_FORMDEF GSEPP_FORMDEF MSGP HDRP TRLP SEPP GMSGP GHDRP GTRLP GSEPP_FORMDEF F1INFOPG Defines the MSG HDR TRL SEP GMSG GHDR I GTRL GSEP page Formdef MSGP PAGEDEF HDRP_PAGEDEF TRLP_PAGEDEF SEPP_PAGEDEF GMSGP_PAGEDEF GHDRP_PAGEDEF GTRLP_PAGEDEF GSEPP_PAGEDEF MSGP HDRP TRLP SEPP GMSGP GHDRP GTRLP GSEPP_PAGEDEF P1INFOPG Defines the MSG HDR I TRL SEP GMSG GHDR I GTRL GSEP page Pagedef A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend MSGP DCK HDRP DCK TRLP DCK SEPP DCK GMSGP DCK GHDRP_DCKH GTRLP_DCK GSEPP_DCK MSGP_X2UP HDRP_X2UP TRLP_X2UP SEPP_X2UP GMSGP_X2UP GHDRP_X2UP GTRLP_X2UP GSEPP_X2UP MSGP_INPUT_BIN HDRP_INPUT_BIN TRLP_INPUT_BIN SEPP_INPUT_BIN GMSGP_INPUT_BIN GHDRP_INPUT_BIN GTRLP_INPUT_BIN GSEPP_INPUT_BIN MSGP_OUTPUT_BIN HDRP_OUTPUT_BIN TRLP_OUTPUT_BIN SEPP_OUTPUT_BIN GMSGP_OUTPUT_BIN GHDRP_OUTPUT_BIN GTRLP_OUTPUT_BIN GSEPP_OUTPUT_BIN MSGP HDRP TRLP SEPP GMSGP GHDRP GTRLP GSEPP_DCK READONLY Bitmask to disable data checks 0x00 All data checks are reported by the printer 0x01 Printer ignores printing outside of the pr
21. This size can have a significant influence on performance if too small For A Twin printers this parameter specifies the number of output buffers used for each physical printer For values greater than 0x2000 8K please verify whether your printer and channel attachment like channel extend ers support it This value should be 0x8100 for printers with SRA I control ler and 0x2000 for printers with APA controller 0x2000 is used by several compatible IBM printers e g IBM Infoprint 21 Default OXFAO00 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter PRTACKR Number of physical pages that AFP2IPDS backend will at tempt to send to the printer before requesting an Aknowl edgment Reply with updated page counter information Specifying zeroes means that AFP2IPDS backend will use its internal default Increasing this parameter may be used to improve the per formance for TCP IP connected printers ATTENTION This parameter is evaluated only as long as position check is deactivated and undefined character codes are ignored see parameter PDSDCK 0x03 and parameter CKPTTIME 0 Default 0 PSINUFON Limits the number of fonts that will be downloaded to the printer 0 use the printers limit 30000 This value should be used for DS8090 printers 128 default value A value between 1 and 99999 will be checked at the end of every physical page When the value is reached all fonts will be cl
22. X offset on front side of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page position with respect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 units unit base the unit base is given by the printer HW See also Section PRINT PROCESSING parameter PRTUPUB OFFYB Y offset on the reverse side of the sheet Defines a new y offset of the logical page position with respect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 l units unit base the unit base is given by the printer HW See also Section PRINT PROCESSING parameter PRTUPUB OFFYF Y offset on front side of the sheet Defines a new y offset of the logical page position with respect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 units unit base the unit base is given by the printer HW See also Section PRINT PROCESSING parameter PRTUPUB 58 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend Output Bin Specifies the Output Media destination for cutsheet printers only value description 0 use the default output tray of the printer 1 Output tray A is selected 2 Output tray B is selected Note In case the value is not zero remote tray sele
23. YYYY MM DD Time 021 028 Time in the format HH MM SS User Hostname 030 061 Name of the server generated the message Job Id 063 079 Id of the job the message belong to Message ld 072 079 Id of the text representing the static message text Module Name 081 112 Module name generated the message Message Type 114 114 Message types L gt Log entry gt Info entry E gt Error entry W gt Warning entry Q gt Open question A answered question U gt User message entry Description 116 new line 4 4 7 Read Message Details Short text description Usage ppmsg d option MessageToken Command line Description option d or dl get detailed info text for a single message di get short info for a single message do get operator info for a single message dq get question options for a single message da get operator s answer for a single message return immediately if answer is not available yet dw get operator s answer for a single message wait for operator s answer if not available yet 220 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Messages MessageToken MessageToken is an unique identifier for each message entry in that database MessageToken 0 last message entry MessageToken 1 first message entry Examples ppmsg d 12345678 ppmsg dw 12345678 gt read detail text for message entry 12345678 gt
24. and record format sim ilar as the data written on tape When data is blocked and the host system is known specify the HOST lt host name gt and set the block and record parameters to con form to the data See example 3 for more details If the host system is unknown if bytes have to be skipped at the beginning of the data or if no block structure exist it should be read using the VOLUME HOST BAR RPC settings The format must be specified in the JDE using the VOLUME HOST BARRPC LABEL NONE with the correct values for block if used and re cord length fields If no block structure is found in the data BLOCK LTHFLD 0 must be specified The input filter will then read each record as a separate block Some header files have additional header bytes at the beginning of the file which can be discarded Use the JCF Action parameter SkipBytes to specify the number of bytes which should be skipped This is supported only if VOLUME HOST BAR RPC To specify the length field byte order the JCF Action parameter ByteOrder must be used Little Endian byte ordering is used on the Intel CPUs PDP 11 and VAX fam ily Big Endian ordering is used on the IBM 370 family PDP 10 Motorola CPUs and 110 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality several RISC CPUs Some RISC CPUs like the PowerPC and the SPARC can be switched between Little and Big Endian byte ordering Use the ByteOrder JCF key word to define Big Endian byte ordering
25. byte using the following rules If the value of these bits is between 0 and 3 then they are used as TRC other values from 4 to 15 cause TRC 0 to be used Xerox TRC indicates that the last 4 bits bits 4 7 of the TRC are to be used to select up to 16 fonts ignoring the first 4 bits PDSX2UP Specifies whether the two up feature should be used or not This feature is only available on Oc printers Do not specify it unless the printer to be used support it 1 default X2UP specified via re source files FORMDEF should be left unchanged ASIS PDSX20F two up off OFF PDSX2NO 1 two up normal left right se quence ON LEFT PDSX2IC 2 indentical copy two copies of each input page on each physi cal page ICOPIES PDSX2RL 4 two up inversed right left se quence RIGHT Note For all values 1 also the PDS3X2UP Bit in the PDSFLG3 field is set o 28 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend PRINTER SETUP NAME Name of the Printer Setup File that will be activated on the printer This function is only supported for the VarioPrint printers which have the functionality to activate the printer setup PRTANPRO Specifies the number of additional sheets that AFP2IPDS backend should eject when executing a software driven NPRO Valid for continous form printers only 0 The ANPRO option is inactive 1 999 Number of extra NPRO sheets to be ejected during the
26. e pagedef e parameters 1 2 4 1 Template To use InfoPages in PRISMAproduction Server a template has to be built A tem plate can consist of free text e keywords framed with signs e Carriage Control Characters e TRC Characters e BigLetter escape sequence Free Text A user defined text Keywords Parameter Keywords Each parameter which comes with the backend ini job or session parameter file can be used as keyword by embracing the parameter name with signs Example Entry In the job parameter file JOBNAME 0010kb 1000pg test To get the same line on an InfoPage you have to write JOBNAME JOBNAMES A29247 X100 X 7 7672 45 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Keywords Accounting Keywords Accounting Keywords are used to bring accounting information on an InfoPage usually for the TrailerPage Also the old keywords from SPS4 can be used on the InfoPages For using an accounting keyword the keyword has to be embraced with charac ters Example To get the amount of generated Pages you have to write Generated Pages ACCT DATA PAGES GENERATEDS Following Accounting Keywords are available Page sheet accounting INPUT ACCT DATA PAGES GENERATED ACCT DATA SHEETS GENERATED ACCT INFO PAGES GENERATED ACCT INFO SHEETS GENERATED Resource accounting INPUT ACCT NUM FORMDEFS ACCT NUM PAGEDEFS ACCT NUM REQUESTED FONTS ACCT NUM REQUESTED OVERLA
27. e The Oc Standard JDF Ticket specification will be supported in future ver sions of PRISMAproduction and will be the base for all third party systems sub mitting jobs to PRISMAproduction via JDF JM e The extent of JMF support defined in the Oc Standard JDF Ticket specifica tion is already implemented in version 4 00 02 of PRISMAproduction andis the base for all third party systems wanting to monitor control PRISMAproduction jobs via JMF e The Acrobat JDF Ticket support is included for demonstration learning pur poses Links from PRISMAproduction to other Oc products offering additional functional ity for example price estimation will be defined and implemented in the future 258 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP 6 SNMP Agent Note The PRISMAproduction SNMP agent can be switched on and off using the script u prismapro bin switch snmp 6 1 Accessing Values with SNMP Accessible Objects after Installation The following table shows the managed objects accessible via the SNMP Agent FObjectidentfler Description ASN I Type ACCESS MsvreroduciName Print server productname The defaut DisplayString read only value is unknown product name svrProductVersion Print server product version The de DisplayString read only fault value is unknown version svrServerStatus The Active 2 Inactive 3 status ofthe INTEGER read writ
28. execution Command Function Operands Explanation jobstat d all 0 999 Displays the following information for each print job in the spool Job Id of print job Name of the job Number of copies Job class Form Status of print job If an operand is specified only the jobs of that class are displayed jobstat d first 0 999 Displays the first job id for the given queue 222 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Job Status Information Command Function Operands Explanation jobstat d job lt jobld gt Displays the following information for the print job with the specified spool Id Spool Id 00000001 Owner root Submitted 12 05 2001 13 08 32 Jobname pages txt File type AFP Filesize 794 Pages 300 Job class 1 Form STD Printer Resolution 300 Copies 1 Act printed file 0 Act file copy 0 Act job copy 0 Act page 0 Status Ready to print jobstat d status lt jobld gt Displays the status of the print job with the spec ified Id jobstat d copies lt jobld gt Displays the number of copies of the print job with the specified Id jobstat d jobcl lt jobld gt Displays the job queue of the print job with the specified Id jobstat d printer lt jobld gt Displays the printer selected for the given job jobstat d priority lt jobld gt Displays the priority of the print job with the specified id jobstat
29. job processing interrupted by server error pages NUM 8 JOB summary of the number of pages printed incl info pages n up mode FILE number of pages printed for all file copies and one job copy incl info pages n up mode opages NUM 8 JOB summary of the original job size in pages if known FILE original job size in pages if known for one file and job copy fpages NUM 8 JOB summary of the number of front pages FILE number of front pages for all file copies and one job copy A29247 X100 X 7 7672 179 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Accounting Parameter Type Length Description max bpages NUM 8 JOB summary of the number of back pages FILE number of back pages for all file copies and one job copy sheets NUM 8 JOB summary of the number of sheets incl info pages FILE number of sheets incl info pages for all file copies ipages NUM 8 JOB summary of the number of info pages printed FILE number of info pages printed for all file copies and one job copy isheets NUM 8 JOB summary of the number of info sheets printed FILE number of info sheets printed for all file copies and one job copy offsets NUM 8 JOB summary of the number of offsets in the output tray FILE number of offsets in the output tray feet NUM 8 JOB summary of the length of paper in feet printed fanfold only FILE length of paper in feet printed fanfold only printcount NUM 5 count
30. n LE S n Lt Lj n R EN an EAN EAN EAN erTable prnPrinterl EAN EN n ma prismaPr try prnPrin ma prismaPr try prnPrin ma prismaPr try prnPrin ma prismaPr try prnPrin ma prismaPr try prnPrin ma prismaPr try prnPrin try prnPrin ma prismaPr try prnPrin ma prismaPr try prnPrin try prnPrin terprises oce prisma prismaProduction try prnPrinterModel sma prismaProduction try prnPrinterModel oduc oduc oduc tert oduc tert oduc tert oduc ter ma prismaProduction psmib printer ters oduc ters oduc ters ters ma prismaProduc sma prismaProduc prises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnAssignedQueue 2 prises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnAssignedQueue 3 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnPrinterNPRO 0 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnPrinterNPRO 1 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnPrinterNPRO 2 terModel terModel l ype 1 0 PAGESTR 1 PAGESTR tion 2 PAGESTR tion 3 PAGESTR SPS FANFOI tion psmib printer SPS FANFOI tion psmib printer prnPrin l ype 2 TWIN SPS 7 tion psmib printer prnPrin l ype 3 U WIN SPS 7 tatus 0 inactive tion psmib printer tatus 1 inactive tatus 2 active 2 ma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPr
31. raw mode REPLACEMENT default 0 LPR_OUT_PORT default 1024 TCP IP PORT used for Ip submission LPR PORT Portnumber MEDIAMODE MediaName default 3 MediaNames are not supported by all PostScript printers There fore it may occur that a job which uses paper selection via Medi aName cannot be printed on such a printer 0 the medianame is passed 1 the mediatype is passed 2 the color is passed 3 the color together with the type and weight are passed OTHER Determines the output tray for the finishing operation other com default 0 ing from DocWorks OUTPUT_PATH Path for storing the converted file only PDF out PDSFLG2 0 don t jog copies default 0x20 0x20 jog copies TRACEFILE Internal Trace File A29247 X100 X 7 7672 87 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Print Parameter TRACEFLAGS 0x4 default 0 TRACEMODE default 0 Tell why a postprocess was processed 0x10 Enable tracing for the Ipr Internal Trace Mode 1 Create trace files while printing and store them in the directory diag printers 2 Like 1 but the backend doesn t send the print file to the printer Oc PostScript Printers GROUPNAME Groupname specifies the name of the department or group of which the user is a member This entry is used to indicate on which group or department to ac count this job This entry is logged in the job record of the account log If the group
32. tive 2 prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint terEntry prnPrinterCheckJobQueue 0 active 2 enterprises oce erTable prnPrin prisma prismaProduction terEntry prnPrinterCheckJ psmib printer prnPrint obQueue 1 active 2 enterprises oce erTable prnPrin prisma prismaProduction terEntry prnPrinterCheckdJ psmib printer prnPrint obQueue 2 active 2 enterprises erTable prn oce Prin prisma prismaProduction terEntry prnPrinterCheckJ psmib printer prnPrint obQueue 3 active 2 enterprises erTable prn oce Prin prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint terEntry prnPrinterCheckToner 0 inactive 3 enterprises oce erTable prnPrin prisma prismaProduction psmib printer terEntry prnPrinterCheckToner 1 inac prnPrint tive 3 enterprises oce erTable prnPrin prisma prismaProduction psmib printer terEntry prnPrinterCheckToner 2 inac prnPrint tive 3 enterprises erTable prn oce Prin prisma prismaProduction psmib printer terEntry prnPrinterCheckToner 3 inac prnPrint tive 3 enterprises oce erTable prnPrin Setting MIB entries using the snmpset command The values of all OID s with write access can also be set by the user with the snmp set command The snmpset command has the following syntax snmpset options entity addr objectID type value objectID type value The command pa
33. you have full access to all functions of tapman Analyzing unknown tapes The tapman utility offers three functions to help you analyzing unknown tapes They are in the 1 7 Tape Analysis menu 1 8 Main Menu HW and SW config 1 tapefile settings 2 tape directory 3 i i 5 read tapefile 41 write tapefile I lou lev tape acc 61 analyse tape 7 remote tape acc 8 QUAG E iq input index INPUT gt analyse tape 1 7 Tape Analysis analyse labels 1 tape structure 2 tape dump 3 dump tape to file 4 dump file to tape 5 return r quit AMMA fe DINO I 5 PH Han The analyze labels function 1 reads the beginning of the tape cartridge and com pares the data with known formats The list of known formats is currently rather lim ited tapman knows Standard labeled tapes Nolabel and Xerox Resource tapes A29247 X100 X 7 7672 245 Tape Utility Program Tapman Command Line Interface More information can be obtained by generating a tape structure 2 file This is a readable text file which contains information about all data blocks labels and tape marks found on this tape If you want to see the actual content of the tape you can generate a tape dump 3 This writes the content of the tape into a text file in hexadecimal and text represen tation Be careful with this function because t
34. 11440 inches Overrights the information of the FORMDEF Note The value of the printer must be greater Default 0 FRONTSIDEOVLS List of Medium Overlays to be placed on the front side of ev ery sheet Each entry in the list has the format C8 Overlay name The standard end of list indicator is used PS uses this field when the PDS2OVLF bit is set Up to 8 names 1 to 8 character specifying the medium overlays to be placed on the Front side of each sheet in ad dition to overlays from other sources LINEMERGE Determines shich kind of line merging is to be used to con vert the input data O Specifies that the 3800 compatible line merging is dis abled Default The standard AFP line merging which overprints characters is used 1 Specifies that the 3800 compatible line merging is to be used In this case the characters contained in two or more input lines are merged in order to produce one sin gle output line The merge process is controlled by the carriage control A29247 X100 X 7 7672 21 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter LONG JOB NAME Defines the length of the Jobname which is shown on the op erator control panel of the printer This also applies to a TrueProof Printer NO 8 EBCDIC characters are shown MVS format YES Maximum of 64 ASCII character are shown AIX NT format Note The actual Jobname length is dependent of the con figuration and or maximum length of the ope
35. 127 to 127 and must be less than the block length option LENGTH The character plus or minus may be used to specify a positive or negative adjustment CONSTANT String No Default Specifies that the block delimiter constant string and all data following it are ignored until the end of the block is reached The string may be a hexadecimal octal or character constant The length of the con stant may be from one to four bytes FORMAT BIN DEC PACK PKSG Default BIN Specifies the recording mode of the block length field Available type options are BIN binary DEC decimal The following options are accepted but not interpreted PACK packed with no sign KKSG packed with sign LENGTH Value Default 1330 Specifies the longest physical block being pro cessed A value specifies the length in bytes of the longest physical block an integer in the range from 12 to 24576 For off line processing the tape label contents may override a coded LENGTH command but this length is still limited by the above maximum value LMULT Value Default 1 Specifies a multiplication factor being applied to the contents of the block length field to determine the true block length A value is multiplied by the value in the length field refer to LENGTH command to compute the number of bytes in the block A value is an integer in the range of 1 to 15 150 A29247 X100 X 7 7672
36. 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 202020 0x0195 ET 205F44 4144455F00434F50 Example 5 Using HOST XSD using fixed records The data has fixed blocks and records with length field The images which are in side the data however don t have these records length fields Since the Input Filter does only check the data structure and not interpret the data itself it can t read the data using this approach To read the data HOST XSD must be used and read with fixed block length The data can be recognized while the following sequences exist Ox2B64 IMAGE Name Position Position D Ox2BAB GRAPHICZDUMMY As also shown in the data below 00002560 45 20 30 30 49 4D 41 47 45 3D 28 41 30 31 2C 30 E OOIMAGE A01 0 00002B70 34 2E 30 30 49 4E 2C 30 30 2E 32 32 49 4E 2C 44 4 00IN 00 22IN D 00002580 29 2C 45 4E 44 3B 01 00 15 00 00 42 32 4E 20 20 END B2N 000028590 20 20 20 20 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 01 00 300000 oo xd 00002B U 42 33 4E 20 44 44 44 45 20 30 30 47 52 41 50 48 B3N DJDE OOGRAPH 00002BBU 49 43 3D 44 55 4D 4D 58 2C 45 4E 44 3B 20 20 20 IC DUMMY END A29247 X100 X 7 7672 121 Functionality Input Filter The data can be read by using following parameters JCF File ByteOrder and SkipBytes are not interpreted since HOSTZXSD is specified JDE File e VOLUME HOST XSD LABEL NONE BLOCK LENGTH 322
37. 3 u prismapro bin snmpgetnext c public localhost svrJobQueue Identifier 4674 shows the queue of job with the next Jobld following after 00004674 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 4675 1 u prismapro bin snmpgetnext c public localhost svrJobQueue Identifier 0 shows the queue of job with the lowest Jobld enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 28 1 u prismapro bin snmpwalk c public localhost svrJobQueueI dentifier shows the queue of all jobs ordered by the Jobld enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob A29247 X100 X 7 7672 281 Retrieving or setting Job information SNMP Agent Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 28 1 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 29 1 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 35 3 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 36 1 u prismapro bin snmpget c public localhost svrJobIdentifi er 4674 svrJobName 4674 svrJobOwner 4674 svrJobQueueIdentifier 4674 shows the ld the name the owner and the queue of job with Jobld 00004674 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction
38. 5 2 Introduction In version 3 10 of PRISMAproduction support of JDF JMF has been introduced As JDF JMF is an evolving standard as the first step the technical basics to be able to process JDF JMF requests have been implemented The company wide JDF Working Group is creating the Oc Standard JDF Ticket specification It is based on the IDP ICS Integrated Digital Printing This kind of ICS favors the approach of having most of the workflow steps defined directly in the JDF in contrast to an intent based JDF where the workflow steps evolve during execution As such the specification matches well the PRISMAproduction approach of pre generated workflows and will be fully supported in future releases of PRISMApro duction The Oc extent of the Job Messaging Format JMF which is also defined in the Oc Standard JDF Ticket specification is already supported by version 4 00 02 of PRISMAproduction That means third party systems can fully communicate with PRISMAproduction using JMF over HTTP Regarding JDF Ticket acceptance on the input side tickets created and submitted by Acrobat are supported This is mainly intended for system engineers custom ers to become familiar with the JDF JMF world in the PRISMAproduction environ ment 5 3 The JDF JMF framework The framework allows JDF Job Tickets or JDF submission messages referencing a JDF Ticket to be sent to a specific URL on the PRISMAproduction master PRISMAproduc
39. 6B F6 FO F2 F5 D8 D 6B E9 F0 C6 C E9 FO F6 F6 E2 D 6B E9 F0 F5 C6 F0 D 6 4 F1 F2 D 6B E9 F0 F4 00000100 D5 F8 D 6B E9 F 9D 6B E9 F0 F5 C5 E8 00000110 D 6B C6 D DI D4 6B 5E 40 01 71 00 2E 00000120 00 01 40 5B C4 D1 40 40 40 D6 E3 C5 E 00000130 E3 7E 7D C3 D6 DAD 5 E3 40 D1 D6 C2 40 00000140 F F46BF1F F6C D 6B 40 5E 40 01 2E 00000150 O00 19 00 01 40 5B C4 5 5B 40 40 40 C4 E4 00000160 D D3 C5 E 7E E8 C5 E 40 01 19 00 1C og E EF1F 0012 0 C6 D 2F F 6 F D 6BF 9 F0 F F4 D D 6 04 BE F F 1 0 6 2 7 6 4 4 B 0 3 4 4 B 0 F D D 40 40 F0 DS D C6 F5 E2 C4 1 00000170 89 40 5BC4 D1 C4 C5 5 40 C6 C5 C5 C4 7E 9 B 9 5 7 5 4 0 1 2 B 00000180 E3 D9 C1 E8 F2 6B C5 DS C DOW A oee n Hd C3 C C 5 4 SE 40 01 1C 00D 00 The data can be read by using following parameters TT SDJDES JDL 106A01 JDE 0 d i sec ti S8DJDE FONTS Z04N6 P MBO21P Z05F5P ZOSF P ZOSF6P Z0 5F4P 6026DP 6284 OP Z04NCP 6026AP 6284MP 6025YP H 100NP D JDE ZOSF2P Z0 DWHP ZO4NAP ZOSF 1P Z 4N9P 60250P Z FGA4P Z 66SP Z O05F P FR412P Z04 NSP ZOSEZP ZOSEY P FORMSX DJDES OTEX T COMPUSET JOB 04 106AD1 DJDES DU PLEX YES i DJDE FEED TRAY2 END JCF File JDE File ByteOrder Little Endian SkipBytes 4 VOLUME HOSTZBARRPC LABEL NONE RECORD ADJUST 4 LENGTH 182 LTHFLD 2 POSTAMBLE 2 PREAMBLE 2 ST
40. Backends ssesseese 77 1 3 2 Configuration of the Backends sse 78 1 83 3 Tray numbers and Media attributes eesseeeeeeeee 78 1 3 4 Post Processing Commands sss 80 1 3 5 Background Process sesssssseeeeeen menn 83 1 3 6 Parameters of the Oc PostScript Backend sssss 86 1 4 Print Parameters of the Linedata Printer Driver for Xerox Docuprint 92 1 4 Print Parameters aiitem ed e a ce 95 1 5 Print Parameter for Network Connection ssseseeeeeene 97 m Bi cM EE MH MR EM 97 1 5 2 EPRinwe ueniet a e il dati e eoe ti E Nec Ede Duce depen 99 15 3 A SOGth ON CES 100 2 Hag LEM 101 2 1 Introduction ue e e a POM Fugiat 101 2 2 New Features eene eene eene teste etr nee nene Enna 102 2 3 Hardware Requirements sssssssseeeeeeeeene nennen 102 2 4 Functionality acri cete tete repe eee nee ne see ne ED Ete 103 2 44 Output Format ti pce dt Lee t bee ein detects 103 2 4 2 APA Module n E ied ees 104 2 4 3ECDS Module eret e ete heeded 108 2 4 4 OLDS Module ssssssseeeseeeeeeee nennen nennt 128 2 4 5 Job Control File Parameter ssssseeeeeeeeneen 130 2 5 JDE Parameter eene nennen nennen nnne nenne 149 2 5 1 Volume structure parameter eeess e 149 2 5 2 Block structure parameter sene erakarri nisn EAEE E
41. DEDE DAE DE DAE IE DE E DE IAE DE DAE DE DAE DE DE DE DE DE DAE DE DE EDE DE wDll jp Siemensallee 2 85586 Poing WRRERERERETAETATATAYAYVAYTAYAEYEREYEYERATATARATAYARAERERTATATHATATERHETETERTARETAE ROOM BUILDING ADDRESS root EERE EERE EERE REE ER ERE E EERE ER ER EEE EREREEEEREREREREEEEEEREREREREREREER ER ERE A29247 X100 X 7 7672 73 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Parameter Settings General Print Parameter Job Queues Cluster TonerStations Input Devices Output Devices Printer Notificat gt 9 Search Section HEADER PAGE PROCESSING Key Value Default HDRP BACKSIDEOVLS HDRP CC 1 9 HDRP COLMAP Description HDRP DCK 0x03 3 offset on front side of the sheet efines a new y offset of the logical page HDRP DUPLEX Osition with respect to the origin of the HDRP ENABLING 1 edium presentation space or when N up is elected with respect to one of the N up HDRP FLG2 0x20 32 artition origins The number is in g s 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is given HORP_FONTS XOGBLOY XOGT24Y XOCELOY y the printer HW See also Section PRTINFO HDRP F RMDEF FLINFOPG arameter PRTUPUB HDRP FR NTSIDEOVLS land2 HDRP INPUT BIN HDRP_OFFXB 2000 HDRP_OFFXF 2000 HDRP_OFFYB 2000 HDRP_OFFYF 2000 HDRP_OUTPUT_BIN HDRP_PAGEDEF P1STD3 HDRP_PRINT_DIRECTION 1 HDRP_SOST 0 HDRP TEMPLATE HDRP TRC Template b JOBID b b SOWNERS Nb ckckckck ck ckckckckckckck
42. GB 2 4 5 3 Comlnfo Section The ComInfo section contains information on each process for the communicator and has to be included in each dynamic process once All following parameters must be defined Example Begin ComInfo ModuleName ifilter ModuleVersion 01 01 18 HostLink local ProcessType dynamic WaitType send finished TimeoutStart1 TimeoutTime300 TraceLevel0 TraceFlags FF00000000000000 TraceFile u spool diag ifilter trc End ComInfo 132 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Keyword Variable Type Description ModuleName String Name of the process ifilter ModuleVersion String Defines the version of the program It has to corre spond to the version sent to the commnicator by the dynamic process after starting with send init HostLink String ProcessType String Has to be dynamic WaitType String Specifies when the communicator has to start the process The start is dependent of the predecessor process which can submit either a data ready or a send finished For the first process of a chain the parameter has no meaning the process is start ed immediately TimeoutStart Value TimeoutTime Value TraceLevel Value Communicator interface trace usertrace level TraceFlags Value Communcator interface trace flags TraceFile String Path filename of communicator trace file in binary needs to be interpreted with the usrtrac exe usrt
43. Header Page is printed e You can completely customize the layout and content of these pages Information when a separator page is to be printed is kept in the print parameter xxx ENABLING xxx stands for the information page type which is located in the following sections e MESSAGE PAGE PROCESSING e HEADER PAGE PROCESSING e TRAILER PAGE PROCESSING e SEPARATOR PAGE PROCESSING e GROUP MESSAGE PAGE PROCESSING e GROUP HEADER PAGE PROCESSING e GROUP TRAILER PAGE PROCESSING e GROUP SEPARATOR PAGE PROCESSING 10 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend HeaderPage SeparatorPage Data Printout 1sbrrit IVessagePage ralerPage HeaderPage SeparatorPage NU 3 Jj Data Printout 2ndxmit 2 IVessagePage TralerPage a Arrangement of header separator data message and trailer pages Message pages are printed only if messages for the current print job have occurred The messages can be error messages warnings and repositioning messages To change the layout and content of a specific information page it is necessary to change the corresponding Print Parameter which are described in the following ta ble A29247 X100 X 7 7672 11 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Custom specific infopages and resources for configured printers The system automatically creates new runtime printer directories in u prismapro data prt which contain printer s
44. InFormat Value Define data input format Possible values PositDir Charac ter Positioning direction Possible values Position forward Toward End of Tape File Position backward Towards Beginning of Tape File PositMedium Positioning type Possible values BLOCK Positioning by specifying the number of blocks DEVICE Device dependent positioning for example by tapes using the tape marks TM FILE Specify the n th file of a media PositUnit Position unit Possible values BOT Beginning of tape PositMedium DEVICE Value RecordCon stant Value charac ters Used when AFPDS record delimiter is used and data is read from HD or from tape Can be specified in hexadeci mal Ox or characters with upto 4 bytes Default value is the CRLF delimiter OxODOA 146 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Keyword Variable Description Type RecordLength Value Used when AFPDS Fixed records are used and read from HD or from non labeled tapes Range is from 12 up to 32760 bytes SkipBytes Value BARRPC only Skip n bytes at the beginning of the input file Output Data Control Keyword Variable Description Type AddSequence Binary Defines that file sequence number is written as first part No of the output filename followed by a dot and the input filename when data is read When the directory listing command
45. Note Username and password are usually not required if the command is ex ecuted on a server inside a cluster or from a trusted host Jobqueue Options This option displays the configures jobqueues or import an old jobclass definition file Usage prtpool q i class cfg file Command line Description option q Display all configured jobqueues in the system The output is displayed on stdout in following format QueueNumber tab Description tab LockStatus Each queue definition is displayed in a separate line qi Filename Imports the file in class cfg format from a PRISMAproduction V1 x or V2 x installations Examples pripool q gt display all configured queues prtpool qi class cfg gt import class cfg file from current directory A29247 X100 X 7 7672 205 PrinterPool Command Line Interface Form Options This option displays all configured form names in the system Usage prtpool f Command line option Description f Display all configured form names in the system The output is displayed on stdout where each line contains one form name Examples prtpool f gt display all form names Spool Daemon Options This option is used for controlling the spool daemons on each print server in the cluster Usage prtpool d Command local spool daemon commands prtpool s Server Command all spool daemons commands prtpool I Ser
46. Supported only if VOLUME HOST BARRPC See also examples 1 and 2 for more details Fixed blocked data with special images When the data has fixed length blocks where length is 512 variable length re cords and images where the length field is missing it must be read with HOST XSD Otherwise see the chapter Fixed block length See also example 5 for more information about this special data type e VOLUMEHOSTzXSD LABEL NONE e BLOCKLENGTH lt x gt x lt 32760 amp amp x 2 n 512 best performance with 32256 e RECORD LENGTH 512 STRUCTURE F See example 5 for more details Fixed blocked data e The data has fix length blocks with records All blocks and record have the same structure otherwise see the chapter Fixed block data with special images This can be read using following parameter e VOLUMEHOST lt Host Type gt LABEL NONE e BLOCKLENGTH x x lt 32760 e RECORD LENGTH lt y gt STRUCTURE F y lt block length See example 6 for more details Variable record length with delimiter and no length field Print data from hard disk with a variable record length can be read using the RE CORD CONSTANT parameter For UNIX formatted ASCII text the parameter CON STANT should be set to X 0A When DOS formatted ASCII text is used the pa rameter CONSTANT should be set to X ODOA These are just 2 examples up to 4 bytes can be specified The following set of parameters also must be specified e VOLUM
47. Tape and floppy 3 1 2 MB or 5 720KB Xerox Format devices Note See also Installation of Tape Drives on page 33 for BIOS changes needed for the installation of SCSI tape devices A29247 X100 X 7 7672 101 New Features Input Filter 2 2 New Features Input Filter version 03 10 45 or higher 1 General The Input Filter trace filenames are no longer identical each time the program runs It now has the following syntax jobid lt jobid gt _pid lt process id ifilter log jobid is the 8 digit number of the PRISMAproduction process identifier or t if itis not specified The process id is the linux process id of the input filter The first 2 fields are also used for the other trace files jobid jo bid pid process id LCDS Module 370 Channel only Input Filter will read latest FCB from HD and send this before data is received to the X Filter as if it was received over the 370 channel LCDS Module Print While Spooling in between Input Filter and X Filter is han dled without using the communicator The difference in handling is specified in the JCF file with the following new keywords OutFormat GENERATE GCI OutType NextProcess and NextOptions LCDS Module When resource files are processed and the OutSubcat param eter is set to the value AUTO the Input Filter will create these sub directories if they do not exist yet 370 Channel device ChanStopTime causes the I Filter to close t
48. bin prismadiag archives traces and info data prisma system config messages logs Traces contain volatile data and should be ar chived as soon as possible after or during a problem occures and prior to info The last 6 trace archives are saved 1 to 6 usr bin setdefpaper new papersize Sets the LCDS default paper size A4 AS letter ledger legal B4 for all relevant JCFs Copy PrintLCDS Sample or displays current default paper size called without parameters usr bin setpapersize new papersize Sets the LCDS default paper size setdefpaper and standard code tables PCC tables and PDE s FMT initlcds Parameters like setd fepaper usr bin sf modi usr bin spj Utility to modify structured fields Displays detailed properties of POD jobs in the spool Jobs are specified by single job IDs or by a range of job IDs u prismapro bin spjm u prismapro lib win32 bin spjm exe Executable PUM command line Executable PUM command line for Windows Also available on the installation DVD under the path tools_win usr bin switch_snmp Interactive toggle switch for user root to switch from standard SuSE SNMP to PRISMA SNMP and vice versa tarscript_HD usr bin tapman Tape dump check utility Read write tapes car tridges to from hard disk u prismapro bin In order to save or restore directories or single files esp whole LCDS catalogues you can use th
49. csb 00 ce 00 0 d 2 4 5 7 89 9 ug 43 2 S 4 5 6 y amp 9 O Lt 2 3 Sense 01 00 0d 01 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CAT HDL Printer Presentation Check NORMAL PRINTER RESTART The sense bytes displayed in the example are the sense information presented by the printer after power on reboot or a system reset on the channel We execute the sense command again 1 CAT HDL ioctl SENSE executed CAT HDL ioctl CH STATUS executed usb Oc eso 00 ce 2g 00 Dy L hes a GP PS dev bo i SB GE SE dh ol E Sense 40 00 03 01 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CAT_HDL Channel Unit sensed Exception PRINTER NOT READY 242 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Printer Connection Test CATEST The sense bytes 40 00 03 indicate that the printer is not ready The printer has to be set to ready on the printer operator panel The next sense command will re sult in CAT HDL ioctl SENSE executed CAT HDL ioctl CH STATUS executed usb 0c csb 00 ccu Q 31 2 3 45 6 T7 3 9 Q0 d 2 3S 4 5 6 v 9 9 0 43 2 3 Sense 00 00 00 81 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CAT HDL Channel Unit sensed Exception PRINER READY This indicates that the printer is ready The following table gives a brief description of the status bytes usb user status byte 0x01 Unit Exception UEX 0x02 Unit Check UCK
50. depending on the printer n is in a range from 4 to 1000 If the data stream contains tray numbers these will be trans ferred to the types Normarl Special 1 Special n If the data stream contains media attributes these will be first transferred to tray numbers an then to the attri butes Normal Special 1 Special n This is done by the so called extended AIMS Attribute based Input Media Selection concept This concept replaces me dia attributes with tray numbers If a medium is requested a dialog appears in PRISMAproduction which asks the user to select the tray where the requested ma terial has to be placed The attributes of the media which are in the trays are kept in PRISMAproduction and not on the printer In this way all needed media can be defined In case of a media request a dialog pops up where you can assign the me dia to tray 1 n special1 specialn Only then the job can be printed Media which have already been loaded with a previous job are not offered anymore in this dialog Example If a first job needs Media1 and Media2 Mediax MediaSize Mediatype MediaWeight MediaColor OrderCount HoleCount you can assign Media1 to Speciali and Media2 to Special2 The next job wants Media1 and Media3 In this case you only have to assign Media3 to Special2 Specialn The backend remem bers that Media1 has already been defined for Special1 If a third job needs Media4 and Media5 you can use Speci
51. device is used and its parame ters I Filter Subcatlnfo Defines all used subcat types I Filter Action Defines action to perform together with all needed pa rameters 2 4 5 1 Header section The header section is mandatory for each Job Control File JCF It contains gen eral used parameters and sequences of the as well as the setup of the process chain specifying names dynamic processes This part can be read by all dynamic pro cesses as well as by the communicator Example Begin Header Descripti BufferSiz Catalog AccountId Begin Pro First I on PrintSPDS JCF e 32 DEFAULT 12345678 cessChain Filter I Filter SpoolJob End Proce End Header ssChain 130 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Keyword Accountld BufferSize Variable Type String Value Description Accountld which is requested by the ui manager from the account process Defines the size of the write read buffer in kilobytes 1024 bytes for communication to form the communica Cata log String Defines the catalog name which all processes use All dynamic processes have to use this catalog name for in put and output Besides this catalog only the job catalog can be used for the JCF Description String Short description of the job blanks are not allowed max 32 characters First String Defines the first process i
52. enabled at operator panel of the printer as well PDSOFFXB X offset on the reverse side of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page position with re spect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up parti tion origins The number is in 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is giv en by the printer HW See also Section PRTINFO parameter PRTUPUB This field is used in connection with PDS5OFXB A29247 X100 X 7 7672 25 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter PDSOFFXF PDSOFFYB X offset on frontside of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page position with re spect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up parti tion origins The number is in 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is giv en by the printer HW See also Section PRTINFO parameter PRTUPUB This field is used in connection with PDS5OFXF Y offset on the reverse side of the sheet Defines a new y offset of the logical page position with re spect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up parti tion origins The number is in 14400 l units unitbase the unitbase is given by the printer HW See also Section PRTINFO parameter PRTUPUB This field is used in connection with PDS5OFYB PDSOFFYF Y offset on fronts
53. error mac 1 MAC address can not be ascer tained Licence system error codes error licencetype 1 Type of keycode not known Incor rect code version or incorrect encod ing key error noentry 2 No entry for program in licence file error openerr 3 licence file can t be opened error MACaddr 4 MAC Address doesn t correspond to the licence code error badcode 5 The licence code doesn t belong to the Licensed software error timeexpired 6 The licence code validity time has expired error integrity 7 The licence code has an incorrect checksum 266 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP Object Identifier Description ASN T Type ACCESS mgmSWLicenceDays Positive values The number of days INTEGER read only without a proper software licence sta tus Negative values Occurrence of an er ror 1 Can t find the usage logging file 2 Can t open the usage logging file 3 The usage logging file has an in correct checksum 4 The usage logging file doesn t belong to the licensed software 5 The date of last modification of the usage logging file is newer than the system date 6 The date of the last proper us age of the software is newer than the system date mgmSWLicenceCo The software s licence code identifica OCTET read only delD tion STRING mgmSWLicenceExt The software s licence external module OCTET read only Module
54. for department A29247 X100 X 7 7672 LCDS Module Specific Records Accounting Parameter Type Length Description max pagesize 1 NUM 2 2 1st edge in inches inclusive edge marking Long Edge Feed 2nd edge is longer Short Edge Feed for longer edge 14 33 inch 1st edge is longer pagesize 2 NUM 2 2 2nd edge in inches inclusive edge marking Long Edge Feed 2nd edge is longer Short Edge Feed for longer edge 14 33 inch 1st edge is longer job account id NUM 8 Accounting ID used by the Ifilter for this job Example DIN A4 1200 12345679 DFLT DFAULT Y Report Name 8 15 BILLS ONLINE Department 4711 12001 745 120 195 8 45 11 85 12345678 DIN A3 with default department 1200 12345680 DFLT DFAULT Y BILLS ONLIN ONLIN JDL 12001 745 120 195 16 61 12 02 12345678 Record Type 1201 additional report information This record type logs the information extracted from the input file This record is writ ten for each report at the end of report if the PrintL CDS JCF parameter Jobname Cfg is set to a value that does not begin with a O zero The record 1201 has a maximum length of 151 characters Parameter Type Length Description max 1201 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID for this report identical to ODS and Spool ID hjobno TEXT 6 Host job number from BANNER statement may be empty e
55. g if no HJOBNO is specified in JDE acctinfo TEXT 64 account info from RSTACK statement may be empty e g if no ACCTINFO is specified in JDE file id TEXT 65 File ID from the Tape Header1 label or Hard disk file name as filled in PrintLCDS window without directory path Semicolons in the file id will be replaced by un derscores 188 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting LCDS Module Specific Records Example Hard disk file 1201 12345679 123456 Accounted to 08 15 testdata dat Tape file 1201 12345679 123456 Accounted to 08 15 TESTDATA Record Type 1202 additional job information This record type logs the information extracted from the input file This record is writ ten for each job at the end of the Xfilter process if the job is printing a Hard Disk File and if the PrintLCDS JCF parameter Jobname Cfg is set to a value not begin ning with O zero The record 1202 has a maximum length of 255 characters Parameter Type Length Description max 1202 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID identical to job account id of record type 1200 HD fullname TEXT 241 Hard disk file name as filled in PrintLCDS window with directory path Example 1202 12345678 u prismapro data custom customer a alit tlebitlongname testdata dat 3 7 2 LCDS Driver jesfilter Record Type 1210 For gt V3 04 A record of this type is written by the jesfilter each tim
56. how many times the job has been printed start with 1 0 means Job has never printed Example with job grouping 1040 0000 1040 0000 54 54 1040 00001541 0001 16 1 0 0 300 300 300 1040 00001541 0002 16 1 0 0 300 300 300 0003 6 2 2003 16 31 38 16 12 2003 16 31 55 0 300 0 0 300 1 2 2003 16 31 48 16 12 2003 16 32 05 0 300 0 0 300 1 2 2003 16 31 58 16 12 2003 16 32 11 1 0 0 300 300 300 0 300 0 0 300 1 16 12 2003 16 31 38 16 12 2003 16 32 11 1 0 0 900 900 900 0 900 0 0 900 1 Example for the pagecounter Infopages 3 pages 303 for oneup 300 3 pages 153 for 2up 150 3 pages 78 for 4up 75 3 For SIMPLEX For DUPLEX logical pages 300 fpages 303 bpages 0 fpages 153 bpages 150 180 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Record Type 1041 This record is written for every job and indicates the used input and output bins Parameter Type Length Description max 1041 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE inum NUM 2 number of used input bins onum NUM 2 number of used output bins Example with job grouping 1041 00001541 0001 1 1041 00001541 0002 1 1041 00001541 0003 1 1041 00
57. is generated by the SNMP application HB enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobStatus 1 ready to print 2 The output shows the state of the corresponding job in text form ready to print and also the integer return code 2 Retrieving MIB Information using the snmpwalk Command The snmpwalk command has a similar syntax to the snmpget command and re trieves classes of variables from an SNMP entity instead of single variables The syntax is snmpwalk options entity addr objectID The command parameters are the entity s address and the variable class name s The variable class name is expressed as an object identifier in either dot notation or as the MIB variable from the MIB document There are also a lots of options possible which are normally not needed The com munity string for access to the SNMP entity is given with the option c community To get the full syntax information just type snmpwalk and see the help output It is also possible to retrieve the manual information by typing man snmpwalk The snmpwalk command retrieves the variable class by first calling the SNMP en tity with the variable class name to get the first variable in the class Utilizing the GET NEXT capability it then calls the entity again using the variable name re turned in the previous call to retrieve the next variable in the class The following two examples demonst
58. is printed immediately 2 Print file will be sent to the mailbox 88 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Xerox PostScript Printers Docutech ACCOUNT TIC default CONTROLLER_SOFTWARE Identifies the name of the account to which costs asso ciated with tickets accrue You can set the Software Version DEF_PAPER_NAME Default paper name DEF_TAB_NAME The paper name determines the name of the paper in the database from which the color and weight of the in serted tabs are taken DPCONNECT_SUPPORT DPconnect compatibility mode Default Finishing Option defined in AFP file e g overwritten by DPconnect ticket translation rules is taken 1 The original finishing operations as defined in the DigiPath XRX Ticket are taken 2 Not only finishing option but also the Digi Path ticket parameter XRXsenderName is taken as job identifier on DT6180 The IP MODE has to be set to 0 For DPCONNECT SUPPORT 1 and 2 please do not use print slaves but normal slave Master servers are obviously also possible Workflow example DigiPath Job with Bind option This job is send to PRISMAproduction DPconnect DPcon nect should import this job to be printed with the same spooled file on a VP5000 or a DT6180 via rerouting The bind option should be replaced on the VP5000 with the stitch option This requires the DPconnect translation rule Bin
59. is used the file sequence number is added too with a colon as separator Is only active when AFP print data is processed and the OutFile parameter is set to identical Possible values Yes Add file sequence number to output filename direc tory listing No Create output filename as usual is default AfpSfTrim Binary Removes padding bytes after Structured field in AFP Print data until next CR LF CAREFULL can cause data loss when CR LF are not added after SF Yes Removes padding bytes No Alldata is passed DeleteOutput Value When error occurs output file is deleted Possible values O Output file is never deleted Default 1 Output file is deleted when error occurs MergeFiles String Merge output files Possible values Yes Merge all output files to one output file No Write multiple output files ModifyFilename String Output filename modifications Possible values LowerCase Change output filename to lower case UpperCase Change output filename to upper case OutFile String Name of output file or keyword IDENTICAL to have the output filename the same as the input filename A29247 X100 X 7 7672 147 Functionality Input Filter Keyword OutFormat OutFormatFile Variable Type String String Description Output file format Possible values CRLF Add CR LF to record which do not end with these bytes CRLF FORCED Add always CR LF to records D
60. job anyway If you force a job it is submitted anyway The job appears in the list of jobs despite of missing important options From there you have to set the missing options for each job via the PJM GUI Normally also the error situation which prevented the job from be ing accepted in the normal way has to be corrected Example An output tray has been referenced which is not defined for the given printer If the job must be printed on the given printer the refer enced tray must be defined for this printer before resubmitting the job A29247 X100 X 7 7672 231 PJM Command Line Interface link Creates links on the ODS master to the print files if possible You can find the respective parameter under PJM gt Menu Job gt Transfer Mode Default Copy print data to the server Job control Meaning Parameters status lt job id gt get basic job status Returns the status of a job a list of jobs The jobid is the 8 digit number displayed when a job is submitted The status can be wait work interrupted error unknown canceled finished If the status is error an additional description of the error will be shown e g error tiffconv Input file wrong format prio lt num gt Priority of the print job num 1 255 no blank character between prio and lt num gt Example pjm f u prismapro demo ioca demo ioca prio100 The user must have the permission to mod
61. name is not specified in the ticket the con troller will treat it as an empty string JOBTYPE defaultz1 The jobtype specifies whether the print job will be stored in the digital mailbox INTERACTIVE or whether the print job will be appended to the Automat ic print queue AUTOMATIC for automatic printing 1 interactive the job will be saved in the mailbox This allows you to modify the job attributes later or to make reprints 2 automatic the job is printed immediately JOB TICKET REPLACEMENT default 0 Replaces the most important job ticket information of raw spool in PostScript files if a job ticket is present RAW_SOCKET_PORT default 91 00 Portnumber of the RAW_SOCKET_PORT RAW_SOCKET_STREAMING default no yes enables sending files via socket This allows you to send files gt 2 GB Generally files which are send by socket are not spooled on the target printer Therefore it is not possible to print copies If you want to print copies the job has to be sent as many times as the desired number of copies The port has to be activated on the target printer PRINTQUALITY default 2 Defines the print Quality for the printer type Oc 31x5 8x8 dithermatrix 10x10 ditheratrix 12x12 dithermatrix 14x14 dithermatrix Ab DAC R4 1 16x16 dithermatrix Ab DAC R4 1 WON O PRINTMODE default 0 Defines the print mode for the CPS700 900 1 Direct printing File
62. no data The data must exist on the mirror server to print the job Respective option on the GUI This parameter connot be set via the GUI Default Transfer of ticket and data mtr ticket rule Ticket Rule which is executed on the mirror server ticket rule none none means that no ticket rule is executed on the mirror server If a ticket rule is set via the tr parameter the ticket rule set here is executed on the mirror server additionally to the ticket rule execut ed on the original server Respective option on the GUI PJM gt Menu Job gt Transfer Mode gt Mirror Jobs during Submission and Ticket Rule Default The value set in Configurtion gt System muser user na User who starts the job on the mirror server me Respective option on the GUI Configuration gt System gt Mir roring gt User Name Default The value set in Configurtion gt System mpw password Password for the user set under muser Respective option on the GUI Configuration gt System gt Mir roring gt Password Default The value set in Configuration gt System Usage of Ticket Print and File parameter groups These parameter groups may be used exclusively or combined where they supple ment each other The idea behind is to allow to print either without a Job Ticket or with a Job Ticket Oct and replacing parameters in
63. occurs MergeFiles String Merge output files Possible values Yes Merge all output files to one output file No Write multiple output files ModifyFilename String Output filename modifications Possible values LowerCase Change output filename to lower case UpperCase Change output filename to upper case NextProcess NextOptions OutFile String String String Next process which should be started including the full path without the options needed to start the pro gram See NextOptions OutType Option for the next process to be started blanks are allowed see NextProcess Name of output file or keyword IDENTICAL to have the output filename the same as the input filename A29247 X100 X 7 7672 139 Functionality Input Filter OutFormat String Output file format Possible values CRLF Add CR LF to records which do not end with these bytes CRLF FORCED Add always CR LF to records LF Add LF to records which do not end with these bytes for ASCII formatted data DEVICE When output is written to an output device GCI Communicator output format NO GCI Write data without and mes sages with Communicator GENERATE GCI Generate identical output as GCI OutPath Path where to write output file OutSubcat Sub catalog sub directory where output file s is are written OutSubName OutType PJM Forced String Binary Defines t
64. of parameter u_acc3 u_acc4 TEXT 32 content of parameter u_acc4 u_acc5 TEXT 32 content of parameter u_acc5 u acc6 TEXT 32 content of parameter u_acc6 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 177 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Accounting Examples for using OCT custom tickets only for PRISMA gt V3 02 15 To write user accounting information in Rec 1032 the following has to be done For use with a POD or a APA job ticket an OCT must be created with at least one of the following sections job Job Infoi u acci job usertext for acc1 Job Info2 u acc2 job usertext for acc2 Job Info3 u acc3 job usertext for acc3 etc files Info1 u_acc1 usertext for acc1 related to file 1 Info2 u_acc2 usertext for acc2 related to file 1 etc files Info1 u_acc1 usertext for acc1 related to file 2 etc until Info6 u_acc6 usertext for acc6 related to file 2 As an example for getting this record type you can use the Custom settings tab in the Job Attributes section of the PJM for each file Print Custom Settings Number Key Value useracc 1 u acci Customer name OPS u_acc2 Customer number 12345 u_acc3 Order from 16 08 2005 u acc5 Delivery note 112233 u_acc6 Delivery date 31 08 2005 i 2 3 4 5 6 E 8 Cancel Result of this example with job grouping 1032 12345678 1 Customer name OPS Customer number 12345 Or der from 16 0
65. of printed pages ofthisjob Counter read only in total The default value is O svrPrintFileSize The size of the print file in bytes To al DisplayString read only low also sizes greater 2 or 4 GB it is displayed as string The default value is 0 svrUserlnfo Additional user information to this print DisplayString read only job The default value is svrJobForm The form of this print job The default DisplayString read write value is The value may also be set with this entry The value has to be of a valid Form ld It cannot be set if the job status is printing or output ctrl svrJobPages The number of pages in the print file INTEGER read only The default value is unknown 1 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 261 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent Object Identifier Description ASN 1 lype ACCESS svrJobPrintingRange svrJobPrinting Resolution svrJobDestination The printing range of this job The de fault value is The value may also be set with this entry The value has to be of a valid range Example max 64 chars 1 50 100 3 1 99 120 Instead of may also _ can be used Use to set no printing range It cannot be set if the job status is printing or output ctrl The resolution of the print job in dots per inch dpi e g 240 300 or 600 dpi or mrm 0 for multi resolution mode The default value is 1 The destination printer name of this job The defau
66. one file and jobcopy opages filesize NUM x size of the file in bytes sendsize NUM x amount of the transferred bytes rate TEXT x 3 transmission rate in kbytes per second 3 fractional digits A29247 X100 X 7 7672 191 PRISMAproduction Backends V3 02 Accounting Example 1274 314 0 00002844 0001 WHI Record Type 1603 1602 00002844 0001 20 02 2004 12 18 05 20 02 2004 12 18 06 BAC030 J0B07045 1 506 291818 291818 This record is written after transmission of a generated oct file third column is the field length x unlimited Parameter Type Length Description max 1603 NUM 4 record type account ID NUM 8 account ID Job ID startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout was started enddate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout was ended endstatus NUM 1 status after printout was ended 0 job completed without errors 1 job completed with errors 2 job interrupted by operator 3 job processing interrupted by server error filename TEXT x name of the generated and transmitted oct file filecopies NUM x filecopies filepages NUM 1 always 0 filesize NUM x size of the file in bytes sendsize NUM x amount of the transferred bytes rate TEXT x 3 transmission rate
67. own applet which you select from the Config uration node of the PRISMAproduction Explorer Testing with the Demo Job After having configured an LCDS Printer and before receiving MVS Download jobs we recommend to print the demo job This demo job contains 4 pages of EBCDIC coded data with ANSI carriage controls The jesfilter will add an FCB FCB1 add 2 header banner pages convert ANSI to IBM321 1 carriage controls and add 2 trail er banner pages before submitting the job to the spool 1 Open the PJM with an LCDS job ticket Open the job ticket DEMO jes jes demo TIC 2 Under Printer select the LCDS printer you created before in the printer config uration 3 Activate Print and Header Trailer in the Job Attributes section of the PUM Finally submit the job with the Submit button Job Queue Linedata Printer Driver Jobs appear in the Job List with Type LCDS This as sures that the spool will direct LCDS jobs to an LCDS printer and not to an AFP printer Other jobs usually appear here with Type Z AFP including ordinary stan dard LCDS jobs converted by the xfilter Restrictions e Page number see column Pages above is not known exactly This is be cause PRISMA cannot know the page structure as the break down of the job into pages would require JSL information VFU PDE which is available on the Xerox destination printer only Therefore a simple minded page counting has been imp
68. pre history may be interesting Suggested for TRACELEVEL 4 transfer of compressed file with ftp should be possible 102400 100MB suggested for most of the problems 204800 200MB suggested if it s easy to transfer the data easy to view 512000 500MB suggested if it s easy to transfer the data viewing becomes a problem Suggested for FULL traces transfer of compressed file with CD or DVD may be necessary 1000000 ca1 0GB capture a problem with all data and a long prehistory 1900000 ca1 9 GB maximum file size allowed A29247 X100 X 7 7672 41 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter TRACEFLAGS Specifies the internal Trace Set to be used The internal Trace Set is a 64 bit field specifying the components to be traced Up to 8 pairs of 2 hex characters may be entered Unspecified val ues default to x FF Use this option when a problem is being diagnosed following the directions of your Oc Service Representative NOTE Tracing inflicts performance All combinations are allowed TRC NONE will be overruled by any other flag Enumeration values TF NONE 0x00000000 TF_ALL OxFFFFFFFF TF ITEM MASK OxOOFFFFFF TF CTRL MASK OxFF000000 TF TRACE 0x00000001 TF INPUT 0x00000002 TF IPQ 0x00000004 TF AFPOBJPROC 0x00000008 TF IPDSTRACER 0x00000010 TF DISPATCHING 0x00000020 TF PAL 0x00000040 TF IPDSDUMMY 0x00000080 TF SPOOL 0x00000100 Tracing disabled Tracing enable
69. prismapro resources system 240dpi apa AFP 240 dpi resources for APA II controller u prismapro resources system 300dpi apa AFP 300 dpi resources for APA II controller u prismapro resources system 600dpi apa AFP 600 dpi resources for APA II controller u prismapro resources system 240dpi sra Standard AFP 240 dpi resources u prismapro resources system 300dpi sra Standard AFP 300 dpi resources u prismapro resources system 600dpi sra Standard AFP 600 dpi resources A29247 X100 X 7 7672 295 System time Tips and Tricks 7 5 System time Inside a PRISMAproduction cluster the system time of the slaves is synchronized with the master system at boot time and every day change Therefore system time changes should be done on the master system always 296 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Index Index 370 channel 290 35 FLOPPY XRX 109 141 A Accountld 131 Accounting 165 Record type 1000 171 Record Type 1010 172 Record Type 1011 172 Record type 1011 172 173 Record Type 1012 173 Record Type 1020 173 Record Type 1026 174 Record Type 1030 174 Record type 1030 174 Record Type 1031 176 Record Type 1032 177 Record Type 1040 179 Record Type 1041 181 Record Type 1042 181 Record Type 1043 182 Record Type 1052 182 Record Type 1110 184 Record Type 1120 185 Record Type 1130 186 Record type 1200 187 Record Type 1201 188 Record type 1202 189 Record T
70. read operator s answer for question 12345678 and wait for answer if required A29247 X100 X 7 7672 221 Job Status Information Command Line Interface 4 5 Job Status Information Monitors the status of print jobs in the teletype environment There are two com mands which have the same syntactical possibilities jobstat and splstat Both commands differ in the selection of the jobs to which the command is related and in the sorting of the result jobstat d display jobstat s set jobstat I list Jobstat relates to all jobs in the job list The output of the jobs found is in the order of the job numbers splstat d display splstst s set splstat only relates to the jobs which have at least the ready to print status There fore this command only searches for jobs which are in the print queue The output is in the print order Entering the command without a function or operand displays general information on the command Overview of functions and operands Note The description of the jobstat command below also applies to splstat command for the ready to print jobs in the job list Command jobstat d Function Operand is used for displaying job set tings Note With job id file id you have to enter for instance 0134 1 i e jobid 0134 and file id 1 You can get the file id from the PJM List of Files or from the Job Details Viewer in the Job List Release job means continue
71. resources HIDDEN E g for the Formdef or Pagedef of the Infopage Re sources Headerpage Messagepage 1 Resource File Name Extensions will not be used for the system resources Attention This parameter is only working by EXT_OFF 0 EXT_OFF is typically set in a APA job ticket which over writes the printparameter adjustment 40 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend 1 2 3 6 TRACE TRACECOM PRESS TRACEFILE TRACECOMPRESS specifies compression of Tracefile O trace file is not compressed Default 1 trace file is compress by AFP2IPDS and written in GZIP file for mat Note that trace file compression is a cpu intensive task and should only be activated in cases where huge trace files raise problems Also note that TRACELIMIT is deactivated when TRACECOM PRESS is activated Filename of the trace file TRACEFILE u prismapro diag printers lt Printer name gt trc The name must be unique for each configured printer Printer name is the name of the logical printer TRACEFILE_LIMIT Specifies maximum size of trace file in kBytes The trace file is a wrap around file If set to O then the trace file will be unlimited Suggested for TRACELEVEL 2 transfer of compressed file with email should be possible 10240 10MB _ default file size the problem happens on startup 20480 20MB the problem happens after some pages 51200 50MB the problem happens sporadically
72. settings Xerox Print Data The Xerox Print Data tape media type are defined by the HOST LABEL combination in the InputFilter parameter file The following combinations are at the moment supported Host Label Used when tape ANSI ANSI is generated to conform the American National Stan dards Institute ANSI standard ANSI NONE is an unlabeled tape with record and block structure No Multi volume support BS2000 ANSI is generated to conform the ANSI standard on an BS2000 host BS2000 STANDARD is generated to conform the ANSI standard on an BS2000 host BS2000 NONE is an unlabeled tape with BS2000 host record block structure No Multi volume support B2500 ANSI is generated as a non printer backup ANSI on an Medi B2700 um Burroughs system B3500 B3700 B4700 B2500 STANDARD is generated as a printer backup on an Medium Bur B2700 roughs system B3500 B3700 B4700 BURLAR STANDARD is generated to conform the ANSI standard on an B6700 Burroughs large host IBMDOS ANSI or is generated to conform ANSI standard UNDEF IBMDOS STANDARD is similar to the ANSI standard with special IBM DOS 360 host features enabled IBMDOS NONE is an unlabeled tape with IBM DOS 360 host record block structure No Multi volume support 126 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality IBMOS ANSI or is generated to conform
73. supported by all ftp serv default 0 ers 0 passive mode disabled highest compatibility 1 passive mode enabled better can be useful with firewalls PORT Optional parameter to set the ftp port number which is expected by the ftp server A29247 X100 X 7 7672 97 Print Parameter for Network Connection Print Parameter POSTOCTCMD Command to call after new local oct file is generated but before it is transmitted Some possibly available variables in the command line parameters are replaced ID is replaced with the job id PRINTER is replaced with the printer name NAME is replaced with the oct file name PREFILECMD Command to call before file transmission is started The allowed variables in the command line parameters are replaced ID is replaced with the job id PRINTER is replaced with the printer name NAME is replaced with the file name this file can be modified in this action PROGRESS de fault 250000 Update print progress information 0 Update only at end of file or copy changes gt 0 Amount of transmitted bytes after which progress is updated RENAME 1 If set to 1 the ftp backend sends the oct file with an invalid name and renames it to the valid name after successful transfer only If set to 2 the ftp backend tries to delete a possibly existing oct file be fore the rename command is executed RETRY 0 If set the ftp backend automatically ret
74. svrJobQueue Identifier 234 1 El enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmibenterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobType 11 afpds 3 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobType 234 afpds 3 EH enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobStatus 11 ready to print 2 H enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobStatus 234 ready to print 2 El enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobCopies 11 1 El enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobCopies 234 1 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobPercent Completed 11 0 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobPercent Completed 234 0 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobPrinted Copies 11 0 EH enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobPrinted Copies 234 0 E enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJ
75. svrUserInfo 234 test job2 prisma svrJobEntry svrJobForm 11 STD Hex 53 prisma svrJobEntry svrJobForm 234 STD Hex 5 prisma svrJobEntry svrJobPages 11 9 prisma svrJobEntry svrJobPages 234 99 prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobPrinting Range 1 prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobPrinting Range 234 prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobPrinting Resolution 11 prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobPrinting Resolution 234 prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobDestination 11 Printe prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobDestination 234 Print prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobPosition 11 prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobPosition 234 prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoo svrJobEntry svrJobAuditRequestor 11 prisma SvrJobl prisma SvrJobl prismaProduction psmib server spoo Entry svrJobAuditRequestor 234 prismaProduction psmib server spoo Entry svrJobAuditRequestor 234 prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys 54 44 prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys 3 5
76. system Internally the snmp agent retrieves the list of valid Jobld s at the beginning of the snmpwalk command and uses this list to get the following job specific information During retrieving that information it could hap pen that a job is deleted and the ID is no longer valid In that case the default value of the OID as defined in the PSMIB is returned except for the svrJobStatus which is set to deljob 10 to indicate the Job as deleted In most cases the default value is an impossible value like O for svrJobCopies To find such a value in a big list of jobs after a snmpwalk command indicates that the ID is no longer valid Try to re trieve the information for that ID again If the job has been deleted the OID is no lon ger valid and this will be shown this time The oce pp snmp rpm also installs some get and set commands Following are some examples which show how these commands can be used for job information A possible result is shown in italic u prismapro bin snmpget c public localhost svrJobQueueIden tifier 4674 shows the queue of job with Jobld 00004674 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 4674 1 u prismapro bin snmpset c test2 localhost svrJobQueueIden tifier 4674 i 3 sets the queue of job with Jobld 00004674 to 3 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 4674
77. tapes using IEBCOPY format are supported JCF Parame JCF Parame HOST LABEL Description ter InFileType ter Internally JDE Name used AFPDS ANSIO1 ANSI ANSI Used for all ANSI like labeled tapes which have at least VOL1 HDR1 HDR2 labels This includes all STANDARD MVS and BS2000 tapes AFPDS FIXED UNDEF NONE Used for all non labeled print data tapes with fixed length AFPDS data records 106 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality JCF Parame JCF Parame HOST LABEL Description ter InFileType ter Internally JDE Name used AFPDS VAR UNDEF NONE Used for all non labeled print data tapes with variable length AFPDS records AFPDS VARBLK UNDEF NONE Used for all non labeled print data tapes with variable length AFPDS records with block structure AFPDS UNDEF UNDEF NONE Used for all non labeled print data tapes which uses a delimiter as record end identifier AFP_Resource ANSIO1 ANSI ANSI Used for all ANSI labeled tapes single where each resource file is in a separate file in binary format AFP Resource RESLIB IEBCOPY Used for AFP MVS libraries no IEBCOPY ANSI filenames can be specified The directory listing is only supported for the library names not the li brary contents A single library can then be selected to be read AFP Resource RESLIBNONE IEBCOPY Used for non labeled resource IEBCOPY NONE tapes A
78. tee ce 186 LCDS Module Specific Records ssssssssseeeeeen 187 calc nent Ae Arlette aeie 187 3 7 2 LCDS Driver jesfilter riiete riike iera iaaeaie 189 PRISMAproduction Backends gt V3 02 sse 190 3 81 ETP Backerid tenderet ee eins 190 3 8 2 Postscript Backends ssssssseeeeeeeeeneeennnn 193 User specific Extensions seseseeeeneeeenn een 195 PRISMAproduction internal accounting workflow ssssse 196 3 10 1 Accounting lDS x iiit e eti HR es 196 3 10 2Accounting Command Line Interface sesssesssssss 197 Command Line Interface eeeseseeeeseeeeee nennen nnns 199 JODE OOT s EE 199 Spsprt to JobTicket Converter sessssssssseeeeeneeennennnns 204 PribterPool u hen tentata ette muet 204 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Contents 4 4 M6SS80968 iie ats his er di e d pe rU m ae 214 4 4 1 General USage itte esie e LRL Pg ed gas 214 4 4 2 Common Options ssssssssssesseeeeeeeee nennen nennen nnns 214 4 4 3 Message Counters ssssssssssseeeeeneeneeeen nene nnne nnns 215 4 4 4 Send Messages sssssssssssseeeeeeneeen nennen nennen nennen 217 4 4 5 Reply An Open Question sesssseeeneeeeeenneenns 218 4 4 6 Read MeSSages cccceeeccceeeesseeceeeesseneeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeensaeeeeneeseaaeees 219 4 4 7 Read Mess
79. the ANSI standard on an IBM UNDEF OS 360 host IBMOS STANDARD is similar to the ANSI standard with special IBM OS 360 host features enabled IBMOS NONE is an unlabeled tape with IBM OS 360 host record block structure No Multi volume support ICL2900 STANDARD is similar to the ANSI standard on an ICL 2900 host NCR STANDARD is generated to conform the ANSI standard on an IBM OS 360 host NCR NONE is an unlabeled tape with NCR host record block struc ture No Multi volume support UNDEF NONE is an unlabeled tape with undefined format No Multi volume support UNIVAC ANSI or is similar to the ANSI standard created on an UNIVAC STANDARD host UNIVAC NONE is an unlabeled tape with Univac host record block structure No Multi volume support US70 STANDARD is similar to the ANSI standard with special Univac Se ries 70 host features enabled US70 NONE is an unlabeled tape with Univac Series 70 host record block structure No Multi volume support 370 channel Host Label Description EXOTIC May be used when data is received via 370 channel from BS2000 without so called IBR BOX to specify that one certain special rule concerning linespacing is processed in the LCDS converter IBMONL Used when data is received over 370 channel A29247 X100 X 7 7672 127 Functionality Input Filter 2 4 4 OLDS Module Input Media Data Type Combinations A quick overview of the supported input media data type combina
80. the UCD SNMP the commands to get the Jobld s would be u prismapro bin snmpget c community hostname svrJobRe freshJobList 0 This may take a while if thousands of jobs are in the system The user gets back A or B In case of A the next call has to be 282 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Configuring Access Rights for Different SNMP Communities u prismapro bin snmpwalk c community hostname svrJob ListA to get all present valid Jobld s with their states 6 3 Configuring Access Rights for Different SNMP Communities The file u prismapro cfg snmp snmpd conf contains configuration infor mation about the communities defined for the SNMP agent The cut out below shows the important information for the default configuration NETWORK localhost Tig rocommunity rwcommunity rocommunity rocommunity rocommunity HEHH By default only access the agent responds to the public community for read if run out of the box without any configuration file in place The following examples show you other ways of configuring the agent so that you can change the community names and give yourself write access as well The following lines change the access permissions of the agent so that the COMMUNITY string provides read only access to your entire EG 10 10 10 0 24 and read write access to only the 127 0 0 1 not its real ipaddress Setup communities testi test2 p
81. the command displays the current status for the Option printer name switch for jobselection O off 1 on Following options are allowed to set off gt color verification ids are not used for jobselec tion on gt color verification ids are used for jobselection p The checkdata command shows or sets the switch for job selection re Printer striction on data types for the selected printer checkdata Without an option the command displays the current status for the Option data types switch for jobselection O off 1 0n Following options are allowed to set off gt data type is not used for jobselection on gt data type is used for jobselection A29247 X100 X 7 7672 211 PrinterPool Command Line Interface Command line Description option Examples prtpool p Dummy start gt start printer Dummy prtpool p Dummy stop gt stop printer Dummy prtpool p Dummy queue gt show assigned queues prtpool p Dummy queue 3 gt add 3 to assigned queues list P This option is useful for script programming where the requested print Printer er information should be processed for further purposes Columns If printer name is not specified prtpool displays the requested column infos of all printers The requested infos must be specified by colon separated column names The output is written always as tab separated entries for requested col umns in one line per printer Following column names are
82. the job ticket 86 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends IP This parameter handles remote print status control default 0 IP 0 Default setting of this parameter is 0 because in this case no special settings have to be done on the DocuSP server In this case the backend regards all transmitted jobs as successfully printed and switches the spool status to finished complete The operator has to check the messages on the DocuSP on his own IP 1 If the LI switch IP interleaved processing is set to 1 trans mitted jobs get the spool status output control and are periodi cally checked by the backend For Docutech backends which send their jobs to a DocuSp ver sion 2 x controller see Xerox PostScript Printers Docutech on page 89 IP_TIMEOUT Timeout of getting the job status information from the printer default 20 ITERATE_JOB_ Jobcopies and filecopies are multiplied by default 0 COPIES With this setting 1 the backend is forced to send each job copy default 0 separately ITRAYMAP File under u prismapro lib itraymap containing a map ping table which maps the input trays to media attributes JOBDELAY Delay time in ms after job submission default 0 After this delay time the backend reports ready after submitting a print job This can avoid that a backend receives more than one print job in a big cluster JOBTICKET_ Replaces the job ticket in
83. the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is given by the printer HW See also parameter PRTUPUB MSGP CC HDRP CC TRLP CC SEPP CC GMSGP CC GHDRP CC GTRLP CC GSEPP CC MSGP TRC HDRP TRC TRLP_TRC SEPP_TRC GMSGP_TRC GHDRP_TRC GTRLP_TRC GSEPP_TRC MESSAGE PIMSG Specifies if carriage control characters are availabe 1 or not 0 Only ASA carriage control characters are supported Allowed ASCII values are hex representation Blank 0x020 0 9 0x30 0x39 A 0x41 B 0x42 C 0x43 Ox2F 0x2B Specifies if table reference characters are availabe 1 or not 0 Allowed ASCII values are hex representation 0 9 0x30 0x39 If more than 10 TRCs are requested the user has to de fine the requested fonts by his PAGEDEF value Maximal number of error messages before cancelling job When this threshold is reached the job is can celled and a message 17002229 is written No limit of warning messages No extra mes sages are printed unless there is an error that forces termination of the printing of the data set A29247 X100 X 7 7672 19 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter 1 2 3 4 PRINT PROCESSING ACTIVATE MEDIA SIZE A Media Description MDD in the formdef specifies the size used in the IPDS command XOH SMS Set Media Size
84. the ticket No local Ticket for simple print jobs Normally only the file parameter would be used here maybe with setting a job name and printer by print parameters Example jn simple nc 2 f test afp Local Ticket only for fully prepared print jobs All parameters are defined in the Job Ticket Local Ticket Print Files for prepared print jobs A few parameters in the job ticket must be updated Example t test tic f test afp prt myprinter Local Ticket Oct A29247 X100 X 7 7672 233 PJM Command Line Interface for print jobs which are based on a default ticket and where a lot of parameters must be updated All dynamic parameters are contained in the Oct Local Ticket Oct Print Files should not be used Either the dynamic parameters are written in an Oct or the Print Files group is used for overwriting Reprint request the special request r where a job kept in intermediate storage should be reprinted The Job Ticket for the reprint is supposed to be the ticket of the original job If the f parameter is used together with a Job Ticket it simply overwrites the file name in the List of Files in the Job Ticket The file type in the ticket remains valid If itis used without a Job Ticket the type of the file depends on the language module which interprets the job on the server Default file types are lOCA for the language module POD AFP for the language module APA and L
85. these values may be combined Example HDRP ENABLING 7 HeaderPage will be printed 1 Before first file copy 2 Before all file copies 4 At repositioning e MessagePage Following settings for enabling are possible value description 0 Suppress MessagePage 1 After last file copy 2 After all file copies 4 At repositioning 8 Mark form after last file copy Attention Mark Form instructs the printer to print black bars on the fold so the operator can better recognize where an InfoPage was printed In the printer control panel the user can configure what number of marked pages should be printed Is this value gt 1 so Mark Form leads to copies of the In foPages If a printer doesn t support this function the setting of this value will be ig nored 16 NPRO before MessagePage All these values may be combined Example MSGP_ENABLING 7 MessagePage will be printed 1 After first file copy 2 After all file copies 4 At repositioning e TrailerPage Following settings for enabling are possible value description 0 Suppress MessagePage 1 After last file copy 2 After all file copies 52 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend 4 At repositioning 8 Mark form after last file copy Attention Mark Form instructs the printer to print black bars on the fold so the operator can better recognize where an InfoPage was printed In the pri
86. value is DisplayString read only A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP Object Identifier Description ASN 1 lype ACCESS preter Number A value WI Ich uniquely identi les an T Y T EGER read on y entry in the prnPrinterTable table and in the database of the system The val ue is the id used from the database This number needs not to be the same as the instance identification of the prnPrinterTable entry and needs not to be in continuous ascending order The default value is 0 prnPrinterName The name of the printer served by the DisplayString read only printer server prnPrinterModel This attribute identifies the make and DisplayString read only model of the printer The default value is prnPrinterType This attribute identifies the type ofthe DisplayString read only printer It s a combination of the driver and the type separated by a e g SPS CUTSHEET The default value is prnPrinterStatus The status of this printer The status INTEGER read write may also be set with this entry The de fault value is unknown prnAssignedQueue The identifiers of the queues assigned DisplayString read write to this printer The default value is which means that no queue is as signed The value may also be set ora queue may be added or removed The syntax is queue addl rem The queue has to be a known queue by the spool in the range of 1 to 999 prnPrinter
87. when the rules are used Not read from external parameter files MINLAB Default 80 Is used internally when the rules are used Not read from external parameter files PLABEL YES NO Specifies whether the tape labels are to be printed Default NO If YES is specified all tape labels except those en countered during a volume change are printed on an output page and delivered to the sample print tray Labels are truncated if they exceed the line width limits of the page If NO is specified no tape la bel are printed A29247 X100 X 7 7672 149 JDE Parameter Input Filter 2 5 2 Block structure parameter Keyword Variable Type Description RMULT Value Specifies a multiplication factor to be applied to the Default 1 record length extracted from a tape label in order to determine the true record length A value is an inte ger in the range of 1 to 15 UNPACK Default None Is used internally when the rules are used Not read from external parameter files Keyword Variable Type Description ADJUST Value Default 0 Specifies a block adjustment value which is added to or subtracted from the contents of the block length field to determine the true block length A value specifies the block adjustment length This length is a constant integer added to or subtracted from the value in the block length field of every tape block The resulting value is the true block length The range is from
88. with block structure RECORD STRUCTURE VB A29247 X100 X 7 7672 117 Functionality Input Filter The data is then extracted as follows Position Length Preamble 0x0000 0x0008 0x26D8 00002 6D82 6D40000 0x0024 00240000 00960000 00320000 4445242020204444 2C4144453D44464C 2B24444144452420 28554E313034422C 4231344E502C4845 3142502C48453130 5020444230385750 484530394E502C48 30384E502C484530 4E502C484530364E 2C4D42303435502C 3B20 2B24 4F544558543D2758 5858585858585858 2C203B20 25244444 4C3D585858585858 542C3B20 2020464F4E54533D 444231384E502C44 313242502C484531 42502C484531304E 2C4845303942502C 45303842502C4845 3742502048453037 502C5030384F4141 464F524D5358292C 4444444524202020 5858585858585858 5858585858585827 Ox00F4 0x0026 002 60000 2020445550404558 4154453D5945532C 2B24444144452420 SD4E4F2C434F4C4C 3B20 Ox011A 0x012D 0x0013 00130000 0x0010 00100000 4444444524202020 2B24 454E443B20 118 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Now continued just before the first data block ends and the second block starts Preamble User data 00240000 5858585858069301 5858065802585858 2B58585858585858 58585858060E0241 0x2696 0x26D3 0x0027 00400000 001 0000 0027 0000 00180000 0410040006585858 0658025858068402 0457045858585806 0615075858585858 048D040006585858 580658585858
89. 0 0 0 to print Content of the svrJobTable continued PrintFile Userlnfo JobForm JobPages JobPrinting JobPrinting Job Size Range Resolution Destination 13526 test job1 STD 9 m mrm 0 Printer1 756980 test_job2 STD 99 di 300 Printer2 Content of the svrJobTable continued JobPosi JobAudit JobAudit Job JobsFor tion Requestor Referenceld Referenceld Referenceld Um m wm 38FA6754 O p ms T 87DC3442 n Example Retrieving the entries of the prnPrinterTable The information from the printer table can be retrieved from the SNMP agent using the snmpwalk command as described above 274 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP PrnPrinterTable Number Name Model Type Status Queue NPRO 1 Printer1 PAGESTREAM 145 SPS_FANFOLD inactive 3 1 0 2 Printer2 PAGESTREAM 235 SPS_FANFOLD inactive 3 1 0 3 Printer3 PAGESTREAM 470 SPS TWIN active 2 1 0 4 Printer3 PAGESTREAM 470 SPS TWIN active 2 1 0 PrnPrinterTable continued Form Toner Hostname Address DeviceNode Resolution Connec tionType T TestSystem ops de 0x05 dev ikpO mrm 0 pci370 3 n TestSystem ops de 0x06 dev ikpO 240 pci370 3 STD Hex 535444 bi TestSystem ops de 0x04 dev ikpO 300 lan 6 STD Hex 535444 TestSystem ops de 0x04 dev ikpO 300 lan 6 PrnPrinterTable continued CheckFormSeqSta
90. 0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000060 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000070 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000080 20 20 20 20 20 20 0D 0 20 SF 44 4A 44 45 SF 00 _DIDE_ 00000090 4A 44 4C 3D 44 46 41 55 4C 54 2C 3B 20 20 20 20 JDL DFAULT 000000A0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 000000B0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 000000C0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 000000D0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 O00000E0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 000000F0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000100 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0D 0 20 00000110 SF 44 4A 44 45 5F 00 44 55 50 4C 45 58 3D 4E 4F _DJDE_ DUPLEX NO 00000120 2C 3B 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 7 00000130 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000140 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000150 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000160 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000170 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000180 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000190 20 20 20 20 0D 04 20 SF 44 4A 44 45 SF 00 43 4F _DJDE_ CO 00000140 50 49 45 53 3D 30 30 30 30 31 2C 3B 20 20 20 20 PIES 00001 The data can be read by using following parameters JCF File ByteOrder and SkipBytes are not interpreted since HOST UNDEF is specified JDE File VOLUME
91. 0 Ox0001 0001 8B 0x0003 0x0002 0002 0140 0x0007 0x004F OO4F Di1005CC3EZ2E25C 40C6D6D9D4E27EDS D6D5C56BCZC6D6D9 D47E4DDSD6DS5CS55D 6BDIC4CS7EDIFZ6B D1C4D37EESCSEZE3 6BC6D6DSE3CSDSC4 CSET77EADFO GBESCS D9D66BF75D6BC6C5 CSC47EC1E4E76BSE 0x0058 0x0068 O1005CC3E2E2 SC40C6D6DSESEZ7E 4D4DE9F1E4D4D9D7 6BF1F040C4D6E3E2 S5D6BC2ZC1D9D9C5D7 6BC3EZC6D3F F36B C3E2ZC6D7FOF36BC3 E2F7FOF3FO6BC3E2 F6FOF3FO6BC3E2F5 j FOF3FO6BC3E2F4FO F3FO6BC3E2F3FOF3 FO6BC3E2F2FOF3FO 6BC3E2F1FOF3FOSD 6BSE 5 0x00C2 0x000C aoc 01005CC3 EZEZSCAO0CSDSCASE 6 Ox00D0 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 113 Functionality Input Filter Example 2 Byte order Little endian with record pre and postamble BARRPC When the HD input data is as follows the rectangles are the record length fields 00000000 00000010 00000020 00000030 00000040 00000050 00000060 00000070 00000080 000000930 000000An 000000B0 ogoooocd ogogoo0Dd oogog00E0 ooogoooFd 761A Pe 01401313131313131313 01 0B 00 20 00 40 5B C4 D1 C4 C5 5B 40 40 40 D1 C4 D3 7 F6 C1 FO Fi 6B D1 C4 C5 7E FO F4 6B5E 4 00 EE 00 01 40 5B C4 D1 C4 C5 5B 40 40 4 DS E3 E2 7E 4D E9 FO F4 D5 F6 D 6BD4 C F1 D 6B E9 FO F5 C6 F5 D 6B E9 F F5 C 6B E9 FO FS C6 F6 D 6B E9 FO F5 C6 FAD 0 F2 F6 C4 D 6BF6 F2 F8 F4 D8 D 6BE 5 C3 D 6B F6 F0 F2 F6 C1 D 6B F6 F2 F8 6B F6 F0 F2 F5 E8 D 6B C8 F1 FO F0 D5 01 6F 00 F100 01 40 5B C4 Di C4 C5 5B 4 9 F0 F5 C6 F2 D 6B E9 F0 C4 E6 D4 D 6 4 D5 C1 D 6B E9 F0 F5 C6 F1 D 6B E9 FO D
92. 00 00 2B 24 44 44 44 45 24 20 20 20 AF 54 45 58 54 3D 27 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 20 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 27 2C 20 3B 20 00 26 00 00 2B 24 44 444445 24 20 20 20 44 55 50 4C 45 58 3D 4E 4F 2C 43 4F AC AC 4154 45 3D 59 45 53 2C 3B 20 00 13 00 00 2B 24 44 4A 44 45 24 20 20 20 45 4E 44 3B 20 00 10 00 amp amp DJ DE JDL XXXXXX JDE DFIT 1 DJDE FONTS UN104B DB18NP D B14NP HE12BP HE1 1BP HE10BP HE10N P DB08WP HEOSBP HEOSNP HEOSBP HE OSNP HEO7BP HE07 NP HEO6NP POSOAA MBO45P FORMSX 2 DJDE OTEXT XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXEXX PO amp DIDE DUPLEX NO COLL ATE YES DIDE END Data continued just before first block ends and second block starts 00002610 00002620 00002630 00002640 00002650 00002660 00002670 00002680 00002690 00002640 00002680 0000260 000026D0 000026E0 000026F0 00002700 00002710 00002720 00002730 00002740 00002750 00002760 00002770 00002780 00002790 00002740 000027B0 000027C0 000027D0 02 41 32 3100 2400 00 2B 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 93 01 58 58 58 58 06 OE 02 58 58 58 06 58 02 58 58 58 D0 40 00 00 2B 06 17 01 04 10 0A 00 06 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 58 02 58 58 06 8 02 58 58 58 58 31 065805 04 B DA 58 58 58 58 06 58 06 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 1B 07 58 58 58 58 58 D0 1E 00 00 2B 06 58 05 04 8D 040006585858 2E 06 58 58 58 58 58 06 58 06 58 58 58 58 D0 27 00 00 2B 06 58 05 04 58 DA 00 0
93. 00000000 NAME SWD11 ROOM 14 342 BUILDING 14 ADDRESS Siemensallee 2 85586 Poing root Parameter Settings General Print Parameter Key Default HDRP_BACKSIDEOWLS HDRP CC 0 9 HDRP COLMAP Description HDRP DCK 0x03 3 HDRP DUPLEX HDRP ENABLING 1 HDRP_FLG2 0x20 32 HDRP_FONTS HDRP_FORMDEF HDRP FRONTSIDEOVLS HDRP INPUT BIN Specifies if carriage control characters mre availabe 1 or not 0 Only ASA carriage control characters are supported FLINFOPG Allowed ASCII values are hex representation Tank 0x020 9 0x30 0x39 0x41 HDRP OFFXB 0x42 0x43 HDRP_OFFXF Qx2F Ox2B HDRP_OFFYB 62 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend HeaderPage with CC Now the same HeaderPage Output should be printed but with a template without empty lines and with Carriage Control CC Characters Template STITLES OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version VERSIONS created on SVERSIONDATES SVERSIONTIMES SPAGENAMES Ck ckCckckckckckckckck ckckck ckckck ckockckckck KKK KKK ckck ck ckck KKK KKK ckckckck ck ckck ck ck ck KK ck ckck ck k ck ck ck ck ck k k kk USER NAME SOWNERS JOB NAME JOBNAMES FILE NAME FILENAMES HOST NAME CLIENTS SPOOL ID JOBIDS SPOOL TIME SPOOLDATES SPOOLTIMES PRINT TIME DATE TIMES PRINTER ID
94. 001541 1 1 Record Type 1042 This record is written for every used input bin and gives detailed information about it Parameter Type Length Description max 1042 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE ibin NUM 5 input bin number sheets NUM 8 number of sheets from this input bin swid NUM 4 width of page 1 6 inch slen NUM 4 length of page 1 6 inch Example with job grouping 1042 00001541 0001 1 300 88 72 1042 00001541 0002 1 300 88 72 1042 00001541 0003 1 300 88 72 1042 00001541 1 900 88 72 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 181 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Accounting 3 5 8 PJL PCL Backend Record Type 1043 This record is written for every used output bin and gives detailed information about it For each output bin a new record is written Parameter Type Length Description max 1043 NUM 4 record type account_id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE obin NUM 5 output bin number sheets NUM 8 number of sheets for this output bin not used at the moment 1043 0000 1043 0000 1043 0000 1043 0000 Example with job grou
95. 0344 0001 93 A4g 80 Green 210 297 0 Plain 0 1621 00000344 0001 93 A4g 80 Green 210 297 0 Plain 0 1621 00000344 0002 155 A4g 80 Green 210 297 0 Plain 0 1621 00000344 0002 155 A4g 80 Green 210 297 0 Plain 0 3 9 User specific Extensions Record Types 99xx The record types beginning with 9900 are reserved for user specific extensions These may be used to write user specific account data from user specific programs and or shell scripts The record structure is freely definable as long as the basic rules specified in this document are followed Parameter Type Length Description max 9900 NUM 4 record type account_id NUM 8 4 accounting ID A29247 X100 X 7 7672 195 PRISMAproduction internal accounting workflow Accounting 3 10 PRISMAproduction internal accounting workflow 3 10 1 Accounting IDs Print jobs submitted from the PJM The PJM requests the accounting ID from the account server and writes it into the job ticket Thus each subsequent processing module has access to a valid ID The program which actually submits the print job to the spool must supply this ac counting ID as a parameter for the spool Print jobs submitted from the Ul Manager Print jobs which are started from the Ul Manager using a start job call to the com municator carry their accounting ID in the JCF The Ul Manager is responsible for requesting the accounting ID from the account server and writi
96. 0400065858585858 0605075858585858 258065858045809 5858585858585858 25061701 5858585858585858 5858585831065805 5806585858585858 25065805 2E06585858585806 250658050458 58582C0658065858 5858585858 0010585858585858 0x26DC 0x26E4 0x26FC 0x0093 00002 6FC2 6F80000 00930000 0458065802585858 5802585806580258 585858068E035858 5858063504585805 5858585858580627 5858585858585806 5858066006585858 5858580607075858 5858585858582E 2B062C0204580900 5806900258585806 582E585806580558 0658035858585858 5804585858064604 0558585806585858 5805585858580658 0658585858065806 5858585858068507 000026D4 0x2777 0x0053 00580000 1909000758065804 0691055858585858 5858585858580658 0603060007580658 5858065809580658 2B060D0404 OOOESS85858585858 0458585858585806 5858585858585858 O8000E5858585658 09585858585858 Ox27CF 0x0059 00590000 2506600004 1109001109141414 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 119 Functionality Input Filter Example 4 Using record parameter constant When the HD input data is as follows the rectangles are the record delimiters 00000000 315F 44 4A 44 45 SF 00 4A 44 45 3D 58 58 58 58 1 DJDE JDE XXXX 00000010 58 2C 3B 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 2020 20 X 00000020 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000030 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000040 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00000050 20 20 20 20 20 20 2
97. 05BC4 FOFSC6F2D76BE9FO D5CiD76BESFOFS5C6 D76BF6FOF2FSD8D7 ESFOF6F6E2D76BE9 F4F1F2D76BE9FOF4 ESD76BESFOFSCSES SD6BSE4001 OB00 DiIC4D3 7EF1FOF6C1 2000 6F00 OxO11F 0x002E 014055C4D1C4C5 E37E7DC3D6D4D7E4 FOF46BF1FOF6C1F0 55404040D6E3C5E7 E2CSE340D1D6C240 F17D6B405E4001 D01405BCA4D1 D 7D3CSE77EESCSE2 C4C55B404040C4E4 6BSE4001 Ox016E Ox018E Ox001C 0x000D 89405BC4D1C4C55B ESDSC1ESF26BCSD5 404040C6C5C5C47E C45E4001 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 115 Functionality Input Filter Example 3 Variable blocked data When the HD input data is as follows the rectangles are the block or record length fields 00000000 00000010 00000020 00000030 00000040 00000050 paaa00060 00000070 00000080 000000930 nao000A0 000000B0 oogooocd ooogdgod0D0 000000E0 oooggggrFd 00000100 00000110 00000120 00 00 ZEDA 26 D4 00 00002400 00 2B 24 44 4A 44 45 24 20 20 20 4A 44 4C 3D 58 58 58 58 58 58 2C 44 44 45 3D 44 46 4C 54 2C 3B 20 00 96 00 00 2B 24 44 4 44 45 24 20 20 20 46 4F 4E 54 53 3D 28 55 4E 31 30 34 42 2C 44 42 31 38 4E 50 2C 44 42 31 34 4E 50 2C 48 45 31 32 42 50 2C 48 45 31 31 42 50 2C 48 45 31 30 42 50 2C 48 45 31 30 4E 50 2C 44 42 30 38 57 50 2C 48 45 30 39 42 50 2C 48 45 30 39 4E 50 2C 48 45 30 38 42 50 2C 48 45 30 38 4E 50 2C 48 45 30 37 42 50 2C 48 45 30 37 4E 50 2C 48 45 30 36 4E 50 2C 50 30 38 4F 41 41 2C 4D 42 30 34 35 50 2C 46 4F 52 4D 53 58 29 2C 3B 20 00 32
98. 10 X1GB12 X1GI12 X1GT10 X1GT12 X1GT13 X1GT15 X1GT18 N o 0l A Ol N o The second way is to use the parameter XXXX FONTS All fonts given in this pa rameter must be available in the directory u prismapro cfg printers lt printername gt They will be used in the order they are given in the parameter A29247 X100 X 7 7672 65 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Template kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk STITLES OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version VERSIONS created on VERSIONDATES SVERSIONTIMES PAGENAMES KEK KKK KEK KKK KKK KEKE KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KEK KEKE KKK KE KKK KKK ck ck ck KKK ko ko ko ko ko ko ko USER NAME SOWNERS JOB NAME JOBNAMES FILE NAME SFILENAMES HOST NAME S CLIENT SPOOL ID JOBID SPOOL TIME SPOOLDATES SPOOLTIMES PRINT TIME SDATES TIMES PRINTER ID SPRINTERS STATUS SPAGESTATUSS START NEW XMIT OR CONT KEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KKK KKK ckokckck ckck ck ckck ckck ckckck ck ckckockck ck ckck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk kk kk NAME REC NAMES DEPARTMENTS ROOM ROOM BUILDING BUILDINGS ADDRESS ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 ADDRESS3 SADDRESS4 KEKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKEKKEKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KEK KK ck ckckckckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck k ck kk kk SOWNERS Ckckckckckockckckckckckck ck ck ck ck ckck KKK ck ckck ckckck
99. 100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PrinterPool Commandline Description option p The checkres command shows or sets the switch for job selection re Printer striction on resolution for the selected printer checkres Without an option the command displays the current status for the res Option olution switch for jobselection O off 1 o0n Following options are allowed to set off gt resolution is not used for jobselection on gt resolution is used for jobselection p The checkname command shows or sets the switch for job selection Printer restriction on printer name for the selected printer checkname Without an option the command displays the current status for the Option printer name switch for jobselection O off 1 on Following options are allowed to set off gt printer name is not used for jobselection on gt printer name is used for jobselection p The checkqueue command shows or sets the switch for job selection Printer restriction on jobqueues for the selected printer checkqueue Without an option the command displays the current status for the job Option queue switch for jobselection O off 1 0n Following options are allowed to set off gt jobqueues are not used for jobselection on gt jobqueues are used for jobselection p The checkcolor command shows or sets the switch for job selection re Printer striction on printer name for the selected printer checkcolor Without an option
100. 100 X 7 7672 Functionality Input Filter 2 4 2 5 Hard disk media JCF Parame JCF Parameter Restrictions Requirements ter InFileType JDE Name AFPDS ATXT LF Mixed data and line data each record must be end Pure AFPDS ed by a lt CR gt lt LF gt 0x0d0a This is not required for Structured Fields SF unless the JFC Param eter AfpSfTrim is used AFPDS FIXED Fixed length AFPDS data records AFPDS VAR Variable length AFPDS records AFPDS VARBLK Variable length AFPDS records with block struc ture AFPDS UNDEF Data which uses a delimiter as record end identifi er AFP Resource ATXT LF Only single file resources LINEDATA ATXT LF ASCII text as input for the linedata filter can be BLOCK read from hard disk using JDE Name ATXT LF The records must be separated by lt LF gt 0x0a characters This data type can also be used to read unstruc tured data like PCL In this case use JDE Name BLOCK which will result in output in FORMAT BLOCK with 32000 bytes block 2 4 2 6 Tape media The tape label format which is used internally as HOST ANSI and LABEL ANSI has been extended to handle also the IBM D OS label differences The new exten sions are detailed in the table below The tape support can also handle non labeled tapes were the user must specify additional parameters which describe the data format No Multi volume support ex ists for non labeled tapes Only non labeled resource
101. 2 99 Print Parameter for Network Connection Print Parameter 1 5 3 LI Section DUMMYDEV 0 INITCMD Enable or disable the internal printer simulator 0 Printer simulator disabled 1 Printer simulator enabled Command to execute during backend startup The allowed variables in the command line parameters are re placed PRINTER is replaced with the printer name INIFILE is replaced with the backend start parameter file name MODE default 0 File processing mode for Executable Program connection type 0 Process all print files separately 1 Process all print files at once MONITOR default 0 Loglevel for internal traces All logs are written into a file specified in TRACEFILE 0x0000 No logs written 0x0001 Some few logs 0x0002 Diagnostic logs 0x0003 FTP internal logs POSTFILECMD Command to call after file transmission is completed The allowed variables in the command line parameters are re placed ID is replaced with the job id PRINTER is replaced with the printer name NAME is replaced with the file name POSTJOBCMD Command to call after job transmission is completed The allowed variables in the command line parameters are re placed ID is replaced with the job id PRINTER is replaced with the printer name NAME is replaced with the job name TRACEFILE Filename of the trace file default u pris The name must be unique for each configured pr
102. 29 20 2C 20 45 4E 44 3B 00 00 12 00 00 42 32 F1 20 20 20 20000000 00 010101 00 2C 00 00 42 32 F1 20 44 4 44 45 20 30 30 4 44 45 3D 54 45 53 54 2C 45 4E 44 3B 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0015 00 00 42 32 4E 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 01 00 76 00 00 42 32 F1 20 44 4 44 45 20 30 30 46 4F 4E 54 53 3D 28 52 41 31 32 42 50 2C 52 42 31 32 42 50 2C 52 36 31 32 42 50 2C 52 36 42 4F 42 50 2C 52 38 4F 42 44 50 2C 52 4B 31 36 42 50 2C 52 4B 31 38 42 50 2C 52 4B 32 38 4250 2C 52 4B 32 42 45 50 2C 42 43 58 31 43 50 2C 42 4F 58 33 30 50 2C 52 41 31 32 58 58 2C 42 43 30 31 43 50 23 2C 45 4E 44 3B 00 68 00 00 42 32 F1 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 00 03 04 60 09 06 2C 015454545454 54 54 54 20 20 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 20 20 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 20 20 545454545454 54 54 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 4A 4 20 20 20 20 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 20 20 20 42 42 42 42 42 42 20 20 20 20 42 42 42 42 42 42 20 20 20 20 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00000000 0000 OO GO OO GO OO OO OO nO OO O0 0068 00 00 42 32 4E 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 00 03 04 2409 06 2C 01 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 20 20 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 20 53 53 53 53 53 53 5353 20 20 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 20 20 20 P B2N DJDE 000 TEXT NEW PAPER TYPE NEEDED N EW PAPER STANDAR D WAIT END cate 7A lcm P B2N DJDE 0 QOTEXT VERIFY PAPER TYPE NOW NEW PAPER STAND ARD WAIT END HE B2 EXCITE B2 DJDE 00JDE TEST END B2N oo v B28 DI
103. 29247 X100 X 7 7672 107 Functionality Input Filter 2 4 3 LCDS Module A quick overview of the supported input media data type combinations Media Supported data Description type s 3 5 Floppy Xerox Resource Supports only 1 2 Mbytes Xerox resource floppies HD Xerox Print Data Xerox print data LCDS Xerox Resource Xerox resources with 128 bytes Xerox LPS header Cartridge Tape or Xerox Print Data Xerox printout LCDS as image file Xerox Resource Xerox resources with 128 bytes Xerox LPS header online 370 chan Xerox Print Data The following printer emulations are sup nel ported 3202 3211 and 6262 See also JCF Keyword ChanEmulation Also the following output media data type combinations are supported Media Supported data Description type s 3 5 Floppy Xerox Resource Supports only 1 2 Mbytes Xerox re source floppies Cartridge Tape or Xerox Resource Xerox resources with 128 bytes Xerox as image file LPS header To process Xerox Print Data without using the communicator the following setting should be used OutFormat GENERATE GCI and OutType NamedPipe or Print WhileSpooling This setting must be the same as the setting of the parameter In Type of Xfilter To start the next process X Filter the NextProcess NextOptions pa rameter should be set correctly See the description of the JCF parameter for more details To process Xerox resources without using the comm
104. 4 44 prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys lSys lSys lSys mrm 0 lSys 300 lSys ri lSys era lSys lSys lSys lSys lSys A29247 X100 X 7 7672 273 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobAuditReferenceId 11 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobAuditReferenceId 234 EH enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobReferenceId 11 35FA6754 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobReferenceId 234 87DC3442 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobsForReferenceId 11 E enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobsForReferenceld 234 The contents of the PRISMAproduction spool system shown below are retrieved by snmpwalk in the following order Content of the svrJobTable Identifier Name Owner Queue Type Status Cop Percent Printed Printed Identi ies Com Copies Pages fier pleted 00000011 pages9 root 1 afpds ready 1 0 0 0 to print 00000234 pages99 root 1 afpds ready 1
105. 42 SkipBytes 138 147 SNMP 199 SNMP SMUX Peer 259 SPP_Data 128 138 146 SPP_Resource 128 138 146 spsprt 199 Support for Non Oce Printers 3 System time 296 T Tape 104 106 108 128 129 137 138 140 142 146 148 Tape Utility Program Tapman 245 TapeRewind 137 142 TCP IP printing 285 Multi client functionality 286 Performance 286 TraceFlags 132 TraceLevel 132 158 TraceMaxFileSize 132 158 Tuning Sets Activate media name mismatch MMT message 2 Deactivate MMT adjustments 2 Disable all File Infopages 2 Disable all Job Infopages 1 Disable all traces 2 Enable all File Infopages 1 Enable all Job Infopages 2 Enable full traces 3 Non Oce Printers 300 DPI e g LCDS gt Xerox 3 Non Oce Printers 600 DPI MRM e g gt IBM 3 Non Oce Printers Host and APA con troller adjustment 3 Tuning sets 1 Tuningsets Activate media attribute mismatch MMT message 2 Two up printing 295 U U1 129 UNIVAC 127 129 US70 127 W Workflow Generation of InfoPages 45 WriteTrailer 140 148 X Xerox Floppy media 109 XRX DATA 109 XRX Resource 109 138 146 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Index 4 A29247 X100 X 7 7672
106. 454545454 54 54 20 20 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 20 20 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 20 20 545454545454 54 54 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 4 44 20 20 20 20 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 20 20 20 42 42 42 42 42 42 20 20 20 20 42 42 42 42 42 42 20 20 20 20 01000000 00 00 00 00 00 O0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00000200 00 65 00 00 42 32 4E 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 00 00000210 00000220 00000230 03 04 2409 06 2C01545454545454 54 54 20 20 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 20 20 53 53 53 53 53 5353532020545454545454 54 54 20 20 20 P B2N DJDE 000 TEXT NEW PAPER TYPE NEEDED N EW PAPER STANDAR D WAIT END To ED P B2N DJDE 0 DOTEXT VERIFY PAPER TYPE NOW NEW PAPER STAND ARD WAIT END P9 B2f TM whe hah egre B2 DJDE OOJDE TEST END B2N 00 v B28 DJD E QOFONTS RA12B P RB12BP R612BP R6BOBP R8OBDP RK 16BP RK18BP RK28 BP RK2BEP BCX1CP BOX30P RA12XX B COlCP END h B 28 DO IIIIIIII EEEE EEEE 5555555 TTTTTTTT J J 000000 BB BBBB BBBBBB TTTTTTIT EEEEEEEE SSSSS SSS TTTTTTIT 124 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality The data is then extracted as follows No Position Type Length Preamble User data Bl 0x0000 Block 0x0200 1 0x0000 Record 0x0050 00500000 42324e20 444a44452030304f 544558543d28274e 4557205041504552 2054595045204e45 454445442e20204e 4557205041504552 3d5354414e444152 44272c5741495429 202c20454e443b00 2 0x0050 R
107. 501 at dev adr 0X 51 This means that two printers are connected To choose one we start the config printer 1 function 1 give physical device adr hex value of the printer or accept 50 We agree to select the printer with device address 0x50 and type return CATEST def prt1 device adr 0x50 for PRT1 accepted To select the other printer as PRT 2 we use function 2 A possible response might be as follows PRT2 not defined Configuration not possible There is no PRT2 defined in the INIFILE and you cannot make any changes to this printer A29247 X100 X 7 7672 241 Printer Connection Test CATEST Command Line Interface Return r and Change to Basic Functions 1 To make proper use of the functions in this menu users should be familiar with the notations of the IBM 370 channel interface physical device I O and the IPDS print er language Here we give only a very brief introduction to the most common channel command the command sense 1 1 Basic Functions acting on PRT1 senser m ue acco ES sensesexte E23 Senses des ee ean lcesieror ao e ean Al wr IPDS nooptarq 5 read Chen en eee SNO discard buf data 7 Siencdacicwiiop E e m cubat 2 oe DUIS wait dev end w toggle PRT 1 lt gt 2 c Slaw CCM CIE Sill tU DI ee GRE aD d qu ME cte t REH We use function 1 2 sense to find out if the printer is ready CAT HDL ioctl SENSE executed CAT HDL ioctl CH STATUS executed USES
108. 56 RECORD LENGTH 512 STRUCTURE F The block length must be set to a multiple of the record size BLOCK LENGTH 32256 which is in this case 512 and smaller then 32768 Be ware that per block record 8 additional bytes are written and the maximum block size includ ing these additional bytes is 32 Kbyte 82768 This mean the term for the maxi mum specified block length is as follows Record size n n 1 8 lt 32768 32 Kbyte were n max records in block The data is passed through the Input Filter by specifying the fixed record size of 512 bytes RECORD LENGTH 512 RE CORD STRUCTURE F 00000000 00000010 00000020 00000030 00000040 00000050 00000060 00000070 00000080 00000090 0000000 Daa 000B0 paan000C0 Daa0000D0 Da0000E0 Daa000F 0 00000100 00000110 00000120 00000130 00000140 00000150 00000160 00000170 00000180 00000190 00000140 00000180 0000010 o00001D0 O00001E0 Ooo001F0 00000200 00000210 00000220 00000230 00 50 00 00 42 32 4E 20 44 44 44 45 20 30 30 4F 54 45 58 54 3D 28 27 4E 45 57 20 50 41 50 45 52 20 54 59 50 45 20 4E 45 45 44 45 44 2E 20 20 4E 45 57 2050 41 50 45 52 3D 53 54 41 4E 44 41 52 44 27 2C 57 41 49 54 29 20 2C 20 45 4E 44 3B 00 001200 00 42 32 F1 20 20 20 200000000001 01010050 00 00 42 32 4E 20 44 44 44 45 20 30 30 4F 54 45 58 54 3D 28 27 56 45 52 49 46 59 20 50 4150 45 52 20545950 45 20 4E 4F 57 20 20 20 4E 45 57 2050 41 50 45 52 3D 53 54 41 4E 44 4152 44 27 2C 57 41 49 54
109. 6 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 2C 06 58 06 58 58 06 05 07 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 00 1E 00 00 2B 06 58 58 04 58 09 00 10 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 00 00 26 D4 00 00 26 FC 26 F8 00 00 00 33 00 00 2B 06 2C 02 04 58 09 00 DA 58 06 58 02 58 58 58 58 06 90 025858 58 06 58 02 58 58 06 58 02 58 58 2E 58 58 06 58 05 58 58 58 58 06 8E 03 58 58 06 58 03 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 3B 4 58 58 05 58 04 58 58 58 06 6 04 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 2705585858 0658 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 6 58 05 58 58 58 58 06 58 58 58 06 60 06 58 58 58 06 58 58 58 58 06 58 06 58 58 58 06 07 07 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 85 07 58 58 58 58 58 58 2E 00 58 00 00 2B 06 OD 04 04 19 09 00 07 58 06 58 04 00 OE 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 91 05 58 58 58 58 58 04 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 03 06 00 07 58 06 58 08 00 OE 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 06 58 09 58 06 58 09 58 58 58 58 58 58 D0 E300 00 2806 60 00 04 11 09 00 11 09 1A 1A 1 A21 9 4XXXXXXX XXXXX p XXXX X XX X XEX 0 4 dcus XXXXXXXXXXX X XX qp XXXX1 X KXXX X XXXXXX pF XXXXX 4 X pq XXX XXXXX X XXXX X X EXXXXXX X XX KXXXXXXXXX SrBSEX X XXXXXX XXXXXXXX amp amp amp 1 X K X XXXX XXX X XX X XX XX X X XXX p XX X XXXXX XX XX X XXX XXXXXX XXX XXX XXXXXEXX X XXXX X XX XXX XXXX X XXX XXXXXXX p XXXXXX X t X X XXXXEK XEXEX EXXEXE XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX NA X X XXXXX X
110. 672 39 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter PDSCOLMAP Color Map table name Defines a default colormap resource usually not used The name can be 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters including the two character prefix if there is one Specifying DUMMY requires the print file to contain at least one inline Color Mapping table Specifies the default COLORMAP name that will be used for this printer session when no colormap is specified A hardware colormap reset is performed when this parame ter is not specified PDSFOMAP fontMap Specifies the default FONTMAP name that will be used for this printer session fontMap specifies the name of a Font Mapping Object Container which is loaded from the Object Container library The default when this parameter is not specified is that all font mapping operations are disabled A Font Mapping Table FMT maps a Global resource ID GRID to an external font resource name The name can be 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters including the two character prefix if there is one Specifying DUMMY requires the print file to contain at least one inline Font Mapping table RESIDENTFONTTABLE RESIDENTFONTTABLE string Filename of the Resident FontTable for IP6400 or IP6500 printers RESIDENTFONT TABLE u prismapro cfg printers system afp all ResidentFontTable txt default SYS_EXT_OFF 0 The defined Resource File Name Extensions in the job ticket will be also used for the system
111. 68 01 00 5C C3 E2 E2 ED AUX CSS 00000060 SC 40 C6 D D5 E3 E2 7E 4D 4D E9 F1 E4 D4 D9 D7 FONTS Z1UMRP 00000070 6BF1 F0 40 C4 D E3 E2 5D6BC2 C1 D9 D9 C5 D 10 DOTS BARREP 00000080 6BC3 E2 C6 D3 FO F3 6BC3 E2 C6 D7 F0 F3 6BC3 CSFL03 CSFP03 C 00000090 E2 F7 F0 F3 FO 6BC3 E2 F FO F3 F0 6BC3 E2 F5 57030 C56030 CS55 00000040 FO F3 F0 6BC3 E2 F4 FO F3 FO 6B C3 E2 F3 F0 F3 030 C54030 C5303 000000B0 FO 6B C3 E2 F2 FO F3 F0 6B C3 E2 F1 FO F3 F0 5D 0 C52030 CS1030 000000C0 6B 5E D0 C 01 00 5C C3 E2 E2 5C 40 C5 D5 C4 5E CSS END The data can be read by using following parameters JCF File ByteOrder big endian SkipBytes 0 JDE File VOLUME HOST BARRPC LABEL NONE RECORD ADJUST 2 LENGTH 182 LTHFLD 2 PREAMBLE 2 STRUCTURE V No block structure exist in data BLOCK LTHFLD 0 gt DEFAULT The record length field starts directly at the beginning of the record RECORD OFFSET 0 gt DEFAULT and uses 2 bytes RECORD LTHFLD 2 which don t have to be ex changed in position ByteOrder Big Endian The length field is not part of the record 112 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality user data so skip this RECORD PREAMBLE 2 The record length does not in clude the length field RECORD ADJUST 2 The records have variable length without block structure RECORD STRUCTURE V The data is then extracted as follows Start Record Record User data position length Preamble 0x000
112. 7 33 58 02 02 2004 17 34 34 1 1 53 Example for a file 1052 00001431 0001 02 02 2004 17 33 58 02 02 2004 17 34 34 DEIST53 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 183 PRISMAproduction Input Module Accounting 3 6 PRISMAproduction Input Module 3 6 1 Host Download Record Type 1110 This record is written after a finished transmission of a Host Download print job Parameter Type Length Description max 1110 NUM 4 record type account_id NUM 8 4 accounting ID client TEXT 64 hostname or IP of the server to which the job was transferred port TEXT 17 Connection Port default ticket TEXT 128 Default Ticket for job submission afp trim TEXT 5 trimming of AFP records enabled true false pws TEXT 5 print while spooling enabled true false program TEXT 128 Program name for job submission jobname TEXT 8 Host Jobname jobqueue TEXT 1 Host Jobqueue Jobid TEXT 8 Host Jobid mapped_queue NUM 3 mapped PRISMA jobqueue if enabled formname TEXT 8 Spool Formname byte_count NUM 12 Spooled Bytes of this printjob startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when receive job was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when receive job was started enddate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when receive job was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when receive job was ended status TEXT 12 Status of received job e g successful u
113. 8 2005 Delivery note 112233 Delivery date 31 08 2005 1032 12345678 0001 1 Custom name OPS Customer number 12345 Order from 16 08 2005 Delivery note 112233 Delivery date 31 08 2005 178 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC 3 5 7 AFP2IPDS Backend Record Type 1040 This record is written by the AFP2IPDS Backend for every job and contains the ba sic information about the actually printed pages and the time it took to print the job Parameter Type Length Description max 1040 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout or job was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout or job was started enddate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout or job was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout or job was ended simplex NUM 1 simplex mode was used 0 no 1 yes e g simplex and rsimplex duplex NUM 1 duplex mode was used O no 1 yes e g normal duplex tumble duplex and rzigzag normal colormode NUM 1 reserved endstatus NUM 1 status after printout was ended 0 job completed without errors 1 job completed with errors 2 job interrupted by operator 3
114. ANI Dialog Restrictions e Job grouping is not supported with the delivered script files e The scripts are created for the usage of the FTP backend on the master system only All configuration must be done on the master system too e LCDS Printing the OCT will get Type LCDS but the generated and transmitted print file is in AFP Format Therefore the job will not be spoolable directly and must be manipulated on the target system e g with TicketRules or with another script or the delivered addOCTinfos script can be adjusted e POD and OLDS Jobs can cause similar problems as LCDS 1 5 2 LPR PORT Port number of the LP service on remote print system defaulr 515 TRACEFLAGS Define the trace flags See also the Trace Level parameter defaultzOxffffOOf8 Common used flags sets Oxffff1 cf9 Trace are written with performace information no print data files are collected Standard trace Oxffff1cfb Trace as well as data files are collected Data trace TRACELEVEL default 0 Define the detail level of the trace file When trace level is O error traces are still being written Traces are written into one of file u prismapro diag lp lprbe log Default value O 0 Only error messages are written 1 Additional section traces are written 2 Additional method traces are written 3 Additional information traces are written 4 Additional detail traces are written A29247 X100 X 7 767
115. C LittleEndian LSB MSB ordering INTEL PDP 11 VAX A29247 X100 X 7 7672 145 Functionality Input Filter Keyword InFile Variable Type String Description Name of input file wildcard or a combination of charac ter s and a wildcard Wildcard can be used in the middle of characters only one wildcard is allowed When InFileType is AFPDS or Pure AFPDS and the data is read from tape the filename may contain the file se quence number followed by a colon this enables file selec tion by tape sequence number instead on the filename itself Examples 1 1 Name 1 Be aware when both filename and file sequence numbers are used both need to be correct Also used when 370 channel dump is read or written for the dump output filename InFileFirst Value First file to print Possible values 0 Prints from first file or all files when InFileLast 0 gt 0 Prints from file no until InFileLast value InFileLast Value Last report to print Possible values gt 0 Last file to print InFileFirst lt InFileLast 0 Prints until last file InFileFirst gt 0 InFileType Value Input file format type Possible values AFP Resource AFP resource files AFPDS AFP print data with linedata Pure AFPDS AFP print data SPP Data OLDS print data SPP Resource OLDS resource files XRX Data Xerox print data XRX Resource Xerox resource files
116. CCW and the DeviceEnd send Set to value gt 0 is rec ommended when channel is opened in daisy chain mode and other processing are also us ing the channel ChanDumpMode ChanEmulation Value String Channel dump mode 0 Off 1 Read 2 Write Only write CCw s 3 Write All CCw s Output file is defined by InFile keyword in Ac tion Section Only valid when DeviceType 370 Specifies which printer type will be emulated on the channel The following printer emulations are support ed 3203 3211 4245 and 6262 ChanSenseld String Sense Id Data for retruning on Sense ID ccws default for 3203 lt empty gt default for 3211 lt empty gt default for 4245 FF4245010000 default for 6262 FF4248010000 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 135 Functionality Input Filter ChanStartTime Value Time in seconds before timeout event is gen erated when no data is received from the 370 channel Disabled when set to 0 minimum value is 20 seconds ChanStopTime Value Time in seconds before channel is closed when no data is received from the 370 chan nel This value is taken when a SIGUSR1 Signal No 10 is sent to the I Filter the 370 channel is used and ChanTimeout is set to 0 Default value is 20 seconds ChanTimeout Value Time in seconds after which a timeout event is generated when no data is received from the 370 channel Disabled when set to 0 mini mum value is 20 seconds ChanT
117. CDS Data for the language module LCDS 4 6 2 Syntax Examples for Use Cases Requesting a job id s Servername user User getid quiet Displaying the job status s Servername user User status JobId1 Jobld2 JobldN qui et Deleting resources and reprints s Servername user User rdelete ResOrPfl1 ResOrPfl2 ResOrP fIN quiet Cancel and delete job s s server name user User cancel Jobld1 Jobld2 JobldN quiet 234 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PJM 4 6 3 Return Codes Return code Meaning 0 Success All information is written to STDOUT Job Submission Message for each file transferred to the ODS Master and a final success message The job identification is automatically included as each message starts with Job job identifica tion Quiet mode The ODS job identification Job Id request Message containing the ODS job identification returned Quiet mode The ODS job identification Status Status of job s is written for detailed information of job status see table below Quiet mode job identification gt job status gt Resource delete No information is written Quiet mode No information Cancel Information that job s has have been canceled is written Quiet mode No information 1 Invalid command line option Is set when an invalid option is found in the command line call Param eter p
118. CK ROFFSET processing for report separation and cut sheet ap plication to be printed X2 up in con tinuous printing environment with inline split merge post pro cessing equipment This option will break and insert blank pages on the right side of a 2 Up sheet This allows proper offsetting with new reports starting on the left side of a 2 Up sheet PDS7MMTD 0x02 Dialog if MMT Attribute not matched PDS7MMTN 0x04 Dialog if MMT Name not matched PDS7MMTO 0x08 Dialog if MMT OID not matched PDS7USMT 0x10 Activate the Backend part of AIMS Attribute based Media selection PDS7USPS 0x20 use printer setup file with printer alarm The combination of the parameters PDSISUB and PDSFLG7 are designed to enable disable termination and errormessages PDSISUB 1 and PDSFLG7 0x00 In case of a mismatch the printer use the default input bin PDSISUB 0 and PDSFLG7 0x00 The printout will be terminated PDSISUB 0 and PDSFLG7 0x02 Enable an operator dialog in case of a mismatch of a requested FORM withAttributes in the MMT the attributes will be compared with the attributes of the UP3I input media SF of printers OPC PDSISUB 0 and PDSFLG7 0x04 Enable an operator dialog in case of a mismatch of requested FORM XEROX notation stock name papername AFP notation is MEDIANA ME PDSISUB 0 and PDSFLG7 0x08 Enable an operator dialog in case of a mismatch of requested FORM with an OID PDSISUB 0 and PDSFLG7 0x10 Enable an operator dialog i
119. COPYRIGHT C OCE PRINTING SYSTEMS GMBH 2001 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED FO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO K ANALYZE V 3 04 00 May 14 2004 1 0 IPDS AFPDS Analyzer Analyze IPDS 1 Analyze AFPDS 2 Hexadecimal Dump 3 Quit q Enter function code 1 ANALYZE V 3 04 00 May 14 2004 2 0 IPDS Analyzer Analyze EBCDIC 1 Analyze ASCII 2 Statistics 3 Return r Quit q Enter function code 1 ANALYZE V 3 04 00 May 14 2004 3 1 IPDS Analysis EBCDIC Open Input File 1 Open Output File 2 Analyze all CC 3 Statistic Output 4 Return r Quit g Enter function code i Now you can either start analyzing the input file with option 3 and have the results displayed on the screen or you can open an output file for the results The output file can later be browsed using any text editor e g vi A29247 X100 X 7 7672 247 AFP IPDS Analyze Tool Command Line Interface As an example the screen output is shown below Output plus hex dump lt y def n gt y Analyze SF Records File printl dat 001f BDT Begin Document Flag 00 Seq NR 0002 Token Name lt gt 000000 001fd3a8 a8000002 40404040 40404040 EYY 535 000010 00000518 010c0008 21060080 008000 Aramis aie Steves ates sts 0008 BPG Begin Page Flag 00 Seq NR 0003 000000 0008d3a8 af000003 We LB 0008 BAG Begin Active Envir Gr Flag 00 Seq NR 0004 continue enter break b resume r Aft
120. Communities 283 6 4 Content of the Distribution Package sseseeeeenmenn 284 7 Tips and TrickS ierit erret ero INIRE 285 7 1 Printing with AFP2IPDS Backend via TCP IP Connection 285 1 1 1 Performance a iced ei ce ndn a ge a 286 7 1 2 Multi client functionality 286 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Contents 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 GAS Troubleshooting isi 5 e E P RH ER 288 Channeli Driver Utiliti amp s 2 5 er coeno terc ete eb ei re 290 7 2 1 General 370 Channel Information sssseessesseeese 290 7 2 2 370 Channel Driver Control 291 7 2 3 3211 Printer Emulator esses nnne 292 Two up Printing ecce ecco eee eee e tee ee nenne e ade 295 Support of printers with APA II controller 295 System Mea eene o GER ERU E E e PERS 296 X 1 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Available Tuning Sets 1 Print Parameter 1 1 Available Tuning Sets Predefined tuning sets allow you to easily modify the print parameters of AFP Line data printers e g to enable traces or to drive non Oc printers A tuning set is a file stored in the directory u prismapro cfg printers system afp opt The files refer to sps or ftp type printers The administrator or service engineer can put additional tuning sets into this direc tory The format of such files is the usual ini
121. D E OOFONTS RA12B P RB12BP R612BP R6BOBP RSOBDP RK 16BP RK18BP RK28 BP RK2BEP BCX1CP BOX30P RA12XX B CO1CP END h B 2f DO TTTTTTTT EEEE EEEE 5555555 TTTTTTTT J J 000000 BB BBBB BBBBBB oo Q9 ve llIIILIIl EEEEEEEE 55555 SSS TTTTTTTT 122 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality The data is then extracted as follows No Start Posi Record Record user data tion Length 1 0x0000 0x0200 0050000042324E2044 2 0x0200 0x0200 0068000042324E2020 Example 6 Fixed block structure variable record structure This example uses the same data file a shown in example 5 When this special pro cessing because of the images is NOT needed the data can also be read with the following parameter JCF File ByteOrder Big Endian SkipBytes 0 JDE File VOLUME HOST BARRPC LABEL NONE BLOCK LENGTH 512 ZERO YES RECORD LENGTH 500 LTHFLD 2 PREAMBLE 4 STRUCTURE VB The blocks have fixed length of 512 bytes BLOCK LENGTH 512 LTHFLD 0 gt DEFAULT End of block is specified by a zero record length field ZERO YES The record length field are 2 bytes RECORD LTHFLD 2 and starts at the begin ning of the record OFFSET 0 gt DEFAULT The user data starts at the 4th byte of the record PREAMBLE 4 The structure is variable blocked STRUC TURE VB A29247 X100 X 7 7672 123 Functionality Input Filter 00000000 00 50 00 00 42 32 4E 20 44 4 44 45 20 30 30 4F
122. DEDE EO EE NAME SWD11 ROOM 14 342 BUILDING 4 i ADDRESS Siemensallee 2 85586 Poing FI II ITE EERE EERE EEE EERE REANO root AOI EERE EER EERE EEE EER EERE ERE EERE EERE EERE RR A29247 X100 X 7 7672 71 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Parameter Settings General Print Parameter Job Queues Cluster Toner Stations Input Devices Output Devices Printer Notifica 49 Search Section HEADER PAGE PROCESSING Key Default HDRP_BACKSIDEOVLS Description 0x03 3 ist of overlays to be placed on the front side of each sheet List delimiter is dl 0x20 32 XOGB10Y XOGT24Y XOCE10Y FLINFOPG HDRP FRONTSIDEOVLS land2 HDRP INPUT BIN HDRP OUTPUT BIN HDRP PAGEDEF HDRP PRINT DIRECTION d HDRP_SOSI 0 HDRP TEMPLATE hdrpage cc trc mixed HDRP TRC 1 HeaderPage with OffSets Template The same as in HeaderPage with CC using different TRC s 72 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend Printout JOB NAME Sp Be Su arp 001 SIM E00 OK 000 FILE NAME epscis7pool data7sLexe 3088 patispss HOST NAME 1x011530vm3 ops oce net SPOOL ID 00000233 SPOOL TIME 26 02 2008 0 PRINT TIME 29 02 2008 3 0 PRINTER ID vs 925031x011530vm3 ops oce net STATUS START START NE XMIT OR CONT DE DA DE DA DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE JME DE IME DE DAE DE DEDE DEDE DAE DE DE DE DE E DE DE DE IE DE IAEE DAE E DE E DE E DE E DE DE DE DAE DE
123. E HOST UNDEF LABEL NONE CODE ASCII e RECORD STRUCTURE U CONSTANT X 0A or CONSTANT X 0D0A A29247 X100 X 7 7672 111 Functionality Input Filter Be careful when using this data format in following cases e Data is transferred over the network During ASCII data transfer the delimiter can be modified therefore use the binary transfer mode e Inline resources exist in the data These use the above described delimiter which can cause an unusable print file See example 4 for more details Examples When the value from JDE Parameter is the same as the default value these are not specified in the examples In the description however these are marked as being the default value See also chapter JDE parameter Note Be aware that this section describes only the Input Filter side of the problem Look also in the X Filter chapter for the parameters and set tings this program needs Example 1 No block structure big endian byte order When the HD input data is as follows the rectangles are the record length fields 00000000 B Oi 88000A 01 4000 dF 01 00 5C C3 E2 E2 5C A CSS 00000010 40 C6 D6 D9 D4 E2 7E D5 D6 D5 C5 6B C2 C6 D6 D9 FORMS NONE BFOR 00000020 D4 7E 4D D5 D6 D5 C5 5D 6B D1 C4 C5 7E D1 F2 6B M NONE JDE J2 00000030 D1 C4 D3 7E E3 C5 E2 E3 6B C6 D6 DS E3 C9 D5 C4 IDL TEST FONTIND 00000040 CSE 7E 4D F 6B E9 C5 D9 D 6B F7 5D 6B C6 C5 EX 0 ZERO 7 FE 00000050 C5 C4 7E C1 E4 E7 6B 5E DU
124. EEE 150 2 5 3 Record structure parameter eessseee 153 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Contents 2 6 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 4 1 4 2 4 3 Troubleshooting 2 do E UPC ERIS 157 2 6 1 Writing a trace file 157 2 6 2 Trace Level and Flags eeeeeemenn 158 Accounting ie A ihid diede 165 Basic Accounting Information on the Trailer Pages 165 Enhanced trailer page accounting ssee 168 Administration of Accounting Data seseemnn 169 Legacy Accounting Files enne enne 169 3 4 1 List of product code numbers eeeene 170 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC 171 3 531 Input Ellter reete de aerei tender 171 3 5 2 Print Job Manager ssssessssseeeeeeeeeenm mener 172 315 37 ODS Etre Ceti det e date etre d 173 3 5 4 UI Mamagers deme eR rei rH e 173 3 5 5 GonsutmableS 3 9 rte d Pate ig s He eec eec eas 174 3 5 6 5p00l 1 5 2 1 utem com onto tette Tate din elei Sie tee TO Te dette tert 174 3 5 7 AFP2IPDS Backend sss 179 3 5 8 PJL PCL Backend sss nennen nnns 182 PRISMAproduction Input Module ssseeeeeenneee 184 3 6 1 Host Download idet erepti olde oett 184 9 6 2 EP zii ice db EURO Ob ER RR RE 185 3 6 3 HODIT etre n rni le rte coe ART
125. EVICE When output is written to an output device GCI Communicator output format NO GCI Write data without and messages with Communicator Path filename in which this process writes the output for mat the file is written in At the moment the process which follows is the backend which needs following keyword CRLF delimiter EXTINPUT 0 RDW EXTINPUT 2 OutPath String Path were to write output file OutSubcat String Sub catalog sub directory were output file s is are writ ten OutSubName PJM Forced Binary Defines if tape filename listing is only read from tape when tape is different as last PUM listed tape or also when tape is the same Only valid when PJM Remote has value YES Possible values Yes Whole tape listing is always made No Tape listing only made when tape is different is de fault PJM Remote Binary Specifies if PJM process is local or not This is used when MAKE DIR command is used to write file listing in output file specified by OutFile instead of directly to the com municator Possible values Yes PJM is remote write MAKE DIR list in file No Normal behavior WriteTrailer String Enables trailer page info for LCDS Possible values Yes Write trailer page info in output file No No Trailer page info is written 148 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter JDE Parameter 2 5 JDE Parameter Only the JDE Parameter which
126. Error condition detected on the device Error bytes can be read with the sense function 0x04 Device End DE Device is ready for I O operation or I O operation was executed 0x08 Channel End CE Subchannel is usable or data transfer between device and channel is complete csb channel status byte 0x01 Chaining check 0x02 Interface control check 0x04 Channel control check 0x08 Channel data check 0x10 Protection check 0x20 Program check 0x40 Incorrect length 0x80 Program controlled interrupt cc condition code 0x03 Channel or device is not available A29247 X100 X 7 7672 243 Printer Connection Test CATEST Command Line Interface Return r and Change to Print Functions 2 This menu has functions for sending files containing IPDS commands to the printer 1 2 Print Functions printing on PRT1 PELDE mE mE EE TS Oiesuo TAM suono s A POS copy e o LS SiyoWAGCOP SI CREE E S returne e Det CREB A A N a reel SN input index Let s assume we would like to print the sample file u spslib applici 30pages 300dpi ipds 2 opens a file to be read as input for printing CATEST Please enter Name of file to print or the string quit INPUT gt u prismapro demo afp pages 30pages 300dpi ipds 1 will start the output of the file contents to the printer INEUEED LN UE RD WR rd wr 1910 bytes read from input WAIT DE entered WAIT DE
127. FFFA or FFFFFFFC lt Filter trace flags End I Filter 4 Reproduce the error 5 Copy the u prismapro diag ifilter to save the traces these files are overwritten every time the Input Filter is started 6 Repeat point 1 2 and 3 as often as traces are needed when the problem occurs sometimes a correct and an incorrect trace can help 7 Set Trace level back to original value 2 6 2 Trace Level and Flags The Input Filter has a trace level and normal special flags which control the be havior on how the trace file is written It is possible by using the level and flags to control the amount of data and when the data is written This is important when print by spooling is used and the speed may not be reduced too much The flag are used bit wise which means each trace flag mode can be set separately The modes are divided into two sections called special flags and normal flags The special flags use the lower part of the flags 0x000000nn whereas the normal flags use the upper part OxnnnnnnOO Normally the TraceLevel should be set to 3 or 4 to get enough trace details this pro duces then a large trace file up to 1 GB default The maximum trace files size can be reduced by using the JCF file keyword TraceMaxFileSize The trace flags should be usually set to Oxfffffffc for normal tracing to Oxfffffffe to write only a trace when an I Filter error occurs 158 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Troubleshootin
128. HOST UNDEF LABEL NONE BLOCK LENGTH 32768 RECORD CONSTANT X 0DOA LENGTH 133 STRUCTURE U No host system is known VOLUME HOST UNDEF No block structure exists BLOCK LTHFLD 0 gt DEFAULT Also no record length field exists RECORD LTHFLD 0 gt DEFAULT but record delimiter exists RECORD CONSTANT X 0DOA The delimiters themselves are automatically defined as record postamble so this keyword is not needed To en able the use of the record delimiter the structure must be defined as undefined RE CORD STRUCTURE U 120 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality The data is then extracted as follows No Start Record Recorduser data Record Position Length postam ble 0x0000 0x0087 315F444444455F00 4444453058585658 582C3B2020202020 2020202020202020 0D0A 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020 Ox 0083 0x0087 20 5F444444455F0044 444C3D444641554C 542C382020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 20202020 0x010E 0x0087 205F 444444455F004455 504C45583D4E4F2C 3820202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 2020202020202020
129. MDEF HDRP_FRONTSIDEOVLS HDRP_INPUT_BIN HDRP_OFFXB HDRP_OFFXF HDRP_OFFYB HDRP_OFFYF HDRP_OUTPUT_BIN HDRP_PAGEDEF HDRP_PRINT_DIRECTION HDRP_SOSI HDRP_TEMPLATE HDRP_TRC Value 0x03 3 0x20 32 XOGB10Y XOGT24Y XOCE10Y FLINFOPG o a oux P1STD3 i 0 hdrpage cc trc mixed Input Devices Output Devices Section HEADER PAGE PROCESSING Printer Notifica gt Default 0 Description efines printing of header pages Suppress header page Before first file copy Before all file copies At reposi tioning Mark form before first osne All these values may be combined Example HDRP ENABLING 7 HeaderPage will be printed 1 Before first file copy 2 Before all file copies 4 At repositioning file copy 70 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend HeaderPage with FrontSideOverlay Template Is the same as in HeaderPage with CC using different TRC s Printout Fete Pp USER NAME root NAME sps5u AFP 001 SIM E00 OK 0001 FILE NAME 19peciScpogledatazSLEIP SPS5 DAT1SPS5 NAME 1x011530vm3 ops oce net SPOOL I 00000233 SPOOL TIME 26 02 2008 15 41 30 NT TIMI 29 02 2008 17 31 11 PRINTER ID vs 9250a1x011530vm3 ops oce net STATUS START START NEW XMIT OR CONT MOUM MO MO MO MO DE DE IO DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE JE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DE DEJE JE DE DE
130. My2 9 08 1 0 0 0 93 31 93 0 93 0 3 0 27 1 1620 00000344 0001 My2 9 08 1 0 0 0 93 31 93 0 93 0 3 0 27 1 1620 00000344 0002 My2 9 08 1 0 0 0 155 31 155 0 155 0 5 0 27 1 0 08 03 2006 11 19 00 08 03 2006 0 08 03 2006 11 19 00 08 03 2006 0 08 03 2006 11 19 05 08 03 2006 1620 00000344 0002 My2 9 08 1 0 0 0 0 08 03 2006 11 19 05 08 03 2006 55 31 155 0 155 0 5 0 27 1 1620 00000344 My2110 08 03 2006 11 18 52 08 03 2006 11 19 08 31 0 0 0 496 124 496 0 496 0 2 0 27 2 Record Type 1621 This record is written for every used media Third column is the field length x un limited Parameter Type Length Description max 1621 NUM 4 record type account_id NUM 84 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE sheets NUM x summary of the number of sheets for this media for one jobcopy name TEXT x medianame weight TEXT x weight of the page in gram 194 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting User specific Extensions color TEXT x color of the page size x TEXT x x size of the page in mm size_y TEXT x y size of the page in mm order_count TEXT x number of the order_count perforation TEXT x number of the perforation of a page type TEXT x Type as string interposer NUM x 0 normal media 1 interposer media Example 1621 0000
131. NPRO The duration in seconds until an auto INTEGER read write matic NPRO The default value is 1 The value may also be set to a value between 0 and 65535 The maximum NPRO time is 12 hours this is 43200 seconds Higher setting values leads to this maximum NPRO time prnPrinterForm This attribute identifies the form of the DisplayString read write actually printed job The default value is The value may also be set with this entry The value must be a valid For mld e g STD prnPrinterToner This attribute identifies the toner ofthe DisplayString read write actually printed job The default value is The value may also be set or a Tonerld may be added or removed The syntax is lt tonerld gt addl rem A29247 X100 X 7 7672 263 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent Object Identifier Description ASN 1 lype ACCESS prnHostname This attribute identifies the host which is used as print server for this printer The default value is DisplayString read only prnPrinterAddress The address of the printer in system specific way If a printer supports more than one address they are separated by comma The default value is DisplayString read only prnPrinterDeviceNode The Device node of the printer in sys tem specific way If a printer supports more than one address they are sepa rated by comma The default value is DisplayString read only prnPrinte
132. OO0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000800 root Parameter Settings General Print Parameter Job Queues Cluster Toner Stations Input Devices Output Devices Printer Notificat 9 Search Section HEADER PAGE PROCESSING Key Value Default HDRP_BACKSIDEOVLS HDRP_CC i HDRP_COLMAP Description HDRP DCK 0x03 3 ist of overlays to be placed on the reverse side HDRP DUPLEX f each sheet List delimiter is HDRP ENABLING 1 HDRP FLG2 0x20 32 HDRP_FONTS HDRP_FORMDEF FLINFOPG HDRP_FRONTSIDEOVLS HDRP_INPUT_BIN HDRP_OFFXB 0 HDRP_OFFXF 0 HDRP_OFFYB 0 HDRP OFFYF 0 HDRP OUTPUT BIN HDRP PAGEDEF PLINFOPG HDRP_PRINT_DIRECTION 1 HDRP SOSI 0 HDRP TEMPLATE hdrpage cc HDRP TRC 0 gt 64 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend HeaderPage with CC and TRC There are two ways to use TRC s for InfoPages e PAGEDEF e XXXX FONTS Using the PAGEDEF we need a PAGEDEF which defines the fonts to use with the InfoPage As an example the PAGEDEF with name P1CC TRC can be used ATTENTION All used fonts must be copied to the following directory u prismapro cfg printers lt printername gt for more details please see step 5 in Custom specific infopages and resources for configured printers on page 12 Following fonts are available and can be assigned by TRC Font TRC Value X1GB
133. Oc lUser manual PRISMAproduction Server Technical Reference Manual and Training For this product we also offer seminars at our Training Center in Poing Information Phone 49 8121 72 3940 Fax 49 8121 72 3950 Oc Printing Systems GmbH ITC Postfach 1260 85581 Poing Germany December 2008 Edition A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Release 4 00 02 Copyright Oc Printing Systems GmbH 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 All rights reserved including rights of translation reprinting reproduction by copying or any other method Offenders will be liable for damages All rights including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design are reserverd Delivery subject to availability right of technical modification reserved All hardware and software names used are trademarks of their respective owners Contents Contents 1 Print Paramelter cece eem ET 1 1 1 Available Tuning Sets sssssssseseeeeeeeeneenee enne 1 1 2 AEP2ZIPDS Backerid useless aei tpestens idee 4 1 2 1 Introduction edere eec tae d cta eiit fuissent 4 1 2 2 AFP2IPDS Output Backend and PRISMAproduction Server 4 1 2 3 Parameter Description eesennn e 5 1 2 4 Workflow Generation of InfoPages sssssseeeeeeee 45 1 8 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends sssssssssess 77 1 3 1 Purpose of the PostScript
134. PRINTER STATUS PAGESTATUSS START NEW_XMIT OR CONT KREKKKKKKKK KKK KKKKE KKK KKK k ck KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KEK ckck ck ck ck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck k kk NAME REC NAMES DEPARTMENTS ROOM ROOM BUILDING BUILDINGS ADDRESS SADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 ADDRESS3 SADDRESS4 Ckckckckckockck ck ckck ck ckck ckckck KK KKK ck ck ck ckck ck KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK ck ck ck ckckck ckckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck k kk SOWNERS Ckckckckckckckckckck ckckck ckckck ckck ckckck KKK KKK KKK ckck KKK KKK ckckockck ck ckckckck ck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck k kk kk SUSERMESSAGES A29247 X100 X 7 7672 63 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Printout 3OOO0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000060 OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version 5 00 019 created on 2008 02 07 10 20 00 Header Page 3OO0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 USER NAME JOB NAME FILE NAME HOST NAME SPOOL ID SPOOL TIME PRINT TIME PRINTER ID STATUS root sps5u AFP 001 SIM EO0 OK 0001 spscis pool data SLEIB SPS5 DATISPS5 1x011530vm3 ops oce net 00000177 07 02 2008 13 25 11 07 02 2008 13 30 02 vs 925081x011520vmz ops oce net START START NEM XMIT OR CONT 3OO0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 NAME ROOM BUILDING ADDRESS SWD11 14 342 14 Siemensallee 2 85586 Poing 3O
135. PRT1 device end detected WAIT DE loop count 1 RD WR rd wr 1910 bytes written RD WR rd wr END OF FILE on input reached RD WR rd wr totally 1910 bytes read 1910 bytes written At the end of our example we quit the CATEST with q 244 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Tape Utility Program Tapman 4 10 Tape Utility Program Tapman Program start The program tapman is located in u prismapro bin ltis a service tool for trou bleshooting and diagnostics of problems regarding the SCSI connected 9 track tapedrives and 18 36 track cartridge drives It can be started from the command line cd u prismapro bin tapman c u prismapro cfg tapman tape cfg for 9 track tapedrive or tapman c u prismapro cfg tapman cartrdge cfg for 18 36 track cartridge drive The program can also be started from the KDE UI PRISMAproduction gt Utili ties gt Tapman Tapman Tape or Tapman Catridge or Tapman QIC After startup from the UI you have to load the configuration file tape cfg or car tridge cfg depending on which drive you want to use using option 1 in the Main menu and 1 in the 1 1 Hardware and Software Configuration menu 1 1 Hardware and Software Configuration read config file 11 write config file 2 show configuration 3 edit configuration 4 default config 51 return r T E Tu we iq After returning to the main menu
136. R OUTPUT PAGES CONVERTED DATES AT XDEPT SPLID REPORT NO S IFILEID PROCESSING TIME PROCESSING TIME PROCESSING TIME LOGICAL PAGES CONVERTED GRAPHIC PAGES PRINTED GRAPHIC IMAGES READ LINES PRINTED TAPE MOUNTS BLOCKS READ RECORDS READ DJDE RECORDS READ MAXIMUM COPY COUNT OVERPRINTS COLLATE SIMPLEX DUPLEX JDE JDL USED ACCTINFO JOBNAME INITIAL FONT LIST XMFNT INITIAL FORM LIST XMFRM INITIAL CME LIST XMCME INITIAL INK LIST XMINK OCE Printing Systems GmbH OPS PRISMAproduction LCDS TIMES XREP SITIMES XTIMES PTIMES PAGES XPAG XGRA PAGS XIMG READ XLINES SITAPMNTS XBLOCK XREC XDJDE XCOPY XOVERP XCOLL ACCT DUPLEX XJDES XJDL XACCTS SJOBNAMES XFNT1 XFNT2 XFNT3 XFRM1 XFRM2 XFRM3 XCME1 XCME2 XCME3 XINK1 XINK2 XINK3 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 167 Enhanced trailer page accounting Accounting 3 2 Enhanced trailer page accounting The general idea to print accounting information on the trailer page has proven its use and versatility In order to enhance this feature only some small changes have to be implemented Attention Every name in capital letters enclosed a pair of signs is treated as a parameter and replaced with its value If the parameter is not found it is replaced with a blank sign To prevent the interpretation of
137. RUCTURE V No block structure exist in data BLOCK LTHFLD 0 gt DEFAULT The first 4 bytes needs to be skipped SkipBytes 4 Then the record length field follows RECORD OFFSET 0 gt DEFAULT and uses 2 bytes RECORD LTHFLD 2 which have to be exchanged in position ByteOrder Little Endian The length field is not part of the record user data so skip this RECORD PREAMBLE 2 At the end of the re cord the record length field is repeated RECORD POSTAMBLE 2 Both record pre and post amble are not included in the record length RECORD AD JUST PREAMBLE POSTAMBLE 4 The records have variable length without block structure RECORD STRUCTURE V These parameters are used for the BARRPC data structure 114 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality The data is then extracted as follows Start Position Ox 0000 Record Length 0x0004 Record pre amble 761AFFFF Skipped bytes Record post amble 0x0004 0x000B 0x0071 0140 1313131313131313 014055 C4D1C4C555404040 FOF16BD1C4CS57EFO0 SB404040C6D6DSE3 D 6BD4C2FOF2F1D7 ESFOFSC6F7D76BE9 FSC6F4D76BF6FOF2 D8D 76BESF FA4D5C3 6BF6F2FSF4D4D76B F1iFOFODSD76B4001 D1ic4CSSB404040E9 C4E6D4D76BESF F4 F1D76BESFOFADSF9 6BESFOC6C7F4D76B FOFSC6FOD76BC6D9 DSFSD76BE9FOFSCS D 76BC6D6DS9D4EZE7 FA46BS5E4001 o001405Bc4D1ic4cs E27E4DE9FOF4D5F6 6BESFOFSC6FSD76B FOFSC6F6D76BE9FO F6C4D76BF6F2FSF4 D76BF6FOF2F6C1D7 F6FOFZFSESD76BC8 D00014
138. SNMP Protocol Version The SNMP agent is based on the public domain NET SNMP Version 5 1 1 It sup ports protocol Data Units based on version 1 of the SNMP protocol standard defini tion Examples showing the access to the psmib object information The following two examples illustrate how the psmib objects are accessed by pro prietary SNMP commands This chapter describes how the simple snmpget com mand is used The next chapter will demonstrate a more flexible command to re trieve MIB information The first example demonstrates access to the PRISMA printer status information 268 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP Example Retrieving the status of a printer managed by the PRISMAproduction system The status of a printer is managed by the prnPrinterStatus object within the printing system MIB This object can assume nine integer values signifying a specific print er state The assignments are unknown active inactive printing stopped started message oo N oO Ui e w N Hn error 9 halted For example a value of prnPrinterStatus 2 means that the printer is active and an SPS process is running for this printer The process loads the current parameter information from its initialization file and checks whether it can connect to the specified printer If so the printer status changes from inactive to active Once a printer has been activated SPS is ready to receive
139. ST 4 FORMAT BIN PRINT DATA l I BLOCK I OFFSET l l l l l BLOCK 1 UHRD PCC amp BSELECT offset Pr orrsc I ie RECORD PREAMBLE I DATA l gt lt Offset D gt lt lt DATA length 154 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter JDE Parameter Generally are the following record format types used Fixed length records Fixed Length Record Format Wahine Fixed pear Length Records Record Block A Blocked Records Gap Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 Record Length include all bytes Variable Length Record Format FORMAT BIN 2 bytes length in binary 2 bytes zeros Options for length field format FORMAT DEC Variable EE Length 4 bytes length in decimal characters Records Unblocked Records Block a s EX Blocked Records Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 Gap A29247 X100 X 7 7672 155 156 JDE Parameter Input Filter Undefined length records Record Undefined Length Record Format One byte optional vertical format control character Block s Block Block Undefined Indefines ae OW Pn A Length Records Unblocked Records Record 1 Record 2 Record 3 Blocked Records A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Troubleshooting 2 6 Troubleshooting 2 6 1 Writing a trace file This file is generated by the Input Filter and shows the function call sequences as well as m
140. Sheets SACCT_EXTRA_PAGESS Number of PAGEDEFS SACCT_NUM_PAGEDEFSS Number of FORMDEFS SACCT NUM FORMDEFS Number of requested fonts SACCT NUM FONTS Number of loaded fonts SACCT NUM LOADED FONTS Number of requested overlays SACCT NUM OVERLAYSS Number of loaded overlays S ACCT NUM LOADED OVERLAYSS Number of requ page segmemts SACCT NUM PAGESEGS Number of loaded page segmemts SACCT NUM LOADED PAGESEGSS Duplex Simplex flag SACCT_DUPLEXS Used Output Bins flag SACCT_OUTPUT_BINS Input Bin 1 Page length 1 61 SACCT PAGE LEN1 Page width 1 61 SACCT PAGE WIDTH1 Page coun Input Bin 2 Page leng Page widt Page coun SACCT_PAGES1 h 1 67 SACCT PAGE LEN2 SACCT PAGE WIDTH2 SACCT_PAGES2 ct oT Ov gt ct Input Bin 3 Page length 1 61 SACCT PAGE LEN3 Page width 1 61 SACCT PAGE WIDTH3 Page count SACCT_PAGES3 Input Bin 4 Page length 1 61 SACCT PAGE LENA Page width 1 61 SACCT PAGE WIDTHAS Page count SACCT_PAGES4S 166 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Basic Accounting Information on the Trailer Pages This is the default layout for the LCDS trailer page 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 OPS PRISMAproduction LCDS Customer title DATE DEPARTMENT JOB ID FILE ID INPUT CONVERTE
141. X X X X XXXXXX Y D 116 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality The data can be read by using following parameters JCF File ByteOrder and SkipBytes are not interpreted since HOST IBMOS is specified JDE File VOLUME HOST IBMOS LABEL NONE BLOCK ADJUST 4 LENGTH 12000 LTHFLD 2 OFFSET 2 POSTAMBLE 4 PREAMBLE 8 RECORD LENGTH 11996 LTHFLD 2 PREAMBLE 4 STRUCTURE VB Alternative the following parameters will work too NOT used here JCF File ByteOrder and SkipBytes are not interpreted since HOST IBMOS JDE File VOLUME HOST IBMOS LABEL NONE BLOCK ADJUST 8 LENGTH 12000 LTHFLD 2 OFFSET 4 POSTAMBLE 4 PREAMBLE 8 RECORD LENGTH 11996 LTHFLD 2 PREAMBLE 4 STRUCTURE VB The value of the host must be the name of host system where the data is generated VOLUME HOST IBMOS The block length exists twice in the data BLOCK ADJUST 4 BLOCK OFFSET 2 or BLOCK ADJUST 8 BLOCK OFFSET 4 The block preamble is 8 bytes BLOCK PREAMBLE 8 and at the end of the block the postamble BLOCK POST AMBLE 4 The block adjust depends if the block length fields are included in the specified block length The record length field is included in the specified record length RECORD AD JUST 0 gt DEFAULT and the length field starts with no offset RECORD OFF SET 0 gt DEFAULT The first 4 bytes which is the record length field are not part of the record user data RECORD PREAMBLE 4 The records have variable length
142. X100 X 7 7672 31 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter EXT CODED FONT List of individual Resource File Name Extensions of coded fonts Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP CodedFont resource name while searching for the corre sponding file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot Extensions are free definable and separat ed by 5 The default is no suffix No extension is written as The search order is the same as the extensions are written from left to right The first matching resource will be used Example EXT_CODED_FONT 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name XOBASE XOBASE 600 XOBASE 300 XOBASE 240 XOBASE EXT_CODE_PAGE List of individual Resource File Name Extensions of code pages Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP CodePage resource name while searching for the cor responding file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot Extensions are free definable and separat ed by 5 The default is no suffix No extension is written as The search order is the same as the extensions are written from left to right The first matching resource will be used Example EXT_CODE_PAGE 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name T1BASE T1BASE 600 T1BASE 300 T1BASE 240 T1BASE
143. XRX or FLOPPY A29247 X100 X 7 7672 141 Functionality Input Filter Tape Output Device Section Keyword Variable Description Type MagazineType String Only valid when DeviceType CARTRIDGE When a sin gle cartridge drive is used this parameter should be SIN GLE MULTI is used for tape drives which can work sequentially through multiple magazines JUKE is used for tape drives which individually addressable slots SCSladapter Value SCSI host adapter number as Operating System counts them The value of 1 specifies to check all adapters for device Default value 1 SCSlid Value SCSI device identifier as is set on the HW device itself The value of 1 specifies to use the default SCSI id which is dependent of the specified DeviceType Current de faults CARTRIDGE 3 QIC 2 TAPE 4 Default value 1 SCSllun Value Reserved for future use TapeRewind String Tape command to be executed after input processing is finished Possible options NOREWIND REWIND and UNLOAD Default when parameter is not specified is NOREWIND Subcatinfo section The Subcatlnfo section is used to define all sub catalog types used by the Input Filter together with the maximum number of members that may be open at one time In the current version this number is always 1 The subcat types JOB and XPAR always have to be used the others must be specified as needed When a subcat is not defined no printer data resources fil
144. YS ACCT NUM REQUESTED PAGESEGS Page sheet accounting OUTPUT ACCT DATA PAGES STACKED ACCT DATA SHEETS STACKED ACCT INFO PAGES STACKED ACCT INFO SHEETS STACKED Resource accounting OUTPUT ACCT NUM LOADED FONTS ACCT NUM LOADED OVERLAYS ACCT NUM LOADED PAGESEGS General accounting ACCT DUPLEX ACCT INPUT BIN LIST ACCT OUTPUT BIN ACCT XMITS 46 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend General informat DATE MSG LIST PAGENAME PAGESTATUS TIME ion USERMESSAGE VERSION VERSIONDATE VERSIONTIME OPERATOR NAME OPERATOR LO Job monitoring G IN CURRENT COPY STEPS CURRENT STEP CURRENT FILE Carriage Control Characters Only ASA carriage control characters are supported COPY Allowed ASCII values are ascii value hex value Blank 0x20 0 9 0x30 0x39 A 0x41 B 0x42 C 0x43 Ox2F Ox2B If CC Characters are available the user has to set the XXX CC parameter to 1 TRC Characters Allowed ASCII values are ascii value hex value Blank 0x20 0 9 0x30 0x39 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 47 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter If more than 10 TRCs are requested the user has to define the requested fonts by his PAGEDEF If TRC Characters are available the user has to set the XXX TRC parameter to 1 BigLetter Escape Sequence The user can choose between a normal character size and a big letter
145. ader Use JDE TAPEO5 for these files Xerox Print Data Xerox Print Data is supported for three different data types The xpar JDE parame ters are only partly supported depending on the data type See also chapter JDE parameter Also the new feature of the Input Filter to make data traces can be used to see how the program interprets the data Level 4 Flags OXFFFFFFFa See chapters Writing a trace file Special trace flags as well as Data trace flags for more information A29247 X100 X 7 7672 109 Functionality Input Filter The following data types are supported e Burroughs Large files with fixed blocked or variable record length specify HOST B6700 and when needed the block size BLOCK lt size gt e Block optional and Record format BarrPC This should be used when data which is not blocked is used Also the JCF Keywords ByteOrder and SkipBytes are only supported when HOST BARRPC e Fixed blocked data with special images HOST XSD e Fixed blocked data e Variable blocked data e Variable record length Burroughs large files Burroughs Large files can be read if they have a fixed block format or when they have only a variable records structure The format which must be specified in the JDE using the VOLUME HOST 6700 and when a block structure exists the BLOCK LENGTH lt block size The other JDE keywords are ignored Block and Record format This refers to print data from hard disk with block optional
146. age FLG2 Bitmask for following options Value Description 0x02 Burst stacking request 0x04 EOT mark Offset stacking request at Begin of 1 copy of file 0x20 EOT mark Offset stacking request at Begin of each copy 0x40 Swapped printing request A Twin printers only front and back pages will be swapped All these values may be combined Fonts The content of this parameter will be used if TRC ON and a PageDef with no fonts inside is used Up to 10 font names can be given separated by semicolon For fur ther information see chapter 7 3 FormDef Defines the Formdef for the InfoPage the default is F1INFOPG FrontSideOvis List of overlays to be placed on the front side of each sheet List delimiter is the semicolon A29247 X100 X 7 7672 57 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Input Bin Specifies default Input Media source code for cutsheet printers only value description No value means use information from FORMDEF 0 Input Bin A 1 Input Bin B 2 Input Bin C 3 Input Bin D OFFXB X offset on the reverse side of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page position with respect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 units unit base the unit base is given by the printer HW See also Section PRINT PROCESSING parameter PRTUPUB OFFXF
147. age Details sseeenenn 220 4 5 Job Status Information eose aeae a anede a a nennen 222 4 6 RIM omea e musta stets ted oct ie a 228 4 6 1 Calling the PUM Command Line ssseeeeeneee 229 4 6 2 Syntax Examples for Use Cases sssssseeeenee 234 4 6 3 Return Codes seie aaa aa nennen nnne nnne nnns 235 4 7 pri madiag Script iic e dte Eee 239 4 8 ACCOUN fois iei rimo i tec ten ud 239 4 9 Printer Connection Test CATEST sssssseeeeeeeneeenne 239 4 10 Tape Utility Program Tapman seseeeemm men 245 4 11 AFP IPDS Analyze Tool ssssssssseseeeeeeeneeneeen nennen nnns 247 4 12 PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools seeseeeee 249 4 12 1 PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools for Linux on the Installation DVD253 5 JDF Support xen eie cei 255 bal EOHSuohcusst Ur et ce ito A a err cer eer corre e Le 255 5 2 Introduction e et oreet eene en Euer ee aee DEus 256 5 3 The JDF JMF framework sesssssssseseeeeeeeeenmenen nennen nennen 256 5 4 SUMMA iocis eue EXER RE ERN RR MER EXAM Rd Ane doves sage X ERE REVEXNA BER PA Sud 258 6 SNMP Agent terree Td deret rie Tee epearen eae Eoaea naas 259 6 1 Accessing Values with SNMP sssssssesseeeneenneennenennne 259 6 2 Retrieving or setting Job information sseeeeen 280 6 3 Configuring Access Rights for Different SNMP
148. agerStatus is normally inactive svrJobAccounting When accounting is active 2 ac INTEGER read only Status counting data can be generated for each print job and stored for analysis by users The default value is unknown 1 The svrJobAccountingStatus is normally active when the svrServer Status is active that is the spool is ac tive If the spool is inactive 3 the svrJobAccountingStatus is normally in active svrJobSpoolVolume Current spool volume or directory This DisplayString read only Name volume provides temporary space for the job files awaiting output The de fault value is Unknown volume name svrJobAccounting Current accounting volume or directo DisplayString read only VolumeName ry This volume provides the space for the accounting information The default value is Unknown volume name svrJobHRefreshJobList Performs a refresh of the JobListand INTEGER read only returns the Id A or B of the actual re freshed table Has to be called before retrieving JobList values svrJobListA This value lists the ID s and states of up BITS read only to 280 jobs Each job reserves 5 bytes in the list The first 4 bytes save the ID as long integer value the fifth a value representing the status svrJobListB This value lists the ID s and states of up BITS read only to 280 jobs Each job reserves 5 bytes in the list The first 4 bytes save the ID as long integer value the fifth a value representing the sta
149. ages e convert any type of carriage controls ANSI IBM3211 NONE into IBM321 1 e drive the physical printer No ifilter xfilter AFP IPDS is involved in this Printer Configuration Open Configuration gt Printers and create a new printer select Docuprint as Printer Model The Linedata Printer Driver is assigned automatically to this print er When you choose DocuPrint as the printer name you will have the advantage to run the demo job see below and MVS download jobs without any modification of a job ticket After clicking Save the Data Format LCDS will be predefined in the general printer settings Complete the configuration by setting the 370 channel parameters e 370 channel unit must match the hardware equipment of your Linux server e 370 address must match the 370 address of your Xerox destination printer or by setting the TCP IP parameters respectively e Host must match the IP address or host name of your Xerox destination printer e Port must match the port number where your Xerox printer listens Like in most other printer types the print parameter DUMMYDEV is supported e DUMMYDEV 0 sends output to the physical printer e DUMMYDEY 1 discards output which may be useful for testing 92 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Print Parameters of the Linedata Printer Driver for Xerox Docuprint FCB configuration You can configure this item with an
150. ain values from variables which are used This can be used as a first indi cation where the error is located in the I Filter To create this trace file the following actions are needed 1 Edit the following Keyword values in correct u prismapro lib uimng jcf JCF file Set the trace level to 3 or 4 Set trace flags to Normal trace FFFFFFF8 Full Speed trace FFFFFFFC Compare trace FFFFFFFO Data trace FFFFFFFA Full trace with time information Only when Input Filter detects inter nal error trace is written Has not al ways enough information to solve problem but allows full speed trace Full trace without time information can be used to be able to compare 2 trace files Data trace files are written be aware that these are written besides the log file can use a lot of disk space dependent of data size Be aware that trace level 4 generates large trace files at the moment the maximum size is 1 GB then the Input Filter stops writing to the file This behavior can be changed by using the JCF Parameter TraceMaxFileSize in chapter Input Filter section For more details about the meaning of the trace level and flags see chapter Trace level and flags A29247 X100 X 7 7672 157 Troubleshooting Input Filter Begin I Filter Begin ComInfo TraceLevel 0 TraceFlags FF00000000000000 TraceFile u spool diag ifilter trc End ComInfo TraceLevel 4 Filter trace leve TraceFlags FFFFFFF0 FFFFFFF8 FFFF
151. al1 Specialn again 1 3 4 Post Processing Commands The following sources are available for postprocessing commands Constraints For historical reasons the VP5xxx family uses in IPDS mode tray 240 as Sample Tray Output Tray Names The names of the output trays define the postprocessing in PRISMAproduction Therefore the output tray which is defined in the job ticket is analyzed If no tray has been defined the data stream will be analyzed If all pages are sent to the same tray the tray name will be analyzed and leads to a postprocessing device UP3i Commands If there are UP3i commands in the data stream these will be analyzed With UP3i trays the PDC writes the respective command into the data stream These com mands are then analyzed again by the backend 80 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Post Processing from DocWorks Postprocessing commands which come from DocWorks are exchanged between Unity and the backend via an own channel Order of the Evaluation 1 Post processings from DocWorks 2 Constraints 3 Output tray names 4 UP3i commands unique output Output tray UP3I from job tray gt 2 in the Command ticket given datastream e g given written by PDC Evaluate the name of Process this the output tray command If UP3i commands have to be coded a new output tray of the type UP3i has
152. allowed NAME Name of the printer STATUS Status of the printer TYPE Basic printer type MODEL Printer model DEVICE Printer output driver FORMAT Data type RESOLUTION Printer resolution SPEED Printer speed DUPLEX Duplex print capability TONERS Toner station count HOST Server name or attached printer JOBID Current job id FORM Current form name QUEUE Selected queues COLORS Selected color verification ids The column names and the result strings which are displayed as the command output for specified columns can be changed or extended in future PRISMAproduction releases Examples prtpool P NAME STATUS JOBID FORM SPEED gt display the printer name status jobid form name and speed of all print ers in the cluster 212 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PrinterPool Possible values for printer STATUS column ACTIVE IDLE INACTIVE STARTING DRAINING HALTED WAITING PRINTING Active Active Inactive Starting Draining Halted Waiting Printing PREPARATION Preparation PRTDRAIN PRTHALT MESSAGE NOTREADY LICENSE Printing Draining after finishing current job Printing Halt after finishing current job Message Not Ready License Possible values for spool STATUS column DOWN PAUSING DISABLED ACTIVE Spool inactive Spool halted Server inactive Active A29247 X100 X 7 7672 213 Messages Command Line Interface 4 4 Messages This is the d
153. an be divided into 4 major function blocks e Display or modify printer parameters e Display or modify spool daemon parameters e Display all configured form names e Display all configured job queues or import a class cfg file from PRISMAproduc tion version 2 xx installations Additionally there are some options which may be required for every major func tion 204 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PrinterPool Common Options Usage prtpool m ServerName n PortNumber un UserName up UserPass word Command line option Description h or help Print help text v or ver Print program version information m MasterName MasterName is the central master of the server cluster If not specified the program tries to detect the master auto matically using the u prismapro bin getmaster utili ty n PortNumber un UserName PortNumber is the number of the socket port which is used for the socket communication If not specified the port 1207 is used as default UserName is the name of one user which is known by the PRISMAproduction software not by the operating system If not specified the program uses automatically the name of that user who executes the program If specified the user has to specify the password for that User Name too up UserPassword UserPassword is the password which is accepted by the ex plorer server for the selected UserName
154. arsing stops on the erroneous option STDERR Message indicating the erroneous option Quiet mode 0 invalid option A29247 X100 X 7 7672 235 PJM Command Line Interface Return code Meaning 3 No connection error Is set when no connection to the PRISMAproduction server specified by s option could be established STDERR Message describing the connection problem Quiet mode 1 2 server name gt server error message Ticket handling error Is set when the tickets given in the t or r and or oct cannot be found opened STDERR Message describing the open problem Quiet mode 1 local ticket open error message 2 gt reprint ticket open error message 3 custom ticket open error message 10 File transfer error Is set when one of the files in the list of files cannot be transferred Transfer process stops with the file in error files already transferred to the server are deleted on the server STDERR Message describing the file transfer problem Quiet mode 1 gt file name error message 11 Negative Ticket check Is set when the combination of the local or reprint and custom ticket with the command line options results in an invalid ticket All errors found are listed Note that there are errors which are so basically that no further analysis can be done for example an invalid printer as most of the checks are
155. brary ies defined in the job ticket are used for this dynamic process Context specific security rules are tak en into consideration so that a print job may be restricted as to which resource li braries it is allowed to use Resource processing may be very time consuming as it is I O intensive This pro cess is to be optimized by means of a Resource Manager which avoids searching and including resources which are already known to the printer The use of parallel processing i e multiple execution threads running concurrently is evaluated in order to shorten the elapsed time required to find and include the resources used by a job or page Parallel processing is also used to convert re source formats in case they are not supported by the target device This process involves decompressing and recompressing raster images e g TIFF gt Fax G4 Location of Resources for host resources e System libraries including security libraries can be a concatenation of parti tioned data sets containing one or more members for one or more kinds of re Sources e Private user libraries resource library that has an individual owner and has to be authorized by the job submitter e Print file can contain inline resources for resident resources e Printer intermediate caching device can store resident resource Sequence of search for a resource Sequence of search for a resource 1 Inline resources in print file 2 Private user librarie
156. bstat s filepages pages lt jobld fileld gt Sets the number of pages for a file jobstat s filesize size lt jobld fileld gt Sets the size for a file jobstat s filecopies copies lt jobld fileld gt Sets the number of copies for a file jobstat s posabs jobld page file Sets the job to an absolute posi copy lt printfile gt job tion copy jobstat s posrel jobld boundary Sets the job to a relative position reference direc Note tion boundary no filecopy jobcopy reference curpage checkpoint direction backward forward 224 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Job Status Information Command jobstat 1 Function Operand list format of the jobstat com mand not available for splstat General function Output values for a specific or for all active jobs in the system The values are re turned line by line per job The single fields are separated by tabstops The amount of the output can be controlled by indicating the desired parameters or via a param eter file Command Function Operands Explanation jobstat l Issue help information jobstat I crpar p lt paramfile gt Creates a template parameter file in the local directory with the given name jobstat l j all Displays parameters of all active jobs jobstat l j id Dislays parameters of the jobs of the given job id jobstat I p lt paramfile g
157. buffer segment and released to be read jobid pid bt outp2 in Enabled Generate GCI output buffer trace triggered when data is written to buffer segment and released to be read jobid pid bt Ibl in Enabled Label buffer trace triggered when data is written to buffer segment and released to be read Error only flag Only when the Input Filter detects internally an error the trace file with the history what happened just before the error is written Also a snapshot of all the internal class variables is written Time flag Write time information per line into the trace file The first number is the hour minute seconds the second number is the time in milliseconds since the Input Filter is run ning Section flag Write Input Filter section information see also Normal Trace flags and a number by which thread the method is called from Buffer trace flag 162 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Troubleshooting When set the trace messages are internally buffered When cleared the traces are written line by line to the output Normal trace flags The normal trace flags are used to select trace messages from one or more Input Filter sections Normally all normal trace flags will be set to get all trace messages If only traces are needed from a special program section these can be selected by using the following flags Special Flags Name Descr
158. ccurred while processing the job respectively the file e g when automatic error recovery occurs AFP2IPDS has four types of system Information Pages for files Message Header Trailer and Separator pages These pages are normally printed between files and or file copies and may be selectively suppressed by the AFP2IPDS backend ad ministrator end user operator or systems programmer AFP2IPDS has four types of system Group Information Pages for jobs Group Message Group Header Group Trailer and Group Separator pages These pages are normally printed between jobs and or job copies and may be se lectively suppressed by the AFP2IPDS backend administrator end user operator or systems programmer The AFP2IPDS backend uses a facility available in the IPDS data stream to inform the printer that a system generated as opposed to user data information page is being printed Please refer to your Oc printer documentation for more information about the handling provided for this kind of pages This handling may include au tomatic generation and printing of synchronisation bar codes A Twin and C twin printers automatic waste bin routing UP3I capable system etc A29247 X100 X 7 7672 9 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Customize Information Pages It is possible to customize the PRISMAproduction generated separator pages in two ways e You can influence if a specific separator page either Trailer Message Sepa rator or
159. ce with name XZBASE XZBASE 600 XZBASE 300 XZBASE 240 XZBASE 34 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend EXT OVERLAY Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP Overlay resource name while searching for the correspond ing file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot The default is no suffix No extension is written as Example EXT OVERLAY 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name O1BASE O1BASE 600 O1BASE 300 O1BASE 240 O1BASE EXT PAGEDEF Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP PageDef resource name while searching for the correspond ing file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot The default is no suffix No extension is written as Example EXT PAGEDEF 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name P1BASE P1BASE 600 P1BASE 300 P1BASE 240 P1BASE EXT PAGESEG Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP PageSegment resource name while searching for the corre sponding file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot The default is no suffix No extension is written as Example EXT PAGESEG z 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name S1BASE S1BASE 600
160. ced by as the use of the character is restricted in some operating systems PFL Archive User Document for private or PFL Archive User Document for public jobs Default no reprint tr lt ticketrule gt Name of the ticket rule which is applied to the executed job ticket This function is not implemented in the PJM user interface Default no ticket rule Print Parameters Meaning jn lt job name gt Name of the job Default tmp if no job name has been defined in the local ticket or custom ticket The job name in the custom ticket overlays the job name in the local reprint ticket A29247 X100 X 7 7672 229 PJM Command Line Interface jc lt job queue gt Number of the jobqueue Default 1 nc lt copy count gt prt lt printer name gt form form Number of jobcopies Default 1 Name of the target printer or clustername The printer also deter mines the resolution at which the job will be printed Instead of a configured printername or clustername you can also insert the keyword Any printer or Any nnn dpi printer nnn stands for the resolution Default the first printer available PRISMA form name which will be displayed to operator before printing starts Default STD i e no form message is displayed pdef page defini tion PRISMA Page Definition Page definition If more than one file is defined in the list of fil
161. character size To switch between these sizes the user has to use the following escape se quence b Text which should be printed in big letters must be framed by b Example Entry in the job parameter file JOBNAME pg_test To get the job name in big letters on an InfoPage you have to write bSJOBNAMES b This will create the following text PPPPPPPP GGGGGGG TTTTTTTT EEEEEEEEE 5555555 TTTTTTTT PPPPPPPPP GGGGGGGGG TTTTTTTT EEEEEEEEE 38885358838 TTTITTTTTT PP PP GG GG TT EE SS SS TT PP PP GG TT EE SS TT PPPPPPPPP GG GGGGG TT EEEEEE 55555555 TT PPPPPPPP GG GGGGG TT EEEEEE 55555555 TT PP GG GG TT EE S8 TT PP GG GG TT EE 55 S8 TT PP GGGGGGGGG TT EEEEEEEEE 888853853538 TT PP GGGGGGG TT EEEEEEEEE S555555 TT Note Characters are converted to uppercase when using big letters 1 2 4 2 Formdef For printing the InfoPage a formdef is necessary With PRISMAproduction Server a formdef for the standard InfoPages is delivered F1INFOPG Following parameters are set parameter value orientation portrait one up one up OffsetStack EdgeMarkChange no MediaSourcelD 0 48 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend DuplexControl simplex ConstantFormsControl inactive 1 2 4 3 Pagedef For printing the InfoPage a pagedef is necessary With PRISMAproduction Server a pagedef for the standard InfoPages is delivered P1STD3 Following parameters are s
162. ck ck ck ckck ck ckck ckck KKK KK ck ck ck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk kk kk SUSERMES SAGES 66 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend Printout OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version 5 00 019 created on 2008 02 07 10 30 00 Header Page USER NAME JOB NAME FILE NAME HOST NAME SPOOL ID SPOOL TIME PRINT TIME PRINTER ID STATUS root sps5u AFP 001 SIM E00 OK 0001 4 spscis pool data SLEIB SPS5 DATISPS5 1x011530vm3 ops oce net 00000177 07 02 2008 13 25 11 07 02 2008 14 01 27 vs 925091x011530vm3 ops oce net START START NEW XMIT OR CONT NAME ROOM BUILDING ADDRESS SWD11 14 342 14 Siemensallee 2 85586 Poing root A29247 X100 X 7 7672 67 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Parameter Settings HDRP CC Print Parameter Job Queues Cluster TonerStations input Devices Output Devices Printer Notificat Key HDRP BACKSIDEOVLS HDRP COLMAP HDRP DCK HDRP DUPLEX HDRP ENABLING HDRP FLG2 HDRP_FONTS HDRP_FORMDEF HDRP_FRONTSIDEOVLS the user has to define the requested fonts HDRP_INPUT_BIN HDRP_OFFXB HDRP_OFFXF HDRP_OFFYB HDRP_OFFYF HDRP_OUTPUT_BIN HDRP_PAGEDEF HDRP_PRINT_DIRECTION 1 HDRP SOSI HDRP TEMPLATE HDRP TRC Section HEADER PAGE PROCESSING Default lo Description 0x03 3 Specifies if table reference characters 1 are availabe 1 or not D
163. ckckck ck ckck kockck ckck ck ckck KKK KK ck ckck ckckckckck ckckck ck k ck k ck kk kk TITLE S hdrpage cc trc mixed 1 HeaderPage with Big Letters OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version SVERSIONS created on ERSIONDATES SVERSIONTIMES PAGENAMES SVI ck ckckckckck ck ckckckck ckckck ck KK KEK KKK KEK KKK KKK KE KKK KKK kckckckck ck ck ck ck ckck kk kk kk USER JOB FILE HOST SPOOL SPOOL ID SOWNERS SJOBNAMES FILENAMES SCLIENTS SJOBIDS SPOOLDATES SPOOLTIMES 74 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend PRINT TIME SDATES TIMES PRINTER ID SPRINTERS STATUS SPAGESTATUSS START NEW XMIT OR CONT Ck ckCckck ckckck ckck ck ckck ck ckck ckckck ckckck ckckck ck ck ckckck KKK KK ck ckck KKK KKK ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck kck kc k k k kk kk ke Printout NAME REC NAMES DEPARTMENTS ROOM ROOMS BUILDING BUILDINGS ADDRESS SADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 ADDRESS3 S ADDRESSA Ckckckckckckckck ck ckck ckckckckck ck ck ck KKK KKK ckck ck ckck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck k ck k kk kk SOWNERS Ckckckckckckock ck ckckckckck ckckck ck ck ck KKK KKK ck ck ckck ck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck k ck ck ck ck ck ck ck k kk kk SUSERMESSAGES A29247 X100 X 7 7672 75 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Parameter Settings Print Parameter Job Queues Cluster Toner Stations Input Devices Output Devices Pri
164. constant string signals the end of a record but it is not include in the print line The string format can be an hexadecimal octal or alpha constant The length of the constant may be from 1 to 4 FORMAT BIN DEC Specifies the format of the record length field Available PACK type options are BIN binary DEC decimal The option PKSG PACK packed with no sign and PKSG packed with sign Default BIN are accepted but not used internally LENGTH Value Specifies the length of the longest logical record A value Default specifies the length in bytes of the longest logical record 133 off A value is an integer in the range 1 to 310 for off line Max line 150 imum value for on line without print position indexing is on line 214 optimize mode or 2140 non optimize mode For off line the tape label contents may override the value LMULT Value Specifies a multiplication factor applied to the contents of Default 1 the record length field in order to determine the true record length A value specifies the multiplication factor The val ue specified is by the value in the length field to compute the number of bytes in the record A value is an integer in the range 1 to 15 LTHFLD Value Specifies the length of the field containing the record Default 0 length The size specifies in bytes the record length field length It must be an integer in the range O to 5 If the size is set equal to zero record length are not contained in t
165. converts PostScript fonts from binary pfa for mat to Type 1 format for use with the UnityRIP usr bin pfb2font converts PostScript fonts from binary pfb for mat to Type 1 format for use with the UnityRIP usr bin pjm PRISMAproduction Job Submission Command Line usr bin ppacc Accounting command line utility replacement for the old accnum and accmsg Utilities ppacc i get a new accounting ID from the server This is a replacement for accnum command but accnum stays available as an alias for ppacc i ppacc a write one accounting record This is a replacement for accmsg com mand but accmsg stays avail able as an alias for ppacc a u prismapro lib win32 bin ppacc exe u prismapro lib win32 bin ppacc dl1l Accounting command line utility with library for Windows function like usr bin ppacc Also available on the installation DVD under the path tools_win usr bin ppmsg Command line utility to display or submit PRIS MA messages u prismapro lib win32 bin ppmsg exe u prismapro lib win32 bin ppmsg dll message command line utility with library for Windows function like usr bin ppmsg Also available on the installation DVD under the path tools win usr bin prisma snmp Script for user root to set either standard SuSE SNMP or PRISMA SNMP active A29247 X100 X 7 7672 251 PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools Command Line Interface usr
166. create a file u pris mapro diag version versions html which shows the PRISMA versions of all servers of the PRISMA cluster This file is also automatically integrated into the normal prismadiag compressed info archive file 4 8 Accounting See description of the Accounting Command Line Interface on page 197 4 9 Printer Connection Test CATEST The program CATEST is used to test the connection between the server LINUX and the printer The program was originally developed for 370 connections and throughout this description 370 terminology is used though SCSI connections are now also supported The basic LINUX device operations OPEN CLOSE READ WRITE and IOCTL can be executed CATEST can access a single printer or a twin system therefore it supports config uration of 2 physical printers It can not be used to handle two independent single printers the second printer PRT2 can only be configured together with PRT1 asa twin system A29247 X100 X 7 7672 239 Printer Connection Test CATEST Command Line Interface Getting Started CATEST is a debugging tool Before running it make sure that no other program is using the printer s Default locations Executable program u prismapro bin catest Initialization file u prismapro cfg catest catest ini Initialization File The initialization file INIFILE is a plain ASCII text file which specifies the hardware and program configuration for the test using k
167. ction must be enabled at the operator panel of the printer as well PageDef Defines the Pagedef for the InfoPage the default is P1INFOPG Print Direction Information about the print direction value description the orientation of the FORMDEF is used unchanged the orientation is forced to be PORTRAIT the orientation is forced to be LANDSCAPE the orientation is forced to be PORTRAIT 90 the orientation is forced to be LANDSCAPE 90 the orientation is forced to be PORTRAIT 180 the orientation is forced to be LANDSCAPE 180 don t use orientation from FORMDEF orientation is forced to be Portrait only cutsheet printers 9 use orientation from Formdef only cutsheet printers j N aj A W N Note If 8 or 9 is used the setting of the MDDflg by PPFA or SLE is ignored If N up presentation is active the orientation of the FORMDEF will always be passed to the cutsheet printer SOSI Defines double byte mode value description 0 Shift out shift in codes are ignored 1 Shift out shift in codes are recognized and replaced with spaces 2 Shift out shift in codes are recognized A29247 X100 X 7 7672 59 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Template Filename of the header page template file PRISMAproduction Server delivers fol lowing templates e hdrpage e infopage e msgpage e tripage The customer can define his own templates which mu
168. d Stitch and the job is spooled in as a stitching job Via the DPCONNECT_SUPPORT switch you can de fine if the job should also be stitched on the DT6180 DPCONNECT_SUPPORT 0 or if the job should be printed on the DT6180 with the original XRX binding command DPCONNECT_SUPPORT 1 FONT_TIC Determines the font used to print job tickets HCS_NAME System name of the High Capacity Stacker The HCS can be addressed by DocWorks for the DocuTech this is an external post processing CONTROLLER_SOFTWARE Set the DocuSP version Version 3 0 supports right sub set stapling 0 The DocuSP version you are printing to is lt V3 0 1 The DocuSP version you are printing to is equal or greater V3 0 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 89 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Print Parameter IP default 0 RSH_USER default root This parameter handles remote print status control IP 0 Default setting of this parameter is 0 because in this case no special settings have to be done on the Do cuSP server In this case the backend regards all trans mitted jobs as successfully printed and switches the spool status to finished complete The operator has to check the messages on the DocuSP on his own IP 1 If the LI switch IP interleaved processing is set to 1 transmitted jobs get the spool status output control and are periodically checked by the backend To allow this check via remote s
169. d completely Masks trace items layers etc Masks control flags dump X flags etc Trace tracing enabled Input tracing enabled con tains all Stream classes IPQ tracing enabled AFP Object Processor trac ing anabled IPDSTRACER tracing en abled contains IPDSCmdDGB IPDSCmdGenerator IPDSCmdLCC IPDSSeqGenerator IPDSTracer Layer4 Dispatcher trace en abled Printer Access Library trace enabled PrinterInterface DummyPrinter tracing en abled Following Classes will be traced PRISMA Spool IP Spool Spoollnterface 42 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend TF OPCSTM 0x00000200 TF PRTCMD 0x00000400 TF LINEDATA 0x00000800 TF MESSAGER 0x00001000 TF_RESOURCE 0x00002000 TF_ACCOUNTING 0x00004000 TF_XML 0x00008000 TF_AFPCONTROL 0x00010000 TF BASICCONTROL 0x00020000 TF FLOWCONTROL 0x00040000 TF INPUTCONTROL 0x00080000 TF MAIN 0x00100000 TF OUTPUTCONTROL 0x00200000 Following Data will be traced OPC and STM switch also 0x01 on Following Functionality will be traced Binselection OperatorMessage MountForm PrinterSetup ColorSetup PrtCmd and PrtCmdGroup tracing endabled FinishingControl MediaType MediumDescriptor ModificationControl PresentationEnviron ment LineDataFormatter tracing enabled Messager and Environ mentMessages tracing en abled Resource tracing enabled Accounting trace enabled Recordformatting XML tracing enabled
170. d reference lt referen Displays all jobs for the given reference id celd gt jobstat d filepages lt jobld gt Displays the number of pages for the given file lt fileld gt jobstat d filesize lt jobld gt Displays the size of the given file lt fileld gt jobstat d filecopies lt jobld gt Displays the copies of the given file lt fileld gt A29247 X100 X 7 7672 223 Job Status Information Command Line Interface Command jobstat s Function Operand Operand is used for changing settings Overview of functions and operands Command Function Operands Explanation jobstat s copies copies lt jobld gt Sets the copy count for the print job to the specified value jobstat s jobqueue lt jobcl gt lt jobld gt Sets the specified job queue for the print job jobstat s printer lt printer gt lt jobld gt Change the destination printer for the print job jobstat s range lt page range gt lt jobld gt Set the printing range for the print job to the specified page range jobstat s form lt form gt lt jobld gt Set a form which is defined on the system for the print job jobstat s deljob lt jobld gt Deletes the print job with the spec ified job Id jobstat s release lt jobld gt Sets the status of a job to Ready to print jobstat s express lt jobld gt Set Express right for the job jobstat s priority lt jobld gt Set a priority for the specified job jo
171. e print server When it is active it can of fer service on all user clients When itis inactive it cannot offer service on any user clients The default is Active The status may also be set with on 4 to ac tive and off 5 to inactive svrServerlpAddr The IP address of the print server IpAddress read only The default value is 0 0 0 0 svrNumberPrinters The number of printers supported by INTEGER read only Supported this server The default value is 64 svrNumberSystems The number of systems For a single INTEGER read only system this will always be one For a cluster of systems this is the number of Systems in the cluster The default val ue is 0 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 259 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent Object Identifier Description ASN 1 lype ACCESS svrJobManagerstatus nce the job manager is active 2 the read only spool looks in its spool directory for printable jobs When it is active the spool selects any job from the spool di rectory When the job manager is inac tive 3 the spool directory only contains jobs belonging to the current job class If the printer has not yet been activated manually it is activated auto matically as soon as the job selection mechanism is started The default val ue is unknown 1 The svrJobMan agerStatus is normally active when the svrServerStatus is active that is the spool is active If the spool is inactive the svrJobMan
172. e Always needed JSL Yes Xerox Resource Job source language file LGO Yes Xerox Resource Logo file LG6 Yes Xerox Resource Logo file 600 dpi LIB Xerox Resource LOG Xerox Resource System integrity log file MSC Xerox Resource Temporary user file OLDS Yes SPP Data OLDS print data files OMSLIB Yes SPP resource OLDS resource files OSD Xerox Resource OSDS diagnostic file PCH Xerox Resource System patch file PDE Yes Xerox Resource Page descriptor entry file PDS Yes AFPDS AFPDS print file library PRIV Yes Xerox Resource Temporary converted resources X Filter RDS Yes Xerox Resource Xerox resource files RDS240 Yes AFP Resource AFP resource library 240 DPI RDS300 Yes AFP Resource AFP resource library 300 DPI RDS600 Yes AFP Resource AFP resource library 600 DPI SAF Xerox Resource SAFES diagnostic file STK Yes Xerox Resource Stockset file A29247 X100 X 7 7672 143 Functionality Input Filter Sub catalog GCI Used for Data Description Supported type SYS Xerox Resource System control file TAPE Yes Input Filter file ID TMP Yes Xerox Resource Temporary user file TPF Xerox Resource Temporary patch file TSK Xerox Resource System task image file TST Yes Xerox Resource RTEXT object file XPAR Yes Parameter file Input X Filter host specific param eter file compiled from Xerox JSL file Always needed XRX Yes Xerox Data LCDS print file library XCS Xerox R
173. e lt Group Message Page gt Group Trailer Page All FilelnfoPages are enabled with value 2 Before all file copies After all file cop ies The following output will be generated Group Header Page Group Separator Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data copy 1 lt Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data copy 2 lt Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data copy 3 lt Message Page gt Trailer Page lt Group Message Page gt Group Trailer Page 54 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend Job with 3 Sections no copies All GroupInfoPages are enabled All FilelnfoPages are enabled with value 1 Before first file copy After last file copy The following output will be generated Group Header Page Group Separator Page Header Page Separator Page Print lt Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print lt Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print lt Message Page gt Trailer Page lt Group Message Page gt Group Trailer Page tion 2 copies All FilelnfoPages are enabled with value 1 Bef copy The following output will be generated Group Header Page Group Separator Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data section 1 Print Data section 1 lt Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data section 1 Data section 2 Da
174. e a job step is converted Parameter Type Length Description max 1210 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID pages NUM 10 approx number of pages number of skip to channel 1 s Example 1210 12345678 0001 9876 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 189 PRISMAproduction Backends V3 02 Accounting 3 8 PRISMAproduction Backends V3 02 3 8 1 FTP Backend Record Type 1600 This record is written after job is finished third column is the field length x unlimit ed Parameter Type Length Description max 1600 NUM 4 record type account ID NUM 8 account ID Job ID startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout was started enddate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout was ended endstatus NUM 1 status after printout was ended 0 job completed without errors 1 job completed with errors 2 job interrupted by operator 3 job processing interrupted by server error jobname TEXT x jobname jobopies NUM x jobcopies sendsize NUM X size of the transferred job in bytes rate TEXT x3 transmission rate for the job in kbytes Example 1600 00002844 20 02 2004 12 18 05 20 02 2004 12 18 06 0 WHBA C030 1 292105 409 111 190 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting PRISMAproductio
175. e datafile endstatus NUM 1 status after printout was ended 0 job completed without errors 1 job completed with errors 2 job interrupted by operator 3 job processing interrupted by server error pages NUM x JOB summary of the number of pagesides printed FILE number of pagesides printed for all filecopies and one jobcopy opages NUM x JOB summary of the original job size in pages FILE original job size in pages for one file and job copy fpages NUM x JOB summary of the number of front pages FILE number of front pages for all filecopies and one jobcopy A29247 X100 X 7 7672 193 PRISMAproduction Backends V3 02 Accounting bpages NUM x JOB summary of the number of back pages FILE number of back pages for all filecopies and one jobcopy sheets NUM x JOB summary of the number of sheets incl inter poser FILE number of sheets incl interposer for all file copies interposer NUM x JOB summary of interposer sheets sheets FILE number of interposer sheets for all filecopies copy NUM x JOB jobcopy FILE filecopy offsets NUM x JOB summary of the number of offsets in the output tray FILE number of offsets in the output tray printcount NUM x count how many time times the job has been printed start with 1 medianum NUM x JOB summary of the number of used medias FILE number of used medias Example 1620 00000344 0001
176. e following additional record types are currently being defined LCDS record types always start with the id 12 so 1200 would be a valid record type for e g the X Filter 3 7 1 Xfilter Record Type 1200 LCDS report information This record type logs the general information for the report This record is written for each report at the end of the report The last department specified by DJDE DEPT is valid for the whole report The record 1200 has a maximum length of 155 char acters Parameter Type Length Description max 1200 NUM 4 record type account_id NUM 8 accounting ID for this report identical to ODS and Spool ID start jde TEXT 6 JDE name at the time of creation of the job start ing JDE start_jdl TEXT 6 JDL name at the time of creation of the job start ing JDL collate TEXT 1 Y N COLLATE start setting hrptna TEXT 16 Host Report Name from BANNER RSTACK statement may be empty e g if no HRPTNA is specified in JDE jde TEXT 6 JDE name at the end of this report last DJDE JDE jdl TEXT 6 JDL name at the end of this report last DJDE JDL dept TEXT 31 department valid for this report last DJDE DEPT if no DEPT is given the default is lt jdl gt JDL inrec NUM 10 Number of counted input records of the report indjde NUM 10 Number of counted DJDE records of the report dpsh NUM 9 Number of sheets converted for department dppa NUM 9 Number of pages converted
177. e mismatch MMT message PRINT_PROCESSING PDSFLG7 0x02 PDSISUB 0 Name Disable all traces TRACE TRACEFILE_LIMIT 10240 TRACEFLAGS 0x00000000 2 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Available Tuning Sets Name Enable full traces TRACE TRACEFILE LIMIT 1900000 TRACEFLAGS Oxffffffff Tuning Sets for Non Oc Printers For printing on non OCE Printers one additional tuning set has been introduced This means that there are now 3 tuning sets setting small printer memory values the same for all 3 tuning sets and different LUPUB values Name Non Oce Printers Host and APA controller adjustment CONFIGURATION OBUFSIZE 0x2000 PRINT_PROCESSING PRTUPUB 0x0960 Name Non Oce Printers 300 DPI e g LCDS gt Xerox CONFIGURATION OBUFSIZE 0x2000 PRINT_PROCESSING PRTUPUB 0x0bb8 Name Non Oce Printers 600 DPI MRM e g gt IBM CONFIGURATION OBUFSIZE 0x2000 PRINT_PROCESSING PRTUPUB 0x3840 For performance reasons the settings may be changed manually in respect to e g actual memory size of the respective printer A29247 X100 X 7 7672 3 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter 1 2 AFP2IPDS Backend 1 2 1 Introduction The AFP2IPDS backend also called SPS Smart Print Subsystem receives data in line data or structured field format It composes data for printing according to the parameters defined for the job Parameter description see This backend is es pecially designed t
178. e network using SNMP management applications residing on different op erating system platforms For further information on a specific object refer to the corresponding description in the MIB specification 6 2 Retrieving or setting Job information To get or set an OID entry with job specific information a table exists The only se cure and usable index to find a specific job is the Job Identifier Jobld So this is used as table index Example To retrieve the status of a job with Id 00004674 use the OID psmib server spoolSystem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobSta tus 4674 or 1 1 2 8 1 6 4674 Of course the PRISMAproduction SNMP does not hold all information of all jobs in a big table The table is only simulated and the agent uses the last number of the OID to retrieve the information for that OID when a GET request is sent If a GET NEXT request is sent the agent searches the next numerical valid Jobld and returns the information for that OID E g After Id 00004674 follows Id 00004756 A GET NEXT request with the above shown OID shows the status of the Job with Jobld 280 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Retrieving or setting Job information 00004756 By that way it is possible to get the status of all jobs with the normal re trieve table functions With snmpwalk c public localhost svrJobTable all information of all jobs can be retrieved Be aware that this may take a while if thousands of jobs are in the
179. e read jobid pid bt outp2 in Enabled Generate GCI output buffer trace triggered when data is written to buffer segment and released to be read jobid pid bt Ibl in Enabled Label buffer trace triggered when data is written to buffer segment and released to be read Error only flag Only when the Input Filter detects internally an error the trace file with the history what happened just before the error is written Also a snapshot of all the internal class variables is written Time flag Write time information per line into the trace file The first number is the hour minute seconds the second number is the time in milliseconds since the Input Filter is run ning A29247 X100 X 7 7672 159 Troubleshooting Input Filter Section flag Write Input Filter section information see also Normal Trace flags and a number by which thread the method is called from Buffer trace flag When set the trace messages are internally buffered When cleared the traces are written line by line to the output Normal trace flags The normal trace flags are used to select trace messages from one or more Input Filter sections Normally all normal trace flags will be set to get all trace messages If only traces are needed from a special program section these can be selected by using the following flags Special Flags Name Description 0x00000100 Init section flag Write pr
180. e specified before The minimum log level is 0 no logging only errors are logged The maximum log level is 5 The logs are written into files in the directory u prismapro diag spool on the server where the spool daemon is running Examples prtipool gt show all loglevels prtpool server name 5 gt set spool loglevel to 5 on lt servername gt S Server Columns Examples This option is useful for script programming where the requested spool information should be processed for further purposes If server name is not specified prtpool displays the requested column infos of all spool daemons in the cluster The requested infos must be specified by colon separated column names The output is written always as tab separated entries for requested col umns in one line per server Following column names are allowed NAME Name of the server STATUS Status of the spool daemon ENABLED Status of the server LOGLEVEL Loglevel of the spool daemon The column names and the result strings which are displayed as the command output for specified columns can be changed or extended in future PRISMAproduction releases prtpool S NAME LOGLEVEL gt display the hostname and loglevels of all spool daemons Note The server names have to be specified in the same format as it is stored in the PRISMAproduction configuration database 208 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Inte
181. e tarscript command in the following way u prismapro bin tarscript_HD lt dir_name gt lt HD file name gt SAVE STORE Example u prismapro bin tarscript_HD u prismapro data cat DEFAULT tmp ex amle tar SAVE This HD file can easily be copied ftp etc to other computers or USB DVD media RE usr bin tiffconv TIFF converter executable usr bin ua3 Standalone script to convert PS PDF to AFPDS at 300dpi usr bin ua6 Standalone script to convert PS PDF to AFPDS at 600dpi 252 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools usr bin ut3 usr bin ut6 Standalone script to convert PS PDF to TIFF at 300dpi Standalone script to convert PS PDF to TIFF at 300dpi usr bin xpdc_lib_update Script to import xpdcresources from PRIS MA POD 2 10 4 12 1 PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools for Linux on the Installation DVD tools_linux prisma_unlink This script may be used prior to backup the PRISMA configuration if V3 00 05 or below is installed It prevents deinstallation of di rectories in the scanned path of the HotDi rectory It also prevents deletion of customer AFP resources as well as the cus tomer data if V3 00 01 or below is installed See chapter Installation for details tools_linux prismaver It shows version numbers of the installed PRISMAproduction packages including sub modules as shown i
182. eared from the printer and the printer will be loaded with the resources needed for the next page If the value is exceeded again by the number of fonts for that page the job will be requeued as unprintable PSINUOVE Limits the number of overlays that will be downloaded to the printer 0 use the printers limit 100 default value A value between 1 and 99999 will be checked at the end of every physical page When the value is reached all overlays will be cleared from the printer and the printer will be loaded with the resources needed for the next page If the value is exceeded again by the number of overlays for that page the job will requeued as unprintable A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend PSINUPSE Limits the number of pagesegments that will be download ed to the printer 0 use the printers limit 100 default value A value between 1 and 99999 will be checked at the end of every physical page When the value is reached all pagesegments will be cleared from the printer and the printer will be loaded with the resources needed for the next page If the value is ex ceeded again by the number of pagesegments for that page the job will requeued as unprintable TWINPAGEBUFFERSIZE Is used to avoid PageBufferFull Situations on the 2nd print er of an ATWIN respectivly a TRIPLEX Default 64 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter
183. ecord 0x0012 00120000 4232 120 2020200000000001 0101 3 0x0062 Record 0x0050 00500000 4232 4e20444a44452030 304 544558543d28 2756455249465920 5041504552205459 5045204e4f572020 204e455720504150 45523d5354414e44 415244272c574149 5429202c20454e44 3b00 4 0x00B2 Record 0x0050 00120000 4232 120202020000000 00010101 5 0x00C4 Record 0x002C 002C0000 4232 120444a4445 2030304a44453d54 4553542c454e443b 2020202020202020 2020202020202020 6 Ox00FO Record 0x0015 00150000 42324e20 2020202020303020 2020202001 7 0x0105 Record 0x0076 00760000 4232 120444a44 45203030464f4e54 533d285241313242 502c524231324250 2c5236313242502c 5236424 f42502c52 384 4244502c524b 313642502c524b31 3842502c524b3238 42502c524b324245 502c424358314350 2c424 583330502c 5241313258582c42 4330314350292c45 4e443b 8 0x017B Record 0x0068 00680000 42 32 1202020202020 3030000304600906 2c01545454545454 5454202045454545 4545454520202053 5353535353532020 5454545454545454 202020202020204a 4a202020204f4f4f 4f4f4f2020204242 4242424220202020 4242424242422020 202001 9 0x01e3 Record 0x0000 B2 0x0200 Block 0x0200 9 0x0200 Record 0x0068 00680000 42324e20 2020202020303000 03042409062c0154 5454545454545420 2045454545454545 4520205353535353 5353532020545454 5454545454202020 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 125 Functionality Input Filter 2 4 3 4 Tape media Xerox Resource The supported Xerox Resource tape media should be formatted with the HOST UNDEF and LABEL NONE
184. ed The default value is unknown 1 The check job queue may also be switched on 2 or off 3 by this entry INTEGER read write 264 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP Object Identifier Description ASN 1 lype ACCESS prnPrinterCheckToner When check toner is active jobs with not suitable toner ID regarding the se lected printer are not processed The default value is unknown 1 The check toner may also be switched on 2 or off 3 by this entry INTEGER read write mgmAgentName he agents fully qualified product DisplayString read only agent process Self test 4 is for inter nal use only and should not be set by the user A warm start 5 causes the agent to reinitialize the MIB database and the most important internal vari ables A cold start 6 causes the agent process to restart and initialize the MIB data with defaults or system parame ters Agent hold 7 causes the agent process to terminate itself Read ac cess to this object returns the opera tion state value 2 After the occurrence of an internal error the ob ject returns the value error state 3 This value will not be automatically set to one of the other states It may only be changed by the operator name mgmAgentVersion The current version of the installed DisplayString read only SNMP agent mgmAgentRevision The current revision code of the in DisplayString read only stal
185. ength for a write ccw ignore overlength fX set FCB ignore flag to X X 0 or 1 1 ignore qX specify the position of the 1st length check byte wX set delay in msec before sending DeviceEnd bX set input buffer size for the driver X 0 32000 Channel dump parameters dumpfile write channel dump file without read ccws n dumpfile write channel dump file incl read ccws r dumpfile read data from channel dump file Channel trace parameters m trcfile generate tracefile S trcfile analyze trace Hex output only sa trcfile analyze trace Hex ASCII output Se trcfile analyze trace Hex EBCDIC output Tracefiles trcfile cmd trcfile dat 292 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Tips and Tricks Channel Driver Utilities A generated ini file contains descriptions of the above parameters If no options are specified the program looks for a i370prt ini file in the current di rectory If a trace file is required the following files will be generated tracefile cmd ascii file containing received commands and byte counts tracefile dat bin file containing all received data The contents of the files depend on the trace level When the emulation starts the program loads an FCB from the file i370prt fcb If this is not possible a built in default FCB is used If an FCB is received while the emulation is running it is always saved to the file i370prt fcb This utility is fully menu driven and reacts to the followin
186. er wise the printing will be aborted with an LP error CPS700 900 The queue will be analyzed Each queue has its own properties By default the queues print and hold exist They almost cor respond to the settings of the so called mailbox Queue print A job which is sent to this queue will be printed im mediately In this case printed means that the job has been ripped and sent to the CPS by the EFI controller The EFI con troller then reports that the job has been printed Queue hold In this case the job remains in the EFI controller and has to be activated separately 1 3 3 Tray numbers and Media attributes PRISMAproduction POD Module is based on the IOCA AFP data stream which is a subset of AFP In this data stream the definition of the input material is possible either via input bin numbers or via media attributes The control via input bin num bers is the older method which defines the tray numbers from which the input ma terial is to be drawn It is not coded in the data stream on which paper material me dium the files actually have to be printed The newer method specifies the media exactly in the data stream The media attributes describe color weight size hole count and order count with ordered material like tab sets of the paper as well as the type Additionally it is coded if a medium may be fused or not So called Cold Inserts manly come from offset printing and must not be fused If there are media a
187. er This is only needed if the program needs to write to a device or write a tape floppy image file Presently the only supported mode is to write Xerox HD image files to Xerox floppy or tape The other possibilities are to be released in the future Begin OutputDevice DeviceTypeCARTR DGE TapeRewindREWIND Device End Outputl General Output Device Section The JCF Keywords described in the table below are used for all devices Keyword DeviceName DeviceType FloppyFormat Variable Type String String String Description Device name Normally these have following settings when the DeviceType has following settings 35 FLOPPY XRX Is ignored by Unix dependent of floppy format CARTRIDGE QIC dev nrStpX were X 0 2 SCO or TAPE is ignored Linux FLOPPY Is ignored by Unix 514 floppy HD Not used Category of the data target permitted entries are 35 FLOPPY XRX TAPE CARTRIDGE FLOPPY HD Specifies if floppy media has to be formatted previously before data is written to it Floppy is formatted to following format dependent of floppy type for 54 is 720 KB for 3 itis 1 2 MB Yes Floppy is formatted No Floppy is not formatted Default ImageName String TAPE Filename Path to output image data file Device Type CARTRIDGE QIC or TAPE Xerox Floppy Filename Path to output image file De viceType 35 FLOPPY
188. er each screen you have the options to continue the display leave the display with break or continue without further stops at the end of each page with resume The Analyse IPDS menu offers EBCDIC and ASCII display and statistics over the used command codes ANALYZE V 3 04 00 Mau 14 2004 2 0 IPDS Analyzer Analyze EBCDIC 1 Analyze ASCII 2 Statistics 3 Return r Quit q Enter function code 1 The last available mode is Hexadecimal dump which can be used to display the content of any file in either ASCII or EBCDIC representation as well as in hexadec imal ANALYZE V 3 04 00 May 14 2004 2 1 Hexadecimal Dump Open Input File 1 Open Dutput File 2 Hexa Dump EBCDIC 3 Hexa Dump ASCII 4 Return r Quit g Enter function code i 248 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools 4 12 PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools The tools are presented here in alphabetical order u prismapro bin add crlf Add CR LF after each structured field record u prismapro bin accana Uses an accounting file in u prismapro ac count as input and writes some LCDS relevant account records as human readable text to std out to be used for test and analyze purpose on ly usr bin ana bat u prismapro lib win32 bin ana bat exe Uses AFP or IPDS as input and writes the com mands into readable text file Command line version Us
189. erEn terEn terEn terEn terEn terEn terprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib printer try prnPrinterNPRO 3 0 prisma prismaProduction psmib nn try prnPrinterForm 0 prisma prismaProduction psmib nn try prnPrinterForm 1 prisma prismaProduction psmib prisma prismaProduction prisma prismaProduction prisma prismaProduction prisma prismaProduction prisma prismaProduction prisma prismaProduction prisma prismaProduction try prnPrinterForm 2 prisma prismaProduction psmib printer terEntry prnPrinterForm 3 prisma prismaProduction psmib printer terEntry prnPrinterToner 0 psmib a try prnPrinterToner psmib 2 try prnPrinterToner psmib 3 try prnPrinterToner psmib try prnHostname 0 psmib try prnHostname 1 psmib try prnHostname 2 psmib prisma prismaProduction terEntry prnPrinterAddress 0 try prnHostname 3 psmib prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnPrinterAddress 1 prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnPrinterAddress 2 prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnPrinterAddress 3 prisma prismaProduction psmib try prnPrinterDeviceNode 0 STD STD prnPrint printer prnPrint prnPrint printer prnPrint 53 54 44 printer Hex prnPrint 53 54 44 Hex prnPrint printer prnPrint printer prnPrint prnPrint printer printer prnPrint
190. es the page definition is set for each of the according print steps fdef lt form defini tion gt File Parameters PRISMA Form Definition Form definition If more than one file is defined in the list of files the form definition is set for each of the according print steps Meaning f lt file name gt path of print files s Local print files to be printed using the parameters in the job ticket loaded with t or r or and oct The file names in the job ticket are replaced one by one by the names specified Note the replacement in the list of files takes place after the cus tom ticket has been merged with the local reprint ticket If more files are given here than defined in the merged ticket additional default file entries are created defaults according to the ticket type APA LCDS POD Default the filenames defined in the ticket pfl lt file name gt path of pfl s PFL print files to be printed using the parameters in the job ticket loaded with t or r or and oct The print file names in the job tick et are replaced one by one by the names specified Files must be specified as follows Archive User Document for private or Archive User Document for public jobs Note same as for the f parameter imp lt impos file gt path of imposition file Impositioning set All files are imposed after they are chained 230 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PJM
191. es AFP or IPDS as input and writes the com mands into readable text file Command line version for Windows Also available on the installation DVD under the path tools win u prismapro bin ana_ntol Uses nto1 index files nto1 idxInto1 idrinto1 imm in u prismapro tmp Icds as input and writes the index information in human readable text to stdout u prismapro bin analyze u prismapro lib win32 bin analyze exe Uses AFP or IPDS as input and writes the com mands into readable text file Interactive version Uses AFP or IPDS as input and writes the com mands into readable text file Interactive version for Windows Also available on the installation DVD under the path tools win u prismapro bin chfnm Change file names to upper or lower case u prismapro bin dpconnect set Sets and displays the log trace and keep data settings for the DPconnect executables and shell scripts u prismapro bin dpconnect ver Displays the version numbers for the DPconnect executables shell scripts and the GUI u prismapro lib win32 bin guitbox exe Windows configuration tool for BARR card Also available on the installation DVD under the path tools win u prismapro bin iana Uses ifilter generated files especial JSL and XRX as input and writes human readable text to stdout A29247 X100 X 7 7672 249 PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools Command Line Interface
192. es are generated works as filter Some Xerox Resource subcats are NOT supported by the GCI these are marked as such in the table below Begin SubcatInfo JOB 1 XPAR1 RDS2401 End SubcatInfo Supported Subcat types Sub catalog GCI Used for Data Description Supported type CFG Yes Configuration file ID CMD Yes Xerox Resource Command file CME Yes Xerox Resource Copy modification entry file 142 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Sub catalog GCI Used for Data Description Supported type CPX Yes Xerox Data Print data files comparex DAT Xerox Resource System data file DATA Yes ID for general data file FIS Xerox Resource Font interchange standard FNT Yes Xerox Resource Font file FNG Yes Xerox Resource Font file 600 dpi FRM Yes Xerox Resource Form object file FR6 Yes Xerox Resource Form object file 600 dpi FSL Yes Xerox Resource Form source language file ICT Yes Xerox Resource Ink catalog IDR Yes Xerox Resource Ink directory IMG Yes Xerox Resource Digitized image file IM6 Yes Xerox Resource Digitized image file 600 dpi IPF Xerox Resource Interpress fragment file IPM Xerox Resource Interpress font mapping file ISL Xerox Resource JDL Yes Xerox Resource Job descriptor object file JOB Yes Job Control File General job description fil
193. escription of all command line parameters of the ppmsg utility It s not a real API but the command is very useful for shell programming purposes 4 4 1 General Usage Installation path u prismapro bin ppmsg Required libraries usr 1ib libppmsg so Note A part of the show msg program is integrated into the message win dow The options of the program can be divided into 6 major function blocks read message list default function read details for a special message read message counters reply open questions delete messages send messages Additionally there are some options which may be required for every major func tion 4 4 2 Common Options Usage ppmsg s ServerName p PortNumber un UserName up UserPassword Command line Description option h or help Print help text v Or ver Print program version information s ServerName ServerName is the name of the server where the message daemon is running on If not specified the program tries to detect the master automatically using the u prismapro bin getmaster utility 214 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Messages Command line Description option p PortNumber PortNumber is the number of the socket port which is used for the Socket communication If not specified the port 1207 is used as default un UserName UserName is the name of one user which is know by the PRISMA software not by the ope
194. esource Interpress document files 144 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Action Section Keyword Variable Description Type ActionName String Program accepted actions Possible values DEV OUT COPY Read from input and write to output can be used to create image files from tape DEV OUT WRITE Read files from HD LCDS Resource only format and write this to a Xerox Floppy or tape MAKE DIR Make directory tape listing POSITION Set device on specific position READ FILE Read data from device CheckDataP String Activates check if the data needs to be processed by the In rocess put Filter this is the case when the input data can be read by the next process At the moment only valid for AFPDS data type use OutFormatFile filename to write file which specifies the output format of the data file Possible values Yes Activate check No Always process data Default JDE Name String Entry in parameter file to be used for this job ParamFile String Parameter file with VOLUME BLOCK and RECORD pa rameters ParamSubcat String Sub catalog sub directory were parameter file can be found Input Data Control Keyword Variable Description Type ByteOrder String Defines byte ordering from CPU Host only supported for block record length fields and HOST BARRPC Possible values BigEndian MSB LSB ordering Default IBM 370 PDP 10 Motorola RIS
195. est at Begin SEPP_FLG2 of 1 copy of file GMSGP_FLG2 0x20 EOT mark Offset stacking request at Begin GHDRP_FLG2 of each copy GTRLP_FLG2 0x40 Swapped printing request A Twin printers GSEPP_FLG2 only front and backpages will be swapped MSGP_SOSI Defines double byte mode HDRP SOSI 0 Shift out shift in codes are ignored TRLP SOSI 1 Shift out shift in codes are recognized and SEPP SOSI replaced with spaces GMSGP SOSI 2 Shift out shift in codes are recognized GHDRP SOSI GTRLP SOSI GSEPP SOSI 16 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend MSGP PRINT DIRECTION HDRP PRINT DIRECTION TRLP PRINT DIRECTION SEPP PRINT DIRECTION GMSGP PRINT DIRECTION GHDRP PRINT DIRECTION GTRLP PRINT DIRECTION GSEPP PRINT DIRECTION Information about the print direction 0 PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex and orientation information of the FORM DEF PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex information but not the orientation informa tion of the FORMDEF which is used unchanged PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex information but not the orientation informa tion of the FORMDEF which is force to be PORTRAIT PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex information but not the orientation informa tion of the FORMDEF which is force to be LANDSCAPE PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex information but not the orien
196. et parameter value size A4 units 300dpi font X000203Y LND s 59 1 2 4 4 Parameter Following parameters are available for all InfoPages their names consist of lt In foPageType gt _ lt parametername gt here we only mention the parameter name as they are valid for all InfoPageTypes BACKSIDEOVLS CC COLMAP DCK DUPLEX ENABLING FLG2 FONTS FORMDEF FRONTSIDEOVLS INPUT BIN OFFXB OFFXF OFFYB OFFYF OUTPUT BIN PAGEDEF PRINT DIRECTION SOSI TEMPLATE TRC X2UP A29247 X100 X 7 7672 49 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter BackSideOvIs List of overlays to be placed on the reverse side of each sheet List delimiter is cc Only ASA carriage control characters are supported Allowed ASCII values are ascii value hex value Blank 0x20 0 9 0x30 0x39 A 0x41 B 0x42 C 0x48 1 Ox2F 0x2B ColMap Defines a colormap resource DCK Bitmask to disable data checks value description 0x00 All data checks are reported by the printer 0x01 Printer ignores printing outside of the printable area 0x02 Printer ignores character codes that are undefined in the code page of the font and prints the default character instead 0x03 Is a combination of 0x01 and 0x02 ATTENTION This parameter can t be changed because no data and or position checks may appear at a header page DUPLEX Specifies default Si
197. eue entry display Page position 7 and printed pages 9 Important The Spool Page counter for Line data jobs is based on channel 1 s To use this feature channel 1 PCC s must be present in the data downloaded with the Download input module either as ANSI PCC s Oxf1 or IBM3211 PCC s 0x89 8b includ ing the respective Ticket entry defining the PCC Type DUMMYDEV 0 Enable or disable the internal printer simulator 0 Printer simulator disabled 1 Printer simulator enabled ERROR COUNT Set count of printer errors per job which has to be reached be fore the job is aborted 0 abort after first error IOSLEEP Set i o sleep time in msec 0 No sleep gt sync execution gt 0 Sleep time gt async execution A29247 X100 X 7 7672 95 Print Parameters of the Linedata Printer Driver for Xerox Docuprint Print Parameter MONITOR 0 Loglevel for internal traces All logs are written into a file specified in TRACEFILE 0x0000 No logs written 0x0001 Some few logs 0x0002 Diagnostic logs 0x0004 LPT internal logs NOP_LENGTH Set the data length in bytes for the noop command on socket con nection If set to 0 max data length is used NOT_READY Set the delay in seconds after that not ready status is displayed default 2 for the printer if no data can be transmitted ONLINE_CHECK default 15 Set the interval in seconds after that a printer is checked for be ing online only if prin
198. evice specified in the OutputDevice section At the moment this fea ture is limited to Xerox Resource files as input and tape or Xerox floppy 3 and 54 devic es as output media File output CRLF Output into a file with OxOdOa as record separa tor or when no record structure exists after each block If these bytes already exists in the record data they are not added This is checked for each record separately File output CRLF FORCED GCI output GCI Output into a file with OxOd0a as record separa tor or when no record structure exists after each block These are always added also when record block ends with this byte combina tion Output via GCI GCI output GENERATE GCI Generate GCI output format A29247 X100 X 7 7672 103 Functionality Input Filter 2 4 2 APA Module 2 4 2 1 Input Media Data Type Combinations A quick overview of the supported input media data type combinations Media Supported data Description type s 3 5 Floppy AFP Resources AFP resource files in DOS format HD AFPDS AFP print data written into a file Pure AFPDS Cartridge AFPDS AFP print data Tape QIC or AFP Resources AFP resource files as image file AFP MVS libraries AFP libraries in IEBCOPY format 2 4 2 2 Data types Description of the supported Input Filter data types and which keyword needs to be used Media JCF Parameter Infile Description Type
199. eyword parameters Keyword defini tions in this file have to start in the first column otherwise they are ignored Inter pretation of a line stops at a symbol Any characters following a symbol are treated as comments Each line may contain only one keyword parameter If no IN IFILE is specified at the command line CATEST looks for a file called catest ini first in the current directory and if the file cannot be found there in the directory u prismapro cfg catest The INIFILE has to be customized to match the existing parameters for example the address use of one or two printers For SCSI and 370 special ini files catest scsi and catest 1370 are also pro vided Change to Printer Config Menu 3 1 3 Printer Configuration omues imb oo 66 jl Geri IUMZ s5 L2 scan adress SIOWEECODESI CIR E EE NIS toggle PRT 1 lt gt 2 c JOUET M ae eee S quls tease er nen paar eet osea Cp To see the devices currently attached we use function 3 scan address SCAN ADR entered SCAN ADR No printer found on this channel Check channel attachment 240 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Printer Connection Test CATEST There is no printer connected to the channel or it is powered off After attaching a printer or powering it up we select 3 again and get the message SCAN ADR entered SCAN ADR printer type amp model ff383501 at dev adr 0X 50 SCAN ADR printer type amp model ff383
200. file format The contents depends on the printer device type described in the print parameters tab The name of the tuning set which appears in the list can be specified with a Name statement for each lan guage before the 1 section At the moment the following tuning sets are available Name Enable all File Infopages HEADER PAGE PROCESSING HDRP ENABLING 1 MESSAGE PAGE PROCESSING MSGP ENABLING 5 SEPARATOR PAGE PROCESSING SEPP ENABLING 2 TRAILER PAGE PROCESSING TRLP_ENABLING 1 Name Disable all Job Infopages GROUP_HEADER_PAGE_PROCESSING GHDRP_ENABLING 0 GROUP_MESSAGE_PAGE_PROCESSING GMSGP_ENABLING 0 GROUP_SEPARATOR_PAGE_PROCESSING A29247 X100 X 7 7672 1 Available Tuning Sets Print Parameter GSEPP_ENABLING 0 GROUP_TRAILER_PAGE_PROCESSING GTRLP_ENABLING 0 Name Enable all Job Infopages GROUP HEADER PAGE PROCESSING GHDRP ENABLING 1 GROUP MESSAGE PAGE PROCESSING GMSGP_ENABLING 1 GROUP_SEPARATOR_PAGE_PROCESSING GSEPP_ENABLING 1 GROUP_TRAILER_PAGE_PROCESSING GTRLP_ENABLING 1 Name Disable all File Infopages HEADER_PAGE_PROCESSING HDRP_ENABLING 0 MESSAGE_PAGE_PROCESSING MSGP_ENABLING 0 SEPARATOR_PAGE_PROCESSING SEPP_ENABLING 0 TRAILER_PAGE_PROCESSING TRLP_ENABLING 0 Name Activate media name mismatch MMT message PRINT_PROCESSING PDSFLG7 0x04 PDSISUB 0 Name Deactivate MMT adjustments PRINT_PROCESSING PDSFLG7 0x10 PDSISUB 1 Name Activate media attribut
201. following helpful hints are related to a single printing system which is con nected via a TCP IP lan cable with a PRISMAproduction server A Physical problems Situation A wrong cable is used A crossed patch cable has to be used if you connect the server with the printer directly If you use a switch you have to use non crossed cables Message 90010050 Printer single tcpip initialization failure TIMEOUT waiting for Printer Assignment User action Check the LED s on the network card if the cable is plugged in Two LED s should signalize the correct function 100 MBit or 1 GBit speed LED is on and the Activity LED is on B Configuration problems Situation The printer cannot be reached because the linux network configuration is wrong or the lan cable is plugged in on the wrong network card Message 90010050 Printer single tcpip initialization failure TIMEOUT waiting for Printer Assignment User action Checkthe network configuration with ifconfig a Network mask and IP ad dress on the server have to correspond to the printers network configura tion If a ping to the printer doesn t work check if the cable is connected with the correct network cards printer and server side Note The assignment ethx lt gt physical network card may change after reinstalling linux 288 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Tips and Tricks Printing with AFP2IPDS Backend via TCP IP Connection
202. g Trace level The trace level can be set from 0 to 4 Each level higher produces more detailed information and includes all the messages from the lower levels Level Level Name Description 0 Error messages When errors occur 1 Section messages Main section enter exit info 2 Function messages Function enter exit w return code info 3 Info messages Important variables information 4 Detail messages Detailed variables and other information Large Trace File Scheme of program process for Single Thread Mode Read data gt Input buffer gt Process data gt Output buffer gt Write data Depending on the buffer segment type part of buffer the trace lines are written in ASCII or binary together with conversion to ASCII EBCDIC H6BCD format The size of the file can be reduced by using the DataTraceBegin and or DataTraceEnd keywords these define at which data position the data trace is written and when it stops writing it By using the Normal trace flags the data trace can be selected individually to be written or not The files are written to directory u prismapro diag ifil ter with one of the following names Data trace filename Status Description jobid pid bt inp in Enabled Input buffer trace triggered when data is written to buffer segment and released to be read jobid pid bt outp in Enabled Output buffer trace triggered when data is written to buffer segment and released to b
203. g keys Q exits the emulation S stops printer sets printer not ready R sets printer ready again 0 9 sets trace gt 0 sets trace level to 0 No trace gt 1 sets trace level to 1 default Display some log infos trcfile cmd gt 9 sets trace level to 9 Max trace A29247 X100 X 7 7672 293 Channel Driver Utilities Tips and Tricks 3203 3211 6262 Printer Emulation Test Utility V 3 00 00 Emulation 3211 Devicenode dev i370 cha0 cua Address Ox50 080 Transfer mode High Speed Input buffer 32000 BytesWritelenmax 150bytes Exit status OFFLINE FCB Delay 0 0msec ROM Firmware LCA Firmware 370 Driver V 3 00 00 c Oc Printing Systems V2 3 Date day 24 month 06 year 1996 RAM Firmware V2 1 Date V2 0 Date day 28 month 05 year 1996 day 17 month 07 year 1996 Q Quit S tracelevel Stop printer R Set printer ready 0 9 Trace output window Tracefile and online Status ready If no command line options are specified and no i370prt ini file is found the follow ing defaults are used Emulation 3211 Devicenode dev i370 chanO cua Address 0x50 Transfer mode High speed 3 Cond Code after exit 3 OFFLINE Bufsize 32000 Bytes Max Write length 150 Bytes FCB ignore 0 do not ignore FCB settings DE delay No delay before
204. ges Command Line Interface Command line Description option Labels Labels 1 The output is written in the format optional default 1 MESSAGES Value 1 QUESTIONS Value 2 Labels 0 The output is written in the format Value_1 Value_2 Note This switch should be the last switch in the command line Examples ppmsg s Master c print counter with labels ppmsg s Master cm 0 gt print message counter without labels Delete certain messages Usage ppmsg a MessageToken MessageCount Command line option Description rm MessageToken Use the MessageToken as the reference position for an entry in the database MessageToken is an unique identifier for each message entry in the database MessageToken 0 last message entry MessageToken 1 first message entry MessageCount Count of message to delete optional default 1 0 delete all messages 0 delete MessageCount messages before the reference position 0 delete MessageCount messages after the reference po sition Note If MessageToken 0 AND MessageCount 0 gt all messages are de leted Examples ppmsg rm 0 100 gt delete last 100 entries ppmsg rm 00 gt delete first 100 entries ppmsg rm 12345678 50 delete first 100 entries starting at token 12345678 216 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Messages 4 4 4 Send Messages Usage ppmsg m w ModuleName j w
205. h old PS with old not support not support Ticket Backend JEC ticket JEC ticket ed ed Merge driving 3165 Additional Information Ticket Information for AFP IOCA jobs are extracted from both PJM Tic and AFP PJM Ticket information for jobs spooled in Postscript are extracted from PJM on ly Naturally ticket information based on AFP data Medium Map AIMS etc can not be extracted Ticket Merge Original ticket is kept but the part of the ticket which has equiv alent PJM TIC parameters is overwritten merge of PJM and target ticket Example Copycount PostScript files with ticket of type A are blocked for drivers using type B A l B because important ticket information available in type A but not in type B may result in unpredictable behaviour A B XRX OJT JEC An error message is issued A29247 X100 X 7 7672 91 Print Parameters of the Linedata Printer Driver for Xerox Docuprint Print Parameter 1 4 Print Parameters of the Linedata Printer Driver for Xerox Docuprint The license LCDS Driver 4 0 is required to use this driver With this package you can receive LCDS line data DJDE Metacode jobs typically from an IBM host via TCP IP download and pass them through to a Xerox DocuPrint via TCP IP or 370 channel The functionality is similar to IBM s Job Entry System e insert an FCB record e prepend 2 header and append 2 trailer banner p
206. he records and the record length is the maximum length LENGTH for each record OFFSET Value Specifies the location of the record length field A value Default 0 specifies the record length field offset This offset is the byte offset from the first byte of the record to the record length field A value must be an integer in the range 0 to LENGTH LTHFLD 1 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 153 JDE Parameter Input Filter Keyword Variable Description Type POSTAM Value Specifies the length of any extraneous data at the end of BLE Default 0 the record The value specifies the length in bytes The val ue must be an integer in the range 0 to record length PREAMBLE Value Specifies the offset to the user portion of the record i e Default 0 the record preamble length The value is the byte offset from the first byte of the record to the first byte of the user s portion of the record The value must be an integer in the range 0 to record length STRUC F FB V Specifies the general record structure of the input data TURE VB U UB The string may be any of the following F Fixed length FB Default FB fixed length blocked V Variable length VB Variable length blocked U Undefined length or UB undefined length blocked For off line processing the tape label con tents may override this option RECORD LENGTH Example RECORD statement usage RECORD LENGTH 133 OFFSET 2 LTHFLD 2 PREAMBLE 4 ADJU
207. he PRISMAproduction spool Different types of printer attachments are supported SCSI TCP IP 370 channel Multiple in stances of the AFP2IPDS backend may be running in parallel The number of them is only restricted by the resource limitations of the system 4 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend 1 2 3 Parameter Description 1 2 3 1 CONFIGURATION HIGHWATERMARK Defines the amount of maximum pages in the internal pagebuffer If the maximum is reached page generation will be stopped HighWaterMark must be higher than LowWaterMark if not for both values the intial values will be used Default 64 LOWWATERMARK Defines the amount of minimum pages in the internal page buffer If the minimum is reached new pages will be gener ated LowWaterMark must be lower than HighWaterMark if not for both values the intial values will be used Default 8 MEMLIMIT MEMLIMIT defines the maximum amount of memory in MB which the backend can use If the limit should be reached then the backend is terminated immediately and a core dump is created for analysis Default 200 NPRO_FILE Filename of the printfile for NPRO Pages Default NPROPAGES AFP NPRO_FORMDEF Filename of the NPRO Formdef Default F1D0101 NPRO_PAGEDEF OBUFSIZE Filename of the NPRO Pagedef This size is limited to max OxfeO0 Size of the output buffers to be used for sending data to the printer
208. he channel after this time has passed and no data is received This feature is only valid when the 370 Channel device is used and the channel timeout value JCF keyword Chan Timeout is set to 0 When the SIGUSR 1 Signal No 10 is send to the I Filter it sets the channel timeout value to the ChanStopTime JCFkeyword value The process Identifier PID is stored in a file in the u prismapro data jobinput ifil ter directory with the name PID Channel device Channel address 2 3 Hardware Requirements The Linux operating system determines the tape device names dev n st0 during the system startup When devices are not switched on they are not found and do not have a device name This also means that it is not possible to guarantee that a device has always the same device name 102 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality The Input Filter uses the JCF Keyword DeviceName to distinguish between Car tridge QIC and Tape It assumes that the SCSI Id s are however set as is described in the table below It ignores the SCSI host adapter so the tapes can be connected to different host adapters Dependency Supported formats SCSI ID Cartridge 3480 3490 18 36 track 3 Tape Reel Tape Density 1600 6250 bpi 4 QIC 1 2 8 or 100 GB QIC tape drive 2 2 4 Functionality 2 4 1 Output Format Output JCF Parameter Description Format OutFormat Device output DEVICE Output is written to a d
209. he tabs in the data stream are interpreted and the size and order count is set accordingly on the Xerox machine Other tab values like color and weight can be set defining a name of a valid paper attribute with the DEV TAB NAME parameter in the LI section of the backend Media Attributes Xerox 6180 With Xerox all media attributes have to be set If they are not present the backend replaces them by 0 values These have to be adjusted in the printer The calculates a default material from the material which is most often used For this material not all attributes have to be set The queue in which the backend print the jobs can be configured to replace the respective attributes Media Attributes VP2110 With the VP2110 not all attributes have to be set They will not be analyzed by the VP2110 GUI Tabs and inserts will be displayed on the printer GUI by a special icon Media Attributes Oce 31x5 VP2070 VP10x5 VP2075 The Oce 31x5 VP2070 VP10x5 VP2075 can only be driven by tray numbers You can either set a tray which is valid for the whole job via the PJM job ticket or you can define different tray numbers per ranges using the PDC Media attributes will be ignored with these printers A29247 X100 X 7 7672 79 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Print Parameter Media Attributes CPS700 900 The CPS700 900 printers can handle up to 6 different media at the same time These are Normal Special 1 Special n
210. he tape dump file may become very large You can interrupt and stop the tape dump function with the DEL key Generating Image Files For problem analysis it may be important to transport the original data to a service center or the headquarter Instead of sending the tape it is possible to generate an image file from a tape and transfer this file via network This function is also located in the Tape Analysis menu and is called dump tape to file 4 The user is then prompted for a filename and tapman generates a physical copy of the tape into two files the data file with the given filename and an index file with the given filename plus the suffix idx Both files together must be transferred via network to their destination in binary format There the service per son can generate an exact copy of the original tape with the function dump file to tape 5 246 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface AFP IPDS Analyze Tool 4 11 AFP IPDS Analyze Tool The utility program analyze is a tool for analyzing data It can be used to display the structure of AFP files structured fields IPDS files and simple hexdumps of any file with EBCDIC or ASCII coding The program is menu driven the input sequence is similar for all 3 modi You first select the required type of function in the main menu then specify the coding EBCDIC or ASCII in the next menu then open the input file in the next menu This is shown below FOO III IK
211. he type of the output file PrintWhileSpooling Special handling to be able to read file when it s still being written Reading process mustalso be modified to handle this feature Xfilter with the parameter InType NamedPipe A linux name pipe or FIFO is used to write thew output data This also means that the pro cess must be started with the NextProcess keyword This is needed because the named pipe blocks until the reading process has also opend the pipe Normal Create a normal output file Defines if tape filename listing is only read from tape when tape is different as last PJM listed tape or also when tape is the same Only valid when PJM Remote has value YES Possible values Yes Whole tape listing is always made NO Tape listing only made when tape is different is default PJM Remote Binary Specifies if PJM process is local or not This is used when MAKE DIR command is used to write file listing in output file specified by OutFile instead of directly to the communicator Possible values Yes PJM is remote write MAKE DIR list in file No Normal behavior WriteTrailer String Enables trailer page info for LCDS Possible values Yes Write trailer page info in output file No No Trailer page info is written 140 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality 2 4 5 5 Device Output Section This section is added to describe the output device for the Input Filt
212. hell command trusted host set tings have to be made in the rhosts and hosts file on the DocuSP server the command rsh lt docutech_ip gt I lt rsh_user gt listjob has to be working on the PRISMApro duction server where the backend runs See section background process for further details If the print job is actually printed on the DocuTech the PRISMA spool status is set to finished complete or error in an error case It is important to point out that the backend will not be able to start if this IP parameter is set and the rho sts settings are not correct The backend perodically logs on to the DocuTech to check the print status Usually the user which is current ly active in PRISMAproduction is used Here you can define another user for the remote login on the DocuTech 90 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Behaviour of the PostScript Backends for DocuTech and Vario 21xx Printers with normal POD IOCA jobs e g via Unity and Raw PS jobs AFP Raw PS Raw PS Raw PS Raw PS IOCA Jobs with Jobs with Jobs with Jobs with Jobs out any XRX Ticket OJT Ticket JEC Tick ticket et DocuTech PS with PS with XRX Ticket not support not sup xdtbe XRX Ticket ticket Merge ed ported oce PS PS with PS with OJT not support Ticket not sup Backend OJT ticket ticket ed Merge ported driving 2110 oce PS PS wit
213. ide of the sheet Defines a new y offset of the logical page position with re spect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up parti tion origins The number is in 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is giv en by the printer HW See also Section PRTINFO parameter PRTUPUB This field is used in connection with PDS5OFYF 26 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend PDSPDIR Information about thePrint direction PDSPDOO PDSPLEA PDSPPOR PDSPLAN PDSPP90 PDSPL90 PDSPP180 PDSPL180 0 9 PDSDUPLX PDSSDUPX fields if spec ified override the duplex and orienta tion information of the FORMDEF PDSDUPLX PDS3DUPxX fields if spec ified override the duplex information but notthe orientation information of the FORMDEF which is used unchanged PDSDUPLX PDS3DUPxX fields if spec ified override the duplex information but notthe orientation information of the FORMDEF which is force to be POR TRAIT PDSDUPLX PDS3DUPX fields if spec ified override the duplex information but notthe orientation information of the FORMDEF which is force to be LAND SCAPE PDSDUPLX PDS3DUPX fields if spec ified override the duplex information but notthe orientation information of the FORMDEF which is force to be POR TRAIT 90 PDSDUPLX PDS3DUPX fields if spec ified override the duplex information but notthe orien
214. ied into the working directory This is the directory to place the customer specific info page resources to be used for an individual printer Description of XXX YYY and PRTNAME XXX is the internal name of the general backend type e g afp for AFP2IPDS Backend XXX Backend afp AFP2IPDS Backend IPDS Driver gen Generic Backend ops PostScript Backend Oc printers pjl PJL Backend xdp Xerox DocuPrint Backend 12 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend YYY represents the supported resolutions YYY Resolution 144 144 dpi for Infoprint 6400 and Infoprint 6500 printers 240 240 dpi 300 300 dpi 600 600 dpi and MRM Printer PRTNAME has to be the name of the created printer A29247 X100 X 7 7672 13 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Parameter Description MSGP ENABLING HDRP ENABLING TRLP ENABLING SEPP ENABLING GMSGP ENABLING GHDRP ENABLING GTRLP ENABLING GSEPP ENABLING Defines printing of MSG HDR TRL I SEP GMSG GHDR GTRL GSEP pages O Suppress MSGIHDRITRLISEP GMSGIGHDR GTRL GSEP page 1 Enable MSG HDR I TRL SEP GMSG GHDR GTRL GSEP pages MSG HDR TRL SEP After last file copy 2 MSGIHDRI TRL SEP After all file copies 4 MSGIHDRI TRL SEP At repositioning 8 MSGIHDRI TRL SEP Mark form after last file copy 16 NPRO before MSG page MSGP_TEMPLATE HDRP_TEMPLATE
215. ies filecopies NUM 5 FILE copies printcount NUM 5 count how many times the job has been printed start with 1 0 means Job has never printed 176 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Parameter Type Length Description printing speed in pages per minute ppm based on A4 pagesize 0 means unknown ppm value compet with job grouping 03 2345678 admin 0 PS880 P15 7 1101 2000 A4 Department 08 155 23 08 1999 14 42 55 24 08 1999 06 12 59 1 5 222 031 12345678 0001 admin 0 PS880 P15 7 1101 2000 A4 u ser vice test afp 23 08 1999 14 42 55 24 08 1999 06 12 59 3 5 333 Record Type 1032 This record is always written for every job the value of the parameter useracc and the parameter itself is independent Itis a container for user defined and user supplied data which should be written into the accounting database for a print job This record type is written on the same oc casion as record type 1031 Parameter Type Length Description max 1032 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE useracc NUM 3 value of the parameter useracc u acci TEXT 32 content of parameter u_acc1 u_acc2 TEXT 32 content of parameter u_acc2 u_acc3 TEXT 32 content
216. ify the priority cancel lt job id gt cancel job s listed Cancels a job a list of jobs The jobid is the 8 digit number dis played when a job is submitted rdelete lt resource id gt name s of Reprint Resource Delete documents in Print File Libraries and Resource files You have to add the fully qualified logical path can be replaced by as the use of the character is restricted in some operating systems If you are logged in as admin root or system you can replace the userid in the filename by the wildcard Example SPFL Archive User Document for private reprints OVERLAYS User Document for public overlays Mirror Parameters Meaning mirror lt server na me gt Server on which the job should be mirrored during submission The mirror server must be defined under Configuration gt Sys tem on the original server Respective option on the GUI PJM gt Menu Job gt Transfer Mode gt Mirror Jobs during Submission and Mirror Server Default no mirroring of jobs mp lt policy gt Mirror policy optional mandatory Respective option on the GUI PJM gt Menu Job gt Transfer Mode gt Mirror Jobs during Submission and Mirror Policy Default The value set in Configurtion gt System 232 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PJM mnd Mirror
217. imeoutAc String Automatic channel timeout action response tion Possible options CLOSE_CHAN Channel will be closed pro gram terminates DIALOG Dialog is shown where user has to selects action Default SEND REND Record End command is send Channel stays opened ChanTransMode Value Transfer mode Possible options BYTE MUX BLOCK MUX HIGHSPEED DATASTREAM 150 DATASTREAM 225 DATASTREAM 300 DATA STREAM 450 ChanTrcFile String Output file for 370 driver traces FCBlIgnore Value When set value 0 online print data will be checked with the FCB otherwise value gt 0 it is not checked MaxWriteLen Value Maximum Channel record length Setting a large value will negatively impact perfor mance Should always be smaller than the ChanBufSize value Record Length JSL MaxWriteLen Used max record length gt 0 1 Record length JSL lt 0 1 Default value 1024 any gt 0 MaxWriteLen any not defined Default value 1024 136 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Tape device section Keyword Variable Type Description MagazineType String Only valid when DeviceType CARTRIDGE When a single cartridge drive is used this pa rameter should be SINGLE MULTI is used for tape drives which can work sequentially through multiple magazines JUKE is used for tape drives which individually addressable slots SCSladapter Va
218. in tatus 3 active 2 ql 1 qe 0 0 0 psmib printer prnPrin EAMA70 psmib printer prnPrin EAMA70 tion psmib printer prnPrin l ype 0 LD prnPrin LD prnPrin 3 prnPrin 3 tion psmib printer prnPrin tion psmib printer prnPrin try prnAssignedQueue 0 tion psmib printer prnPrin try prnAssignedQueue 1 psmib printer prnPrint EAM145 psmib printer prnPrint EAM235 printer prnPrint printer prnPrint printer prnPrint printer prnPrint printer prnPrint 276 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP em en erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin terEn terEn terEn terEn terEn terEn terEn terEn terEn terEn t
219. in kbytes per second 3 fractional digits Example 1603 00002844 20 02 2004 12 18 05 20 02 2004 12 18 06 0 0000 2844 0ct 1 0 287 287 143 500 192 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting PRISMAproduction Backends V3 02 3 8 2 Postscript Backends For gt V3 10 01 The record 162x is written by the Xrx DocuTech Driver and or by the Oce Postscript Driver Record Type 1620 This record is written for every job and contains the basic information about the ac tually printed files Third column is the field length x unlimited Parameter Type Length Description max 1620 NUM 4 record type account_id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account_id NUM 84 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE printer TEXT x name of printer on which the job was printed startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout or job was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout or job was started enddate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout or job was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout or job was end ed simplex NUM 1 simplex mode was used 0 no 1 yes e g simplex and rsimplex duplex NUM 1 duplex mode was used 0 no 1 yes e g normal duplex tumble duplex and rzigzag normal colormode NUM 1 0 without color 1 with color in th
220. ing process is responsible for providing the proper information with the job Parameter Type Length Description max 1030 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE user name TEXT 32 user ID from which the job was submitted filetype TEXT 8 data type of input file e g PS PCL AFP jobname TEXT JOB jobname filename TEXT 128 FILE original filename on the client including path printer TEXT 32 name of printer for which the job was submitted 174 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Parameter Type Length Description max jobqueue NUM 3 jobqueue resolution NUM 3 printing resolution in dpi 240 300 or 600 date TEXT 10 submission date format dd mm yyyy time TEXT 8 submission time format hh mm ss job copies NUM 5 JOB copies file copies NUM 5 FILE copies Example with job grouping 1030 12345678 service AFP pages 1 600 10 12 2003 14 42 55 1 1030 12345678 0001 pages txt 1 600 1 l service AFP u prismapro demo afp pages 10 12 2003 14 42 55 1 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 175 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Accounting Record Type 1031 This record is written for every job after it has been fini
221. int able area 0x02 Printer ignores character codes that are un defined in the code page of the font and prints the default character instead 0x03 Is a combination of 0x01 and 0x02 Default ATTENTION This parameter can t be changed be cause no data and or position checks may appear at a MSGIHDRITRLISEPIGMSG GHDR I GTRL GSEP page Specifies default Two up processing 0 No Two up 1 Normal Two up left right 2 Identical copies 4 Inversed Two up right left No value means use information from FORMDEF Specifies default Input Media source code for cutsheet printers only 0 Input Bin A 1 Input Bin B 2 Input Bin C 3 Input Bin D No value means use information from FORMDEF Specifies the Output Media destination for cutsheet printers only 0 use the default output tray of the printer 1 Output tray A is selected 2 Output tray B is selected Note In this case remote tray selection must be enabled at operator panel of the printer as well A29247 X100 X 7 7672 15 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter MSGP DUPLEX HDRP DUPLEX TRLP DUPLEX SEPP DUPLEX GMSGP DUPLEX GHDRP DUPLEX GTRLP DUPLEX GSEPP DUPLEX Specifies default Simplex duplex information 0 1 2 Simplex Normal duplex Tumble duplex No value means use information from FORMDEF MSGP FLG2 Bitmask for following options HDRP_FLG2 0x02 Burst stacking request TRLP_FLG2 0x04 EOT mark Offset stacking requ
222. int Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend LIB PAGEDEF LIB PAGESEG List of individual resource paths of pagedefs The paths are free definable and separated by The search order is the same as the directories are written from left to right First the resource is searched in the paths specified at LIB_COMMON Second in the pagedef specific paths The first matching re source will be used Example LIB COMMON u prismapro resources system 240dpi LIB FORMDEF u prismapro resources local new frm u prismapro resources local mylib forms u prismapro resources local mylib fdef LIB PAGEDEF u prismapro resources local new pdef u prismapro resources local mylib pagedef Searching the pagedef resource p1test would result in the following search order u prismapro resources system 240dpi p1test u prismapro resources local new pdef p1test u prismapro resources local mylib pagedef pitest List of individual resource paths of pagesegments The paths are free definable and separated by The search order is the same as the directories are written from left to right First the resource is searched in the paths specified at LIB_COMMON Second in the pagesegment specific paths The first matching resource will be used Example see LIB_FONT MULTIPLE_RESOURCE_ GROUPS 0 Multiple inlineresource groups will be ignored 1 Multiple inlineresource groups are supported A29247 X100 X 7 7
223. inter Printer mapro diag name is the name of the logical printer printers Printer name gt trc 100 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Introduction 2 Input Filter 2 1 Introduction The Input Filter reads data from input media and passes these depending on the output format to the communicator Process chain or directly to an output file Dur ing this process it takes care of the following tasks e Hide the device dependent handling such as multi volume tape handing tape label consistency check Xerox floppy format read e Check the consistency of the data without interpreting the data itself in detail Consistency of block and record structures if available in data are checked e Where needed modify the printer control codes if these consist of multiple bytes e Convert when requested packed data Honeywell Radix 50 Univac or char acter sets EBCDIC or H6BCD to ASCII The Input Filter supports several input media Since the data is in a different format dependent of the input media the data type media combination must be supported for a correct functioning At the moment the following input devices are supported 3 5 amp 5 25 floppies Cartridge 18 36 Track HD QIC and Tape 9 Track See the Supported features chapter to see which data type and host label combination for what input media is supported The Input Filter now also can write Xerox Resource files to tape Cartridge QIC
224. interface is used and most of the work is done on the server The Windows user has to install the Windows command line version on the win dows system by hand The description for the command line is valid for all incarnations The PJM command line enables you to execute print jobs by entering a command string Also a few maintenance functions can be performed especially regarding Print File Libraries In general some form of a Job Ticket is defined and merged with other command line options This results in a submission ticket which is transferred to the PRISMAproduction system along with the print data as far as necessary The resulting ticket controls the print process on the server site In particular you can e Specify a PRISMAproduction system on which the print job should run e Define either a local or reprint Job Ticket as basis for a print job optional along with a custom ticket OCT for modifications of the original ticket e Specify a job class printer the job name copy count and form e Specify a page definition and form definition for APA jobs e Select a composer set to impose chained files e Replace local files and or files from a Print File Library in the list of files already defined in the original ticket e Delete documents in a Print File Libraries and Resource Libraries e Display the status of a job or a list of jobs e Cancel a job or a list of jobs e Request a jobid and use it in a subsequent job submission A
225. intfile type pcl PCL printfile type pdf PDF printfile type ps Postscript printfile type spsprt header yes Print information pages no Do not print information pag es spsprt class 1 999 Job queue spsprt copies lt numeric Number of copies max edit oper 32767 and gt spsprt range X Y Printing range spsprt dest NAME Name of the printer spsprt dpi 0 Default resolution 240 240 dpi 300 300 dpi 600 600 dpi spsprt pdscc 01 ASA carriage control 02 IBM carriage control 04 OCE carriage control spsprt pdstrc 00 Interpretation of TRC byte 01 No TRC 02 IBM OCE 202 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Job Editor Command Option Parameter File name spsprt type 255 Setting from FormDef Default Simplex Normal duplex Tumble duplex Rotated simplex Rotated normal duplex Rotated tumble duplex Normal zigzag Tumble zigzag Rotated normal zigzag 0 Rotated tumble zigzag 55 Default Off Normal two up sequence 1 2 3 4 Identical copies 4 Invers two up Two diff Pages side by side sequence 2 1 4 3 spsprt X2up ON 2 OOAONDAHKRWNH O N spsprt spslib List of library directories spsprt form Form name The operator will be notified to supply this form when the print job is started spsprt formdef Standard form definitions can be added as required spsprt pagedef Standard page definitions spsprt fonts Standard fonts that can be loaded i
226. iption 0x00000100 Init section flag Write program initialization command line in terpretation reading parameter files trace messages 0x00000200 Input section flag Write program input device input trace mes sages 0x00000400 Input buffer section Write program input buffer trace messages flag 0x00000800 Process section flag Write program label data processing trace messages 0x00001000 Output buffer sec Write program output buffer trace messages tion flag 0x00002000 Output section flag Write program output GCI no GCI trace mes sages 0x00010000 Label input data Write label input trace Only when Data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags 0x00020000 Label output data Write label output trace Only when Data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags Disabled by SW 0x00040000 Input buffer input Write input buffer input trace Only when Data data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags 0x00080000 Input buffer output Write input buffer output trace Only when data trace Data trace flag is set see Special trace flags Disabled by SW 0x00100000 Output buffer input Write output buffer input trace Only when data trace Data trace flag is set see Special trace flags 0x00200000 Output buffer output Write output buffer output trace Only when data trace Disabled Data trace flag is set see Special trace flags by SW A29247 X100 X 7 7672 163 Troubleshooting In
227. ired error service error occurred when processing job step intr service job step has been interrupted by operator hold service X job step is in hold error print error occurred while printing intr print print process has been interrupted by operator hold print print process is in hold wait for starting time to occur finished the job is finished but still visible in spool operator intervention is re quired for reprint final finished job cannot be reprinted locked job can still be reprinted 238 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface prismadiag Script 4 7 prismadiag Script The prismadiag feature has been divided into 2 archiving parts e Trace archive volatile data pdiag_trc tgz e Info archive longer existing data pdiag info tgz Traces containing volatile data should be archived as soon as possible after or dur ing a problem occurs and prior to info The last 6 trace archives are saved 1 to 6 The info archive contains prisma system configuration messages logs The resulting tgz files are stored at u prismapro diag now Without any option prismadiag creates the trace info archive Please enter prismadiag h to see the available options Additionally the capturing speed has been increased as well as additional files are stored including a short top trace run of 3 seconds to get an impression of the cur rent cpu and memory usage u prismapro bin prismadiag has a the option V to
228. is switch is valid only after g e i l w q or qa switch j Jobld return messages for job with Jobld only This switch is valid only after g e i l w q or qa switch MessageToken MessageToken is the reference position for an entry in the da tabase it s an unique identifier for each message entry in that database MessageToken 0 last message entry MessageToken 1 first message entry MessageCount optional default 5 Count of message to read 0 read all messages lt 0 read MessageCount messages before the reference po sition gt 0 read MessageCount messages after the reference posi tion Examples ppmsg 0 100 ppmsg n 1 100 ppmsg 0 0 gt read last 100 entries gt read first 100 entries and print no header line gt read all entries from last to first A29247 X100 X 7 7672 219 Messages Command Line Interface ppmsg 1 0 ppmsg e 0 ppmsg ppmsg ppmsg g m test read all entries from first to last read all error entries from first to last read last 5 entries g j 12345678 read last 5 entries of job 12345678 gt read last 5 entries from module test Each entry is printed in a single line with multiple columns Column Byte positions Description Message Token 001 008 Message token as a hex value e g 00000001 00000004 00BC1243 Date 010 019 Date in the format
229. itoring also the job control operations defined in the Oc Standard JDF Ticket specification for example abort hold remove are supported The following figure shows how existing and new JDF specific components interact with each other PP Server JDF Framework DotNet Applic DotNet Applic client and server in one Port 80 Servlet accepts JMF SJDFs sends signals to watcher JDF PJM Proxy converts JDF to TIC startsjob conventiondly Spool Queue Controller i ever PJM PJM Client Server JDF JMF Components Overview Port 80 Servlet The entry point to the JDF JMF support in PRISMAproduction All requests posted to http pclife6646 prismapro jmf controller jsp are forwarded to the PRISMAproduction JDF JMF Framework JDF PJM Proxy The JDF Job Submission Server which interprets the JDF Job Ticket converts it to a PRISMAproduction Ticket and starts the actual Print Job A29247 X100 X 7 7672 257 Summary JDF Support DotNet Applic A Microsoft Net application developed during the implementa tion of the JDF JMF Framework for testing and demo purposes It can submit prepared jobs and view the status of the submitted jobs all by using the JMF messaging interface Note The Net demo application is shown in the picture as third party repre sentative It s not part of the PRISMAproduction distribution 5 4 Summary e The basic technique to support JDF JFM has been implemented in PRIS MAproduction
230. ive 3 The output shows the printer state in words inactive and the integer return code 3 Note that table objects such as the prnPrinterState object require an addition al item of information of the respective row specifying an individual object from a list of several objects that are managed in a similar way The corresponding sn mpget command to retrieve status information from the second printer would be snmpget c public localhost 123 6 do4121552 LOD 504 1 23 11 5 1 Example Retrieving the status of a job served by the PRISMAproduction spool system The status of a job is managed by the svrJobStatus object within the printing system MIB This object can assume nine integer values signifying a specific job state The assignments are unknown ready to print printing output ctrl interrupt hold error locked to oo l Ox Ol Bs w N Ha Il final Again there are two possibilities to call the snmpget command The first call using the dot notation form to specify the object identifier of the svrJobStatus object is snmpget c public localhost whe KOs A Del 552 202 sh04 Ld Di Od E E 270 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP If you use the name form to specify the object identifier of svrJobStatus the follow ing command must be used for requesting the second entry of the job table amp amp snmpget c public localhost svrJobStatus 1 The following output
231. iver stop Stop Unload the 370 channel driver restart Stop and start the 370 channel driver status Display driver status ver Get version string from pci driver boards Show all available 370 channel boards in the system reset Reset and reinitialize the driver chanstat Display current channel status init Reinitialize driver for selected device timeout sec Set the I O timeout for host mode to the new value sec Switch driver trace on with special level or disable trace Trace appears in the file proc i370 Set new trace buffer size in lines Hint Detailed information about the boards and available firmware version can be read from the file proc i370 while the driver is loaded A29247 X100 X 7 7672 291 Channel Driver Utilities Tips and Tricks 7 2 3 3211 Printer Emulator A test utility is included in the 370 driver package for testing the online connection i370prt Installation path u prismapro bin i370prt Usage i370prt options tracefile 3203 3211 6262 Printer Emulation Test Utility V 3 00 00 Usage i370prt options dumpfile Options h print this text print this text XX set trace level 0 9 dXXXX set device name to use def dev i370 chan0 cua eXXXX set emulation mode 3203 3211 or 6262 aXX set channel address to XX XX 0x00 OxFF or 0 255 tX set transmission mode to X X 1 7 CX set condition code after exit to X X 0 or 3 IX set max l
232. jobs from any assigned and active queue The printer status information can be retrieved from the SNMP agent using the NET SNMP snmpget command a management utility that retrieves variables from an SNMP entity The snmpget command has the following syntax snmpget options entity_addr objectID objectID The command parameters are the entity s address and the object identifier name s expressed as either dot notation or the variable name as it appears in the MIB doc ument There are also a lot of options possible which are normally not needed To get the full syntax information just type snmpget and see the help output It is also possi ble to retrieve the manual information by typing man snmpget The community string for access to the SNMP entity is given with the option c lt community gt A snmpget user can use both the dot notation form and the name form of an MIB object to specify the desired value A29247 X100 X 7 7672 269 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent The two commands to retrieve the state of printer 1 from the SNMP agent are snmpget c public localhost I c3 46 14241 1552 102 0042 1 3 51 1 5 0 amp snmpget c public localhost prnPrinterStatus 0 The snmpget application responds to the two program calls with a equivalent print out on the screen E enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prn PrinterTable prnPrinterEntry prnPrinterStatus 0 inac t
233. kk SOWNERS Ckckckckckckckckckck ck ck ck ckck ck ckck kckck ck ckck ckck ckckckockckck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck ckck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck ck k ck kk kk Printout xxx enin eee eee Qikeenonononoononoeeeeeeeeeenennoner OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version 5 00 0192e12 created on 2008 02 29 14 00 00 Header Page PRINT TIME PRINTER ID STATUS root sps5u AFP 001 SIM E00 OK 0001 scis pO ol data7SLEIB SPS5 DATISPS5 S 1xD11530Vm3 ops oce net CONT 00233 6 02 2008 15 41 30 02 2008 17 14 34 vs 925091x011530vm3 ops oce net START START NEW XMIT OR 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 JE JE JE 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 JE 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 JE 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NAME ROOM BUILDING ADDRESS SWD11 1244 Siemensallee 2 85586 Poing ckckckckckck ck ckck c kck kck kk kk kk kc kc k kk ke k kk kk kk ke kk kk kk kk kekkkkkkkkkkkkktkk k root okckck kckckck kc kc k kc kk ck k kckckc k kk kk k kk kk kk kk k kk kk k kk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk k A29247 X100 X 7 7672 69 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Parameter Settings General Print Parameter Job Queues Cluster Toner Stations my Search Key HDRP BACKSIDEOVLS HDRP_CC HDRP COLMAP HDRP DCK HDRP DUPLEX HDRP FLG2 HDRP_FONTS HDRP_FOR
234. l host_ip TEXT 15 IP Address from host Example 1120 12345678 1x001234 0ps de 1234 LP TI mapro cfg jobinpu t bin C false u pris pjm Jobname1 3 JOl 15 58 23 30 07 2002 15 58 23 successful 192 1 B00607 STI D 155533 30 07 2002 68 5 1 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 185 PRISMAproduction Input Module Accounting 3 6 3 HotDir Record Type 1130 This record is written after a finished transmission of a Hot Directory print job Parameter Type Length Description max 1130 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID client TEXT 64 hostname or IP of the server to which the job was transferred name TEXT 17 Hot Directory name default ticket TEXT 128 Default Ticket for job submission program TEXT 128 Program name for job submission filename TEXT 128 received file name byte count NUM 12 Spooled Bytes of this print job submit date TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when job was submit ted submit time TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when job was submitted status TEXT 12 Status of received job e g successful unsuccess ful Example 1130 12345678 1x001234 0ps de oce germany Hotdir TIC u prismapro cfg jobinput bin pjm Jobname1 155533 30 07 2002 15 58 23 successful 186 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting LCDS Module Specific Records 3 7 LCDS Module Specific Records For the LCDS Modul
235. lD identification STRING mgmSWLicencelnt The software s licence internal module OCTET read only ModulelD identification STRING mgmSWLicenceHWID The software s licence hardware identi OCTET read only fication code e g MAC address STRING mgmSWLicenceOptin The software s licence code optional OCTET read only fo info STRING mgmSWLicence The software s licence expiration date DisplayString read only ExpDate mgmSWLicencelnteg The software s licence integrity INTEGER read only rity unknown 1 good 2 bad 3 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 267 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent For detailed information on any of these objects refer to the description in the MIB file u prismapro cfg snmp mibs PSMIB txt for example svrServerStatus svrServerStatus OBJECT TYPI SYNTAX INTEGER Lj unknown 1 active 2 inactive 3 on 4 off 5 halt 6 continue 7 pausing 8 ACCESS read write STATUS mandatory DESCRIPTION The active inactive status of the print server When it is active it can offer service on all user clients When it is inactive it can not offer service on any user clients The print server could also be pausing n The default value is unknown i The status may also be set with on to active off to inactive set into pausing state with halt or maybe continuedfrom the pausing state with continue serverGeneral 3 Supported
236. ld job waits for release interrupt mirrored output control owner queue printer form job copies reference id print start print end accept Time when the print job has been accepted on the server range Print range pages Total cont of pages pages print Printed pages filename Name of the first file formdef Formdef of the first file pagedef Pagedef of the first file userinfo1 userinfo2 userinfo3 userinfo4 userinfo5 userinfo6 Example Jobid status printer name and job name with header line should be displayed Contents of the parameter file 226 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Job Status Information HeaderLine yes id jobstatus printer name name Command jobstat 1 j all p lt parameterdatei gt Output id jobstatus printer nam nam 4711 work printer1 testjob 1 4712 ready to print printerl 4710 finished printerl testjob testjob 2 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 227 PJM Command Line Interface 4 6 PJM Besides the graphical user interface the Print Job Manager also provides a com mand based interface which can be called on all systems that have the PJM GUI Client installed The PJM command line can also be installed separately The executable version of the command line is supported on LINUX usr bin pjm and Windows spjm exe in folder CDWXools win The executable is small and fast on the client as the PRISMAproduction socket
237. le as an alias for ppacc a This command line interface is also the officially supported external interface for writing accounting data from external non PRISMA programs or scripts Command line parameters Usage ppacc options parameters General options h print help information v print version number s SRV server dealing with accounting def auto detected un USERNAME name of the user def current user up PASSWD user password 0 TIMEOUT set timeout for the command in seconds y print error information on stderr Get new ID usage ppacc option i return new PRISMA job id Send record usage ppacc option RECORDS a RECORD s send new RECORD s to accounting server Delete usage ppacc option DAYS r remove outdated entries and files which are older than DAYS DAYS day count 0 delete all A29247 X100 X 7 7672 197 PRISMAproduction internal accounting workflow Accounting 198 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Job Editor 4 Command Line Interface The components e Job Editor e Print Job Manager e Spsprt To Job Ticket Converter e Printer Pool e Administrator e Status Information e Message Information e Accounting comprise the PRISMAproduction command line interface With this interface you can control and manage ongoing job processing and obtain details on the status and results of processing from remote computers which do not su
238. le input only the first filename is given Example 1000 12345678 Tape DATA123 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Accounting 3 5 2 Print Job Manager Record Type 1010 This record is written once for each job which is submitted using the Print Job Man ager It contains the global job parameters Parameter Type Length Description max 1010 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID client TEXT 64 network client ID hostname or IP address of the computer on which the job was submitted user TEXT 32 user ID from which the job was submitted num files NUM 3 number of print files in the list of files printer TEXT 32 name of printer for which the job was submitted jobclass NUM 3 job class resolution NUM 3 printing resolution in dpi 240 300 or 600 proofprint TEXT 3 proof print yes no storeprint TEXT 3 storeprint yes no cust acc TEXT 16 customer account id date TEXT 10 submission date format dd mm yyyy time TEXT 8 submission time format hh mm ss redirection NUM 8 4 not used in V3 form TEXT 8 Content of the FORM parameter not used empty Example 1010 12345678 server2 0ps de miller 1 PS700 P22 3 300 yes no 08 15 R2D2 23 08 1999 14 42 55 12345677 STD Record Type 1011 This record type will appear once for each entry in the list of files in a job ticket It contains file specific parameters This record
239. led SNMP agent and the used MIB mgmAgentSerial The agent s serial number DisplayString read only Number mgmAgentManufac The agent s manufacturer DisplayString read only turer mgmAgentDeveloper The agent s responsible developer DisplayString read only mgmAgeniConiro IS Vanab els used to contro T e Y ECER read wriie age mgmAgentLogStatus The state of the logging mechanism INTEGER read write mgmAgentLogFile The logging file name DisplayString read write mgmAgentMemoryUs The Memory usage in Percent INTEGER read only mgmew Licence Jum A value which uniquely ident les an l Y ECER read on y ber entry in the mgmSWLicenceTable ta ble The value is an index beginning with zero mgmSWName The software s licence product name DisplayString read only mgmSWVersion The software s licence product version DisplayString read only mgmSWLicenceCode The software s licence code DisplayString read only A29247 X100 X 7 7672 265 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent Object Identifier Description ASN 1 lype ACCESS mgmSWLicenceStatus The software s licence status code INTEGER read only No error ok The software product is available for use Hardware driver error codes error ioctldev 12 ioctl to the device not successful error opendev 11 open to the device not successful error tmpfile 3 open of the tmp file not successful error netstat 2 netstat command not executed
240. lemented Each advance across channel 1 is counted as one page e Printing page ranges see column Print range is not supported same reason as above e Check pointing is supported but the only check point is at job begin same rea son as above e Accounting records are written But the accounted page numbers have the same restriction as mentioned above A29247 X100 X 7 7672 93 Print Parameters of the Linedata Printer Driver for Xerox Docuprint Print Parameter Printers configured as XEROX LCDS Printers appear in the printer pool You can operate activate deactivate reset interrupt assign to job classes them in the usu al way Successful operation of LCDS jobs will produce messages in the messages win dow Download Configuration 1 Open the Download Configuration and create a new Download port Enter the port number which matches the TCP IP printer in MVS Click OK Then you have to change the following two settings e Set AddCRLF to false e Set DefaultTicket to LCDS_Driver TIC note the leading dot This job ticket sets the job type to LCDS switches banner generation on and se lects the printer DocuPrint Without these settings the JES filter will probably complain because of nonsense record lengths e Dependent on the selected printer type the tab JES appears in the PJM File Properties dialog Here you can select the default carriage control character On MVS host side y
241. ll force the program to read directly from the file instead of from the tape floppy device This parameter is only used in special cases MinDiskspace Value Minimum free disk space in kilobytes If free space becomes smaller InputFilter will wait until more space is available Default 10 Mb 134 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality 370 Channel device section The JCF Keywords described in the table below are used only for the 370 channel device Keyword Variable Type Description ChanAddress Hex Specifies channel address value between 0 255 or when in the DeviceName the host name IP address is set the port number ChanBandID ChanBufSize Hex Value Specifies band ID of the emulated printer De fault value is Oxf9f2f0f2 which is in EBCDIC 2029 Specifies channel buffer size and can be used in combination with ChanDEDelay The delay is executed after the buffer is filled with data Smaller buffer means more frequent delays resulting is less data throughput for input filter ChanChkPos Value Specifies byte position for length bytes and enables 370 data checking if value gt 0 ChanCondCode String Specifies channel status when program exits Possible options OFFLINE Channel is closed ONLINE Channel is kept open ChanDEDelay Value Delay time in milliseconds between the end of the input filter processing a received
242. ll options regarding Print File Libraries are applicable to PRISMAproduction sys tems with the language module POD only Same applies to the composer set name The option regarding page and form definition is applicable to PRISMAproduction systems with the language module APA only 228 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PJM 4 6 1 Calling the PJM Command Line pjm parameter All parameters are optional and can be entered in any order Information Parameters Meaning or no parameter display all parameters available There is no processing action in this case V display version number There is no processing action in this case Connection Meaning Parameters S lt server name gt server to which the job or command is to be sent Default the local system user lt user name gt user name under which the PJM command line connects to the PRISMAproduction server Default the current user Ticket Parameters Meaning t lt ticket name gt Path of the local Job Ticket Job ticket containing default parameters Default no job ticket oct lt oct name gt Path of the Oct Oc Custom Ticket is used to modify the local Job Ticket or the Reprint Job Ticket or the empty Job Ticket if none has been de fined Default no oct r lt reprint name gt Logical path of reprint ticket data The reprint job must be specified as follows can be repla
243. loppies 108 109 Floppy 109 141 G Generation of InfoPages 45 H H1 129 Hardware Two Up 295 HD 104 108 128 141 HOST 106 145 HOST LABEL 106 129 l IBMDOS 126 IBMONL 127 IBMOS 127 129 ICL2900 127 IEBCOPY 104 107 ImageName 141 InFile 135 138 146 InFileFirst 138 146 InFileLast 138 146 InFileType 105 106 109 128 138 146 InfileType 104 IPDS Backend 4 J JCF Parameter 104 105 106 109 128 129 JDE_Name 105 106 JDE Name 106 128 129 137 145 JDF Support 255 ICS 255 IDP 255 JDF JMF framework 256 JMF 255 L LINEDATA 106 LT 129 M MagazineType 137 142 MaxWriteLen 136 MergeFiles 139 147 ModifyFilename 139 147 N NCR 127 NO 129 6 Oc PostScript Backends 77 OutFile 139 140 147 148 OutFormat 103 140 148 OutFormatFile 148 OutPath 140 148 OutSubcat 140 148 OutSubName 140 148 P ParamFile 137 145 ParamSubcat 137 145 PCI 370 device control 291 PJM Forced 140 148 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Index PJM Remote 140 148 PositDir 138 146 PositMedium 138 146 PositUnit 138 146 PostScript Backend 77 Print Parameter 1 Printer Connection Test CATEST 239 Printer emulator 3211 292 Pure AFPDS 104 Q QIC 104 128 137 141 142 R RecordConstant 105 146 RecordLength 105 147 Runtime printer directories 12 Storing custom specific infopages and resources 12 S 81 129 S3 129 SCSladapter 137 142 SCSlid 137 142 SCSllun 137 1
244. lt value is The value may also be set with this entry It must be a name of a valid existing printer It cannot be set if the job status is print ing or output ctrl DisplayString INTEGER DisplayString read write read only read write svrJobPosition svrJobAuditRequestor The page position of the job With this entry the absolute or relative page po sition can be set The syntax is posabs lt page gt lt filecopy gt lt print file gt lt jobcopy gt for absolute position ing The print file parameter is the number of the file as indicated in the PUM posrel lt page gt lt boundary gt lt refer ence gt lt direction gt for relative position ing with boundary no filecopy jobcopy reference curpage checkpoint direction backward forward When reading this entry the last used positioning command is retrieved The default value is The identifier of the info source of audit jobs The default value is DisplayString DisplayString read write read only svrJobAudit Referenceld The unique identifier of an audit job The default value is DisplayString read only svrJobReferenceld The id of the reference job of this job as a string with 8 characters The default value is DisplayString read only svrJobsFor Referenceld All jobs for a given reference index as string with 8 characters for each job Maximum 175 Joblds are shown The default
245. lted Under certain circumstances various print files of one ODS print job may be printed e g PJM job ticket or header pages if switched on by the PJM If the DocuSP status of all printed files for one ODS job is Successfully Complet ed the ODS job will be set to spool status finished in all other cases spool status error If a print job is transmitted to the DocuTech via LP command the backend will con vert the next print job while the background process controls up to 10000 jobs on the DocuSP server The operator should delete the completed print jobs on the DocuSP server to allow the background to empty its internal list If a job is deleted on the DocuSP server which was not completely printed the PRISMA spool status is set to interrupted The DocuTech driver now supports a default paper The docutech driver now counts the pages for every media The media with most of the pages is the default medium For that you must not specify the weight nor the color They are set to printer default on the printer A29247 X100 X 7 7672 85 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Print Parameter 1 3 6 Parameters of the Oc PostScript Backend All Backends Parameters which are not supported by a printer model are not displayed in the Printer Configuration ACCOUNT Identifies the name of an account to which costs associated with this job accrue You can also use the VarioPJM account field If no value fo
246. lue SCSI host adapter number as Operating Sys tem counts them The value of 1 specifies to check all adapters for device Default value 1 SCSlid Value SCSI device identifier as is set on the HW de vice itself The value of 1 specifies to use the default SCSI id which is dependent of the specified DeviceType Current defaults CAR TRIDGE 3 QIC 2 TAPE 4 Default value 1 SCSIIun TapeRewind Value String Reserved for future use Tape command to be executed after input pro cessing is finished Possible options NORE WIND REWIND and UNLOAD Default when parameter is not specified is NOREWIND Action Section The JCF action section is to define the actual action which the InputFilter is sup posed to do Several actions can be defined after each other Specific parameters can be defined for each action seperately General Keyword Variable Type Description ActionName String Program accepted actions Possible values MAKE DIR Make directory tape listing POSITION Set device on specific position READ FILE Read data from device JDE Name String Entry in parameter file to be used for this job ParamFile String Parameter file with VOLUME BLOCK and RE CORD parameters ParamSubcat String Sub catalog sub directory were parameter file can be found A29247 X100 X 7 7672 137 Functionality Input Filter Input data control Keyword
247. ly if the printing via the lpr protocol was successful For some jobs background control of the print process is possible The following printers support this feature VP2110 VP61xx planned Xerox DocuTech and the CPS For all other printers background control cannot be activat ed If this function is active the status after submitting the job changes to output con trol The printing status is then analyzed periodically Only if the job is printed suc A29247 X100 X 7 7672 83 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Print Parameter cessfully the spool is notified accordingly To enable this function the backend pa rameter IP has to be set to 1 For the DocuTech the rsh rcp commands have to be activated Background check of DocuTech print status If a print job was processed and sent to a DocuTech the backend is ready to accept and process the next print job Using the default setting the backend will not check the status of the print job transmitted to the DocuTech Usually the operator wants the backend to check the status of the print process of the jobs transmitted to the DocuTech In this case interleaved processing the backend will notice necessary operator interventions and issue a corresponding message e g to load paper with new paper attributes In order to check the print status the backend must be able to make a remote login on the DocuTech In this case it is required to add the PRISMA print server as
248. m which the job was submitted JCF TEXT 32 filename of the job control file that was submitted date TEXT 10 submission date format dd mm yyyy time TEXT 8 submission time format hh mm ss Example 1020 12345678 applic Line std JCF 23 06 1999 14 42 55 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 173 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC Accounting 3 5 5 Consumables Record Type 1026 This record is used to post a forecast of used colors for one job copy of the print job Because it s not known if the job would be printed simplex or duplex all counts are calculated as pages instead of sheets This record is created when the job be comes Ready to Print Parameter Type Description 1026 NUM record type forecast colors account id NUM accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB only Pages TEXT Pages in the job for per job copy Colors TEXT Count of colors used on this page count usually 1 5 Example 1026 00001305 237 2 The job with the jobID 00001305 contains 237 pages with 2 colors There can be multiple entries for the same jobID if there are also pages with only 1 or more colors 3 5 6 Spool Record Type 1030 This record is always written for every job and contains data which the spool reads from the job parameter file If a parameter does not contain a correct value the spool has no possibility to know and correct it Therefore the submitt
249. modpcname Change hostnames IP address or domain name u prismapro bin octget u prismapro bin octset Get read and set overwrite parameters of OCT custom ticket files For usage use the h option These tools replace the former com mands ticget ticset u prismapro bin odsctrl To stop and start ODS in case of an emergency u prismapro bin odsdiag ODS diagnostics tool u prismapro odsprot Temporarily overwrite the ODS protocol in case of an emergency u prismapro odsretinf Interface between services and ODS u prismapro odsselprot Tool to extract protocol information by time crite ria usr bin pcla3 Standalone script to convert PCL to AFPDS at 300dpi 250 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools usr bin pcla6 Standalone script to convert PCL to AFPDS at 600dpi usr bin pclmt3 Standalone script to convert PCL to multi TIFF at 300dpi usr bin pclmt6 Standalone script to convert PCL to multi TIFF at 600dpi usr bin pclt3 Standalone script to convert PS PDF to TIFF at 300dpi usr bin pclt6 Standalone script to convert PS PDF to TIFF at 600dpi usr bin pdc Professional Document Composer executable usr bin pdv3 Professional Document Viewer executable usr bin pdv3convert converts AFPDS IOCA files to PS or PDF re quires PS PDF output license usr bin pfa2font
250. mplex duplex information value description No value means use information from FORMDEF 0 Simplex 1 Normal Duplex 50 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend 2 Tumble Duplex Enabling Defines printing of InfoPages The parameter setting depends on the type of In foPage Following types are available e Group InfoPages GroupHeaderPage GroupSeparatorPage GroupMessagePage GroupTrailerPage File InfoPages HeaderPage SeparatorPage MessagePage TrailerPage Group InfoPages Following settings for enabling are possible value description 0 Suppress Group InfoPage 1 Enable Group InfoPage File InfoPages e HeaderPage and SeparatorPage Following settings for enabling are possible value description 0 Suppress Header or Separator Page 1 Before first file copy 2 Before all file copies 4 At repositioning 8 Mark form before first file copy Attention Mark Form instructs the printer to print black bars on the fold so the operator can better recognize where an InfoPage was printed In the printer control panel the user can configure what number of marked pages should be printed Is this value 1 so Mark Form leads to copies of the InfoPages If a printer doesn t support this function the setting of this value will be ig nored A29247 X100 X 7 7672 51 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter All
251. must be end ed by a lt CR gt lt LF gt 0x0d0a This is not required for Structured Fields SF unless the JFC Param eter AfpSfTrim is used Fixed length FIXED Fixed length Structured fields Linedata or mixed RecordLength data with fixed record length This means that no lt Value gt record or block length fields do exits in the data file besides the AFP record length fields and each record has the same size Record length must be specified using the JCF_Parameter Record Length Variable length VAR Structured fields Linedata or mixed data with IBM IBM RDW binary formatted record length field 2 bytes fol lowed by 2 reserved bytes RDW s No Block length BDW s bytes are allowed Variable length VARBLK Structured fields Linedata or mixed data with IBM blocked IBM binary formatted record length field 2 bytes fol BDW RDW lowed by 2 reserved bytes RDW s Block length bytes BDW s do exist too with the same format as the RDW s Undefined length UNDEF Structured fields Linedata or mixed data which use a byte sequence delimiter to indicate the end of a record The delimiter must be specified using the JCF Parameter RecordConstant and can be up to 4 bytes 2 4 2 4 3 5 Floppy media The 3 5 floppy media is only supported for the AFP resource files The DOS floppy is mounted and the files are then accessed as normal HD files The floppy is mounted with the path mnt 1oppy A29247 X
252. n Backends V3 02 Record Type 1601 This record is written after job is finished third column is the field length x unlimit ed Parameter Type Length Description max 1601 NUM 4 record type account ID NUM 8 account ID Job ID hostname TEXT x destination hostname directory TEXT x destination directory ftp server TEXT x ftp server response ftp os TEXT x ftp server operating system Example 1601 00002844 localhost u tmp ProFTPD 1 2 6 Server ProFTPD Default Installation 1x001234 ops de UNIX Type L8 Record Type 1602 This record is written after transmission of each print file third column is the field length x unlimited Parameter Type Length Description max 1602 NUM 4 record type account ID NUM 8 4 account ID Job ID startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout was started enddate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when printout was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout was ended endstatus NUM 1 status after printout was ended 0 job completed without errors 1 job completed with errors 2 job interrupted by operator 3 job processing interrupted by server error filename TEXT x Destination file name filecopies NUM x filecopies filepages NUM x original job size in pages if known for
253. n a certain printer color color gt show assigned color ids Option color number s gt add color ids color number s remove color ids color number s gt set only this color ids The option specifies one or more separated color ids p The npro command shows or sets the NPRO time on a certain printer Printer Without an option the command displays the npro time of the printer npro If an option is specified numeric value in seconds the new value is Option set for the printer p The form command shows or sets the form name for job selection on Printer a certain printer form Without an option the command display the current selected form Option name If an option is specified the new form name is set for the printer p The checkform command shows or sets the switch for job selection re Printer striction on form names for the selected printer checkform Without an option the command displays the current status for the Option form name switch for jobselection 0 0 gt form check and form sequencing are off 1 1 gt form check and form sequencing are enabled 1 0 gt form check enabled but form sequencing is disabled Following options are allowed to set off gt form name is not used for jobselection on gt form name is used for jobselection seq gt form name is used for jobselection but an au tomatic switch to a new form is allowed if there are no more jobs with the same form name 210 A29247 X
254. n case of a mismatch of requested FORM Activates the Backend part of AIMS Attribute based Media selection 24 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend PDSGFLG Grouping processing flag Bitmask for following options 0x01 CANCEL KEY effects on all group members 0x08 EOT mark Offset stacking request at the begin ning of the first member of a group 0x10 Suppress delete resources between members PDSIBIN PDSISUB PDSOBIN Specifies default Input Media source code for CutSheet printers only If this parameter is set all other input bin selection is ig nored 1 default use information from FORMDEF 0 Input Bin A 1 Input Bin B 2 Input Bin C 3 Input Bin D No value or 1 means use information from FORMDEF ontrols the handling of error situations on the input side 0 Terminate the print process if the selected input tray is not present in the printer 1 Perform input tray substitution like IBM PSF i e if the requested input tray is not present in the printer the default input tray is selected Specifies the Output Media destination for cutsheet printers only 1 use information from FORMDEF O use the default output tray of the printer 1 Output tray A is selected 2 Output tray B is selected The selection is done by physical media destination and overrides all media destinations specified in the Form defini tion Note In this case remote tray selection must be
255. n the package list of the release notes tools_linux testpcname The tool tstpcname tests the file etc hosts for correct entries of the hostname for PRISMAproduction A29247 X100 X 7 7672 253 PRISMAproduction Command Line Tools Command Line Interface 254 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 JDF Support Terms 5 JDF Support Itis assumed that the reader is familiar with the basics of the JDF industry standard The main entry point to JDF is the CIP4 home page ttp www cip4 org As a reminder a few basic terms are repeated below 5 1 Terms JDF JMF ICS IDP Job Definition Format A comprehensive XML based file for mat proposed industry standard for end to end job ticket speci fications combined with a message description standard and message interchange protocol Job Messaging Format The message description standard and message interchange protocol of JDF Interoperability Conformance Specification ICS documents each cover a class of devices be it equipment or software such as desktop digital printers vs professional integrated digital printing An ICS establishes the minimum level of JDF compli ance for a class of devices The ICS documents are really a sub set of JDF and are not allowed to expand upon JDF Integrated Digital Printing The ICS which describes the JDF JMF subset for digital printing A29247 X100 X 7 7672 255 Introduction JDF Support
256. n the process chain which is most of the time the Input Filter 2 4 5 2 Input Filter Section Input Filter section which has general parameter and special Input filter sections Example Begin I Filter Begin ComInfo End ComInfo TraceLevel 0 TraceFlags fffffff8 TraceMaxFileSize 0 Begin Device dey End Device Begin SubcatInfo ins End SubcatInfo ActionCount 1 Begin Action a End Action End I Filter A29247 X100 X 7 7672 131 Functionality Input Filter Keyword Variable Type Description ActionCount Value Number of action sections which follow Maximum action sections 10 are allowed DataTraceStart Value int nex Data position from which data trace is written in de tail Default O which means start at the beginning DataTraceStop Value int hex Data position from which data trace not written in detail anymore Default Oxffffffff which means whole file TraceFlags Value hex Contains the trace flags for a more exact differenti ation of the traces in the Input Filter See chapter Trace level and flags TraceLevel Value Defines the trace level Allowed values are 0 no traces to 4 maximum trace TraceMaxFile Value Sets the maximum trace file size in bytes When the Size file gets larger a warning is printed into the file and all following trace messages are NOT written To disable this feature set the value to 0 Default value is 1
257. n with respect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is given by the printer HW See also parameter PRTUPUB MSGP XOFFXF HDRP XOFFXF TRLP_XOFFXF SEPP_XOFFXF GMSGP_XOFFXF GHDRP_XOFFXF GTRLP_XOFFXF GSEPP_XOFFXF X offset on the front side of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page position with respect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is given by the printer HW See also parameter PRTUPUB MSGP_XOFFYB HDRP_XOFFYB TRLP_XOFFYB SEPP_XOFFYB GMSGP_XOFFYB GHDRP_XOFFYB GTRLP_XOFFYB GSEPP_XOFFYB Y offset on the reverse side of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page position with respect to the origin of the medium presentation space or when N up is selected with respect to one of the N up partition origins The number is in 14400 units unitbase the unitbase is given by the printer HW See also parameter PRTUPUB A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend MSGP XOFFYF HDRP XOFFYF TRLP_XOFFYF SEPP_XOFFYF GMSGP_XOFFYF GHDRP_XOFFYF GTRLP_XOFFYF GSEPP_XOFFYF Y offset on the front side of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page position with respect to
258. ner resource name while searching for the cor responding file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot The extensions are free definable and sep arated by The default is no suffix No extension is written as The search order is the same as the extensions are written from left to right The first matching resource will be used Example EXT_OBJECT_CONTAINER 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resource with name H1BASE H1BASE 600 H1BASE 300 H1BASE 240 H1BASE 0 The defined Resource File Name Extensions will be used If the Extension is defined in lt back end gt ini and in the job ticket then the job ticket is overwriting the lt backend gt ini definition 1 Resource File Name Extensions will not be used Attention This parameter is typically set in a APA job ticket which overwrites this adjustment Specifies one or more suffixes to be appended to an AFP OutlineFont resource name while searching for the corre sponding file extension A variable length character string starting with a dot The extensions are free definable and sep arated by The default is no suffix No extension is written as 5 The search order is the same as the extensions are written from left to right The first matching resource will be used Example EXT_OUTLINE_FONT 600 300 240 The above example causes AFP2IPDS backend to search for the following resour
259. next chapter contains a list of defined product code numbers e The second item of information in every accounting record is the accounting ID This consists of a main account id with 8 digits and an optional sub id with 4 dig its separated by a point aaaaaaaa ssss The optional sub id is used for jobs which are split up during processing see chapter 2 2 3 The accounting ID is also followed by a semicolon A29247 X100 X 7 7672 169 Legacy Accounting Files Accounting All following items of information are separated by a semicolon The separator is included even if a particular item is missing so the number of items per record is fixed The items in a record must be either of type TEXT all printable characters with the exception of the semicolon which is used as field separator or NUM digits 0 9 characters and are allowed Since job grouping multiple print data files per job is supported from PRISMA an additional record with a sub ID becomes relevant Records without an ac counting sub id belong to the whole job They include the job specified param eters like job name and job copies Some records types will write additional re cords including an accounting sub id for each data file of the job Here the spe cific data file name as well as the specific copies for each file file copies is stored The sub id number is incremented for every additional file E g A job with ID 12345678 containing 2 files will genera
260. ng it into the Head er section of the JCF before actually starting the job All processes in the process chain must read the accounting ID from the JCF if they have to write accounting in formation The parameter name in the JCF is AccountID The program which actually submits the print job to the spool usually the program spooljob must supply this accounting ID as a parameter for the spool All other Print jobs All jobs which are accepted by the spool without an accounting ID will get this ID from the spool itself The spool requests the ID from the account server and writes it into the list of job parameters Thus the printing process AFP2IPDS Backend can use this ID for writing its account information For each of these jobs the record type 1030 is written which contains the basic submission information which is oth erwise provided by the initial process e g PJM 196 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting PRISMAproduction internal accounting workflow 3 10 2 Accounting Command Line Interface The accounting command line utility is placed in the directory u prismapro bin with the name ppacc This command is a full replacement for the old ac cnum and accmsg utilities ppacc i get a new accounting ID from the server This is a replacement for accnum command but accnum stays available as an alias for ppacc i ppacc a write one accounting record This is a replacement for accmsg command but accmsg stays availab
261. ngth 5 range lt edit operand gt max length 15 header no yes dest single 300 class 11213 type 2551011121314151617191 10 x2up 25510111214 spslib u prismapro resource system 240dpi spslib u prismapro resource system 300dpi spslib u prismapro resource system 600dpi form std std1 formdef 110101 f101011a f10101pa f1dpage fidpage1 pagedef pistd3 dummy fonts x0gs10y fonts x0gs12y fonts x0gs15y fonts xOgt1 Oy fonts xOgt12y fonts xOgt15y fonts xOcr10y fonts xOce10y fonts xOce12y fonts xOci10y usrlib lt edit operand gt max length 256 dpi 012401 3001 600 formdef edit operand max length 8 200 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Job Editor pdscc 011021 04 pagedef lt edit operand gt max length 8 pdstrc 00101 02 pages digital edit operand max length 8 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 201 Job Editor Command Line Interface Overview of options and parameters Command Option Parameter File name spsprt C directory Directory containing config files spsprt option options Name of parameter file file gt spsprt jobname lt freefor text User supplied name for this lt 32chars gt job spsprt file lt print file gt Name of print file do not use see note on previous page 204 spsprt filetype afp or sps AFP pr
262. normal NPRO processing Should only be used in connection with old printer controllers where the SPC Stacked Page Counter cannot be config ured to include the post processing device s Please check your printer documentation PRTUPUB Number of l units per unit base support by the printer for a unit base of 10 inches Values from X 0000 to X 7FFF are allowed 0x0000 0 Whatever value is found in the AFP data is sent unchanged to the printer Any other valid value will cause PS to convert the l units per unit base value in the input data to the value specified in this field 0x0960 2400 is used by several compatible IBM printers e g IBM Infoprint 21 OxOBB8 3000 for 300dpi datastreams e g LCDS gt XEROX 0x3840 14400 for 300dpi and 600dpi e g LCDS gt IBM SETUPIDS List of setup verification ID s These ID S are referenced in the formdef and are checked to be present in the printer hardware Delimiter is XOHPODHD Controls the resource management of the DS8090 printer in POD Module configurations 0 hard disk of the printer is not used for storage of the pagesegments 1 hard disk of the printer is used for storage of the pagesegments A29247 X100 X 7 7672 29 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter 1 2 3 5 Resource Processing The AFP2IPDS backend is able to detect find and include the external AFP re Sources requested in the print data The external resource li
263. nsuc cessful host_ip TEXT 15 IP Address from host Example 1110 00000514 1x008571 0ps de 5401 Down se false u prismapro cfg jobinput bin load TIC fal pjm SS8FOE2 G JO 30 07 2002 1 B00607 7 48FOE2 155533 30 07 2002 15 58 23 15 58 23 successful 192 168 5 1 184 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting PRISMAproduction Input Module 3 6 2 LP Record Type 1120 This record is written after a finished transmission of a LP print job Parameter Type Length Description max 1120 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID client TEXT 64 hostname or IP of the PRISMA server where the job was received port TEXT 17 Connection Port default ticket TEXT 128 Default Ticket for job submission pws TEXT 5 print while spooling enabled true false program TEXT 128 Program name for job submission jobname TEXT 8 Host Jobname jobclass TEXT 1 Host Jobclass Jobid TEXT 8 Host Jobid formname TEXT 8 Spool Formname byte_count NUM 12 Spooled Bytes of this printjob startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when receive job was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when receive job was start ed enddate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when receive job was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when receive job was end ed status TEXT 12 Status of received job e g successful unsuccess fu
264. nter Notificat gt my Search Key Value HDRP_BACKSIDEOVLS HDRP_CC HDRP_COLMAP HDRP_DCK 0x03 3 HDRP_DUPLEX HDRP_ENABLING 1 HDRP_FLG2 0x20 32 HDRP_FONTS HDRP_FORMDEF FLINFOPG HDRP_FRONTSIDEOVLS HDRP_INPUT_BIN HDRP_OFFXB HDRP_OFFXF HDRP_OFFYB HDRP_OFFYF HDRP_OUTPUT_BIN HDRP_PAGEDEF HDRP_PRINT_DIRECTION 1 HDRP_SOSI 0 HDRP_TEMPLATE hdrpage_big HDRP_TRC 0 Section HEADER PAGE PROCESSING Default o Description Specifies if carriage control characters are availabe 1 or not D Only ASA carriage control characters are supported Allowed ASCII values are hex representation Blank 0x020 0x30 0x39 0x41 0x42 0x43 Ox2F 0x2B 1 2 4 7 Differences between SPS4 and AFP2IPDS BE Trailer page Accounting In AFP2IPDS BE the resource counters contain only resources which are request ed and or loaded for the print file In SPS4 the requested and or loaded resources for the InfoPages were counted also 76 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends 1 3 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends for Oc VP21xx Oc 31xx Oc 61xx Oc VP62xx Oc CPS700 900 Xerox 6180 Canon 150 1 3 1 Purpose of the PostScript Backends Printing of a given PostScript file Conversion of a POD file into PostScript Number or media based tray selection will be translated to PostScript accordingly Accoun
265. nter control panel the user can configure what number of marked pages should be printed Is this value 1 so Mark Form leads to copies of the In foPages If a printer doesn t support this function the setting of this value will be ig nored All these values may be combined Example TRLP_ENABLING 7 MessagePage will be printed 1 After first file copy 2 After all file copies 4 At repositioning Enabling Example To understand the insertion of InfoPages following definitions have to be clarified Job Section A Job consists of Job Parameters and one or more sections in the upper descrip tion they are called files e Job with one Section no Section copies All GroupInfoPages are enabled All FilelnfoPages are enabled with value 1 Before first file copy After last file copy The following output will be generated Group Header Page Group Separator Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page Group Message Page gt Group Trailer Page A29247 X100 X 7 7672 53 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter e Job with one Section 3 Section copies All GroupInfoPages are enabled All FilelnfoPages are enabled with value 1 Before first file copy After last file copy The following output will be generated Group Header Page Group Separator Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data copy 1 Print Data copy 2 Print Data copy 3 lt Message Page gt Trailer Pag
266. nto the printer prior to job spsprt pagesf Count of pages in the job spsprt title lt edit oper Header page title and gt Example for submitting a print file with default print settings spsprt printfile A29247 X100 X 7 7672 203 Spsprt to JobTicket Converter Command Line Interface Note Using the file option instead of the normal file name parameter last pa rameter of spsprt command is discouraged because the standard plau sibility check is not executed for the last parameter of the spsprt com mand Such a mistake in the last parameter will not be found by spsprt if file is used This option is only supported for compatibility reasons 4 2 Spsprt to JobTicket Converter This program can be used for converting old x spsprt job files into job ticket files which can be used by the Print Job Manager The conversion is started with the same command line options as the normal spsprt command The converted job ticket is printed on the screen and can be redirected to a file using the gt character job2tic option spsprt jobfile gt jobticket TIC 4 3 PrinterPool General Usage Installation path u prismapro bin prtpool This program is a replacement for the old spladmin program The major enhance ment of the new tool is the ability to deal with all printers in the cluster it is not limited to printers on a certain printserver The options of the program c
267. o be specified Examples ppmsg m SendTest 08000001 nsert1 Insert2 ppmsg j 12345678 99999999 Insertl Insert2 ppmsg mw AnswerTest 08000011 Insert1 Insert2 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 217 Messages Command Line Interface 4 4 5 Reply An Open Question Usage ppmsg a i MessageToken Answer Command line option Description a MessageToken AnswerText Set the answer AnswerText for an open question which is identified by the MessageToken MessageToken is an unique identifier for each mes sage entry in the database ai MessageToken Answerlndex Same as before but if the question offer a list of pre define allowed answers the answer can be selected by the index of that answer 218 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface Messages Examples ppmsg a 12345678 Continue ppmsg ai 12345678 2 from option list 4 4 6 Read Messages Usage Continue reply with answer string reply with 2nd answer ppmsg option MessageToken MessageCount Command line option Description optional default 0 n Print no header line g Read all entries no message type filtering e Get error entries only i Get info entries only l Get log entries only W Get warning entries only q Get open question entries only qa Get answered question entries only m ModuleName return messages from ModuleName only Th
268. o support the enhanced functionality of the Oc high volume printers which is partially outside the scope of standard IPDS The basic functions of the backend are e Together with print resources data is converted to the printer specific IPDS for mat e Print resources can be embedded in print data if not they are retrieved from one or more external resource libraries Resource handling see e The backend also determines the alignment of the print pages on the physical medium depending on how parameters are set two consecutive or identical pages can be printed side by side for instance and printing can be on either one or both sides of the medium If specified in the print parameters the back end also inserts information pages header separator message and trailer pages e The backend reacts directly and efficiently to problems that occur during execu tion of print jobs e It detects and distinguishes device data and user errors and reports them 1 2 2 AFP2IPDS Output Backend and PRISMAproduction Server The mission of the AFP2IPDS backend in the server context is to enable the imple mentation of an AFP2IPDS capable output management system The AFP2IPDS backend is running under the control of the PRISMAproduction Output Distribution System ODS It is fully integrated in the PRISMAproduction Server workflow Oc proprietary interfaces are used to allocate the jobs and ac cess the print data which is stored in t
269. obEntry svrJobPrintedPages 11 0 El enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobPrintedPages 234 0 272 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ tem svrJ E enterprises oce obTable G enterprises oce obTable B enterprises oce obTable B enterprises oce obTable G enterprises oce obTable E enterprises oce obTable EH enterprises oce obTable ob ob ob ob ob ob ob ob ob ob ob H enterprises oce rable A enterprises oce rable E enterprises oce rable E enterprises oce rable G enterprises oce rable G enterprises oce rable E enterprises oce rable E enterprises oce rable A enterprises oce rable EH enterprises oce rable B enterprises oce rable B enterprises oce ob rable prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys svrJobEntry svrPrintFileSize 11 13526 prisma svrJobEntry svrPrintFileSize 234 756980 prisma svrJobEntry svrUserInfo 1 test job1 prisma svrJobEntry
270. ogram initialization command line inter pretation reading parameter files trace mes sages 0x00000200 Input section flag Write program input device input trace mes sages 0x00000400 Input buffer section Write program input buffer trace messages flag 0x00000800 Process section flag Write program label data processing trace mes sages 0x00001000 Output buffer sec Write program output buffer trace messages tion flag 0x00002000 Output section flag Write program output GCI no GCI trace mes sages 0x00010000 Label input data Write label input trace Only when Data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags 0x00020000 Label output data Write label output trace Only when Data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags Disabled by SW 0x00040000 Input buffer input Write input buffer input trace Only when Data data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags 0x00080000 Input buffer output Write input buffer output trace Only when Data data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags Disabled by SW 0x00100000 Output buffer input Write output buffer input trace Only when Data data trace trace flag is set see Special trace flags 0x00200000 Output buffer output Write output buffer output trace Only when datatrace Disabled Data trace flag is set see Special trace flags by SW 160 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Troubleshooting Special trace flag
271. on the box must be terminated e No configuration has to be done because of using different device names for each operation mode Host or Control Unit Devicenodes for Host operation mode Printing on a printer dev i370 chant YYY Board number 0 3 YYY hsa or hsb hsa Used for the first printer hsb Used for the 2nd printer Devicenodes for Control Unit operation mode receiving data from host dev i370 chant YYY Board number 0 3 YYY cua or cub cua This device is used for Normal control unit operation mode cub This device is used for Fast control unit operation mode 290 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Tips and Tricks Channel Driver Utilities 7 2 2 1370 Channel Driver Control This program is used to send certain control commands to the driver of the PCI 370 channel adapter The same command is executed during system startup to load the driver while LINUX enters multiuser mode Installation path u prismapro bin i370 Usage i370 d devicename cant parameter d devicename Selection of device dev i370 chan YYY Board number 0 1 2 or 3 YYY hsa hsb hra hrb cua cub If no device is specified i370 uses dev i370 chan0 hsa as default cmd must be one of the following commands If no parameter is specified some commands will show a short menu to select more values Command Description start Start Load the 370 channel dr
272. ositioning by specifying the number of blocks DEVICE Device dependent positioning for exam ple by tapes using the tape marks TM FILE Specify the n th file of a media PositUnit Position unit Possible values BOT Beginning of tape PositMedium DEVICE value SkipBytes Value BARRPC only Skip n bytes at the beginning of the input file 138 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality Output data control Keyword Variable Type Description AddSequenceNo Binary Defines that file sequence number is written as first part of the output filename followed by a dot and the input filename when data is read When the directory listing command is used the file sequence number is added too with a colon as separator Is only active when AFP print data is processed and the OutFile parameter is set to identical Possible values Yes Add file sequence number to output filename di rectory listing No Create output filename as usual is default AfpSfTrim Binary Removes padding bytes after Structured field in AFP Print data until next CR LF CAREFULL can cause data loss when CR LF are not added after Structured Fields Yes Removes padding bytes Default No Nothing changed DeleteOutput Value When error occurs output file is deleted Possible val ues O Output file is never deleted Default 1 Output file is deleted when error
273. ou will need aproperly configured TCP IP printer with the IP Address of your Linux server and port number of your download daemon some print jobs with ANSI IBMS3211 or without carriage controls 94 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Print Parameters of the Linedata Printer Driver for Xerox Docuprint 1 4 1 Print Parameters CONTINUE CONFIRMATION 0 Print without confirmation default gt 0 Popup a confirmation message after printing sending N chan nel 1 PCC s The answer option for this confirmation message contain 3 op tions Continue printing just a confirmation Restart job from beginning reprint current job from begin Cancel print job 2 cancel and hold the job This dialog appears for every print job when N Channel 1 s counts have been processed Example Jes Demo Job with header page and therefore 7 channel 1 send to a dummy linedata printer and CONTINUE CONFIRMATION set to 2 gt Message occurred after process of 2 channel 1 gt In job queue window Page position 2 accumulat ed printed pages 2 gt Operator checks loaded form on line printer and may adjust form Restart option chosen gt Job is restarted and 2 channel 1 s are again pro cessed transferred gt Again Message with spool entry Page position 2 and printed pages 4 gt Operator now confirms form adjust Continue option chosen Rest of 5 channel 1 s are processed gt After print Qu
274. pecific files e g resources for infopages Please do not add any files here This is done when an new printer is configured AND always on startup of the system During this procedure the contents of the old print er runtime directories is deleted if they exist To use your own user defined ressources in the printer you have to set up the fol lowing printer runtime directories These are built and filled in 5 steps 1 Every configured printer leads to a sub directory in u prismapro cfg printers where the name of the subdirectory is the name of the printer Exception Names starting with a dot are not valid printer names and are not printer directories The content of a template directory in u prismapro cfg printers System XXX YYY is copied into the created directory Please do not modify this template directory as it is not saved through updates The same procedure is repeated for the directories u prismapro cfg printers custom XXX YYY and u prismapro cfg printers custom lt PRTNAME gt but only if they ex ist These directories are still supported for backward compatibility If exists then the content of the directory u prismapro cfg printers lt XXX gt lt YYY gt is copied into the working directory This is the directory to place the customer specific info page resources to be used for all printers If exists then the files of the directory u prismapro cfg printers lt PRTNAME gt are cop
275. ping 541 0001 1 541 0002 1 541 0003 1 541 1 Record Type 1052 This record is written by the PJL PCL Backend for every job and contains the basic information about the actually printed pages and the time it took to print the job Parameter Type Length Description max 1052 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE startdate TEXT 10 data format dd mm yyyy when printout or job was started starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout or job was started enddate TEXT 10 data format dd mm yyyy when printout or job was ended endtime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when printout or job was end ed 182 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC simplex NUM reserved duplex NUM reserved color NUM reserved endstatus NUM A l 2 l 2B oA status after printout was ended 0 job competed without errors 1 job competed with errors 2 job interrupted by operator 3 job processing interrupted by server error pages NUM JOB summary of the number of printed pages incl info pages FILE summary of the number of printed pages incl info pages Example for a job 1052 00001431 02 02 2004 1
276. pport the X Win dow System PRISMA UI The command line interface is also useful for automation tasks using shell scripts A few special functions for spool controlling are only accessible via command line 4 1 Job Editor The job editor is started with the following command spsprt Option Parameter Filename This command submits the specified file for printing using the options and param eters you enter The following sequence of actions is triggered when you submit a print job e The print file is copied to the spool directory e A job file with the selected job parameters is generated and entered in the spool directory A29247 X100 X 7 7672 199 Job Editor Command Line Interface e The spool system is informed that a new print job is pending e Amessage containing the job s spool ID is issued to inform the user that the job has been submitted successfully This ID can be used to track the job as it is processed and query its status If you enter the command without any options you are shown general information on the spsprt command Usage spsprt lt option gt lt param gt print file gt Possible options C path for the configuration directory e g lt u prismapro cfg spsprt gt option lt options file gt file lt printfile gt max length 128 erase no yes filetype sps pcl title lt edit operand gt max length 80 copies lt digital edit operand gt max le
277. printer related Analysis stops with such an error STDERR List of messages describing the problems one message per problem Quiet mode lt code1 gt error text 1 codeN error text N gt 236 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PJM Return code Meaning 12 Job submission error Is set when the PRISMAproduction server doesn t accept the job This can happen for two reasons A problem in the negotiation process between the PJM client and server which files are to be transferred not the transfer itself would raise a File Transfer Error The job cannot be passed to ODS for execution Returncode 12 is also set if the waiting status of the of the PJM com mand line is terminated by an error STDERR Message describing the job submission problem Quiet mode 1 server error message 2 termination error message only possible if the wait option has been specified 13 Status display error Is set when the PRISMAproduction server can t return the status of the given job s STDERR Message describing why the status has not been returned Quiet mode 1 server error message 14 Job cancel error Is set when the PRISMAproduction server can t cancel the given job s STDERR Message describing why the job s has have not been can celed Quiet mode 1 server error message 15 Resource delete error Is set when the PRISMAproduction serve
278. prises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint try prnPrinterDeviceNode 2 dev ikpO sma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint terDeviceNode 3 dev ikpO mrm 0 240 300 300 tion psmib printer prnPrint terConnection pci370 3 tion psmib printer prnPrint l ype 1 pci370 3 ma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint cerConnection lan 6 lan 6 tatus 0 inac tatus 1 inac tatus 2 inac tion psmib printer prnPrint heckFormSeqStatus 3 inac tion psmib printer prnPrint heckResolution 0 active 2 tion psmib printer prnPrint heckResolution 1 active 2 tion psmib printer prnPrint heckResolution 2 active 2 psmib printer prnPrint heckResolution 3 active 2 278 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP en erTable prnPrin enterprises oce erTable prnPrin enterprises erTable prn oce Prin oce Prin enterprises erTable prn terEn try prnPrinterCheck prisma prismaProduction terEn try prnPrinterCheck prisma prismaProduction terEn try prnPrinterCheck prisma prismaProduction terEn try prnPrinterCheck Printer 0 ac psmib printer Printer 1 ac psmib printer Printer 2 ac psmib printer Printer 3 ac terprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint tive 2 prnPrint tive 2 prnPrint tive 2 prnPrint
279. psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobldentifier 4674 00004674 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobQueueldentifier 4674 3 enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobName 4674 linedata 0567 0000 pds enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSystem svrJob Table svrJobEntry svrJobOwner 4674 root Hex 72 6F 6F 74 To get an actual listing of the actual valid Jobld s see next chapter Retrieving present Joblds The present Joblds and their states are saved in a table with entries with up to 280 Jobld s in each entry Details of the table see above This table exists two times to allow accesses from different remote systems To retrieve the present Jobld s the user first has to get the Id of the now present table A or B By retrieving this Id the table is filled with the present data Afterwards all entries of the table have to be retrieved to get the present information at the time of 0 9 seconds The table keeps valid for 0 9 seconds If another user requests an Id of the table in less than 0 9 sec onds he will get the same table and the table is not refreshed to avoid inconsisten cies After 0 9 seconds another user refreshes the second table by his call All OID s in this svrJobListTable have the appendix A or B in it s name so that all names in the PSMIB are unique With
280. put Filter 164 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Basic Accounting Information on the Trailer Pages 3 Accounting 3 1 Basic Accounting Information on the Trailer Pages Trailer pages which are optionally printed after each print job contain information like the number of printed pages and sheets for this specific job The layout and content of the header page hdrpage the separator page infopage the message page infopage and the trailer page trlpage can be customized to meet customer requirements However the information that can be put on the trailer page is limited to a fixed list of system provided information shown below and user defined values supplied with the job ticket at job submission time A29247 X100 X 7 7672 165 Basic Accounting Information on the Trailer Pages Accounting Title STITLES Software version SVERSIONS Software build date SVERSIONDATES Software build time SVERSIONTIMES Type of separator page PAGENAMES User name SOWNERS Job name SJOBNAMES Printfile name SFILENAMES Host name SCLIENTS Spool ID SSPLIDS Hostname SCLIENTS Print time STIMES Print date SDATES Printer ID SPRINTERS Status START NEW XMIT OR CONT SPAGESTATUSS Name SREC_NAMES SDEPARTMENTS Room SROOMS Building SBUILDINGS Address SADDRESS1 SADDRESS2 SADDRESS3 SADDRESSAS Total XMITS SACCT_XMITSS Total Sheets SACCT_PAGESS Total Pages SACCT_PAGESIDESS Extra
281. r AC COUNT is set in the LI section of the backend the VarioPJM val ue is taken AFP2PSFLAG default 0 0x00 POD Datastream is supported 0x01 use external afp2ps license protected 0x04 convert tray numbers to media attributes according to JDE JDL mapping file 0x08 choose converter according to afphead information this costs performance if the header was written by the Unity or PDC use the POD converter 0x10 Don t force a back page between a duplex front duplex front page sequence AUTO DB UPDATE default 0 BANNER_PAPER_ NAME 0 the backend reads the paper tables from the database every time it s started 1 the backend reads the paper tables from the database every time a job is started Paper name for the banner page Empty string means the backend generates no additional banner pages Enter a 1 to print a banner page without specifying the paper for mat CONFIGFLAGS Defines the configuration default 0 0x01 Instead of taking the ODS Id as the sender the sender name of the Vario PUM is taken gt IP 1 won t work DUMMYDEV 0 Internal use only IGNORE_JOG Some finishing devices have problems with jog commands So default 0 you can suppress this command 1 Ignore jogging commands which are specified in the data stream 2 Ignore jogging commands which are specified in the job ticket 3 Ignore jogging commands which are specified either in the data stream or in
282. r can t delete the given re source s STDERR Message describing why the resource s has have not been deleted Quiet mode 1 resource name gt 2 resource name gt server error message A29247 X100 X 7 7672 237 PJM Command Line Interface Job Status is composed of more detailed information in the following format Main Status Detailed Status Additional Status Main Status and Detailed Status are defined explicitly whereas Ad ditional Status is optional and not definitely defined Detailed Status must not be used for a logical decision Main Status Detailed Status Meaning processing the job is busy no operator intervention required information only transfer files are being transferred work a job step is active converting printing the print data is being printed prepintr the print has been interrupted but the printer is still printing for example copies wait the job waits for a resource or an event no operator intervention re quired Job continues when event occurs or resource becomes available outputctr job has been printed but there are still pages in output tray print wait until a printer becomes ready to print job event wait for an external event to occur service wait for a service to become available time wait for starting time to occur exception the job is in an error or interrupted or hold state operator intervention is requ
283. r finishing current printfile copy je gt interrupt after finishing current job copy p The jobcan command interrupts the current printing job on printer Printer Printer The job will stay in the print queue with Canceled status Re jobcan prints of such job will always start from the beginning of the job Option Following options are allowed gt cancel immediately no option parameter fc cancel after finishing current printfile copy je gt cancel after finishing current job copy p The jobdel command cancels the current printing job on printer Printer Printer and deletes it from the print queue jobdel Option Following options are allowed gt cancel immediately no option parameter fc cancel after finishing current printfile copy je gt cancel after finishing current job copy A29247 X100 X 7 7672 209 PrinterPool Command Line Interface Command line Description option p The queue command shows adds removes or sets the assigned job Printer queues on a certain printer queue queue show assigned queues Option queue number s gt add queues queue number s gt remove queues queue number s gt set only this queues The option specifies one or more separated jobqueue numbers e g 1 5 7 Queue numbers are restricted to 1 999 p The color command shows adds removes or sets the assigned color Printer verification ids o
284. rResolution The resolution of the printer in dots per inch dpi e g 240 300 or 600 dpi or mrm 0 for multi resolution mode The default value is 1 INTEGER read only prnPrinterConnection Type The connection type of the printer e g SCSI 2 IBM370 Channel via PCI Channel Adapter 3 IBM370 Channel via EISA Channel Adapter 4 Escon Channel via PCI Channel Adapter 5 LAN Attachment TCP IP 6 The default value is unknown 1 INTEGER read only prnPrinterCheckForm SeqStatus prnPrinterCheck Resolution When form sequencing is active jobs with the same form are printed sequen tially The default value is unknown 1 The form sequence check may be switched on or off sequentially by this entry When check resolution is active jobs with unsuitable resolution for the se lected printer are not processed The default value is unknown 1 The check resolution may also be switched on 2 or off 3 by this entry INTEGER INTEGER read write read write prnPrinterCheck Printer When check printer is active jobs with unsuitable printer selection are not pro cessed on any active printer The de fault value is unknown 1 The check printer may also be switched on 2 or off 3 by this entry INTEGER read write prnPrinterCheckJob Queue When check job queue is active jobs with not suitable job queue regarding the selected printer are not process
285. rameters are the entity s address the object identifier name s ex pressed as either dot notation or the variable name as it appears in the MIB docu ment a single character indicating the type of the value like i for integer s for string and the value to which the OID shall be set There are also a lot of options possible which are normally not needed The com munity string for access to the SNMP entity is given with the option c community To get the full syntax information just type snmpset and see the help output It is also possible to retrieve the manual information bx typing man snmpset A29247 X100 X 7 7672 279 Retrieving or setting Job information SNMP Agent A snmpset user can use both the dot notation form and the name form of an MIB object to specify the desired value The used community name has to be a commu nity name with write access Example To set the printer status with on to active for Printer2 use the following command snmpset c test2 localhost prnPrinterStatus 1 i 10 If successful the snmpset application responds to the program call with the follow ing printout on the screen B enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib printer prnPrint erTable prnPrinterEntry prnPrinterStatus 1 on 10 The status of Printer2 has changed to active This can also be seen with the sn mpget command Summary Using the SNMP interface the objects described above can easily be managed across th
286. rate the capability of the command Example Retrieving the status of the job table The entire job information is contained in the svrJobTable Using the snmpwalk ap plication and applying svrJobTable for the varclass parameter as shown below the PRISMA spool contents will be displayed amp amp snmpwalk c public localhost svrJobTable E enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobIdentifier 11 00000011 EH enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobIdentifier 234 00000234 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 271 Accessing Values with SNMP SNMP Agent amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobName 11 pages9 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobName 234 pages99 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobOwner 11 root Hex 72 6F 6F 74 El enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobOwner 234 root Hex 72 6F 6F 74 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry svrJobQueue Identifier 11 1 amp enterprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib server spoolSys tem svrJobTable svrJobEntry
287. rating system If not specified the program uses automatically the name of that us er who executes the program If specified the user has to specify the password for that UserName too up UserPassword UserPassword is the password which is accepted by the explorer server for the selected UserName If not specified an internal default password is used ul UserLanguage UserLanguage is the language in which message infos are re turned Currently only german de and english en languages are supported If not specified the english language is used o Timeout Timeout is timeout value in seconds maximum time to wait on the command reply before command is aborted Note Username and password are usually not required if the message is send from a server inside a cluster or from a trusted host Examples ppmsg s Master un root up pwroot 4 4 3 Message Counters Usage ppmsg c type Labels Command line Description option C This switch returns some general messages counters 15t counter MESSAGES count of received messages in the database 21d counter QUESTIONS count of open questions in the database 3 counter MSGSBUSY appears only if the message daemon msgs is still reading old messag es after restart cm Returns only the count of messages in the database cq Returns only the count of open questions A29247 X100 X 7 7672 215 Messa
288. rator control panel Each printer can have different limits here NO EDGEMARKS Controls the printing of edgemarks 0 edgemarks are printed 1 edgemarks are suppressed PAGEDEF PDSCC Page definition PAGEDEF name A 1 to 8 character name of the page definition to be used while converting S 370 Line format data The complete name must be specified Defines default Pagedef normally not used For jobs using inline resources specify DUMMY If there is no Pagedef defined in the job e g PJM Ticket then this defined Pagedef is used Exceptions If on the other hand the Pagedef DUMMY is defined in the job e g PUM Ticket first it is checked for an Inline Pagedef if the inline is not present then this defined Pagedef is used instead P1V06483 for cutsheet and P1STD3 for fanfold printers are avaibable in the default printer resource path For all other Pagedefs the resource path must be specified e g by using the parameter LIB PAGEDEF or by creating a new customer printer resource path u prismapro cfg print ers customy Specifies default carriage control character PDSCCA 0x01 ASA control characters PDSCCI 0x02 IBM control characters PDSCCS 0x04 OCE SIEMENS control charac ters PDSCCX 0x08 XEROX data stream PDSCCSI 0x10 force single line spacing 16 PDSCCDO 0x20 force double line spacing 32 PDSCCTR 0x40 force triple line spacing 64 22 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parame
289. rc command 2 4 5 4 Device Section The device section contains information on the data source of the input filter Example Device Begin DeviceType TapeRewind MagazineType MinDiskspace End Device IDGE A29247 X100 X 7 7 672 133 Functionality Input Filter General device section The JCF Keywords described in the table below are used for all devices Keyword Variable Type Description Deletelnput Value Delete Input file O File is NOT deleted default 1 File is deleted Only valid for HD amp 3 5 floppies DeviceName String Device name Normally these have following set tings when the DeviceType has following settings 370 dev ikgX EISA SCO Unix dev ikpX PCI SCO Unix dev i370 chanX cua PCI EIA Linux hostname or ip address for receiving data from socket 35_FLOPPY 35 FLOPPY XRX Is ignored by Unix depen dent of floppy format CARTRIDGE QIC dev nrStpx were X 0 2 SCO or TAPE is ignored Linux FLOPPY Is ignored by Unix 54 flop py HD lt Not used gt DeviceType String Category of the data source permitted entries are 370 35 FLOPPY 35 FLOPPY XRX TAPE CARTRIDGE FLOPPY HD ImageName String TAPE Path to tape image data file created by tap man DeviceType CARTRIDGE QIC or TAPE Xerox Floppy Path to image file created with dd DeviceType 35 FLOPPY XRX or FLOPPY This wi
290. re used Input buffer Output buffer Label buffer When data is read from device it is written into the Input Buffer When data is processed it is read from the Input buffer When data is processed it is written into the Output buffer The data which is written as output is read from the output buffer This buffer is used to recognized if the PJM listing is from the tape as the last one If so the Input Filter stops reading the tape and the previous PJM listing is shown A29247 X100 X 7 7672 161 Troubleshooting Input Filter Output buffer Input Process buffer data Scheme of program process for Single Thread Mode Depending on the buffer segment type part of buffer the trace lines are written in ASCII or binary together with conversion to ASCII EBCDIC H6BCD format The size of the file can be reduced by using the DataTraceBegin and or DataTraceEnd keywords these define at which data position the data trace is written and when it stops writing it By using the Normal trace flags the data trace can be selected individually to be written or not The files are written to directory u prismapro diag ifil ter with one of the following names Data trace filename Status Description jobid pid bt inp in Enabled Input buffer trace triggered when data is written to buffer segment and released to be read jobid pid bt outp in Enabled Output buffer trace triggered when data is written to
291. rface PrinterPool Printer Options This is the general option for dealing with all configured printers Because of the uniqueness of the printer names no server name has to be specified here Usage prtpool p Printer Command Option printer commands prtpool P Printer Columns scripting options Command line Description option p If no other options are specified prtpool returns the status of all printers Printer in the system The output consist of one line pre printer and the format looks like the old output from spladmin command prtname dpi data type jobqueues form status The displayed values start always on a dedicated column empty fields a filled with blanks The output can be restricted to one printer if the printer name is en tered after the p option p Printer start The start command activates a printer with the name Printer p Printer stop The stop command deactivates a printer with the name Printer p Printer reset The reset command stops a printer with the name Printer if it not re acts to the normal stop command p The jobint command interrupts the current printing job on printer Print Printer er The job will stay in the print queue with Interrupted status Reprints jobint of such job will start on the interrupted position Option Following options are allowed interrupt immediately no option parameter fc interrupt afte
292. ries to send the data again in case of a network error 0x0001 retry after time outs 0x0002 retry after minor errors 0x0004 retry after severe errors 0x0007 retry after all errors TIMEOUT 1 Set ftp time out in seconds 1 No time out at all 0 No time out specified use defaults gt 0 Time out in seconds Additional parameter transmission with FTP backend If the currently implemented parameters transmitted with the FTP backend to a tar get system are not sufficient a new interface of the FTP backend can be used This interface gives the opportunity to change the OCE custom ticket before it is trans ferred to the target system An example script is delivered and can be used directly This script copies the pa rameters from the original ticket to OCE custom ticket To configure it please open the Printer Configuration window and set the POSTOCTCMD parameter of your FTP Backend Printer to the value u prismapro bin addocTinfos ID NAME SPRINTE z Jj 98 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Print Parameter for Network Connection Additionally the original job ticket must be catched if this job is not printed directly but creating new print jobs different job IDs to the original job Therefore another script is delivered to be executed via the Job ANI interface To configure it please open the Printer Configuration Window and select collectReferenceJobInfos in the Job
293. rted Overlay Host Label Description S1 ANSI ANSI Processes VOL1 HDR1 EOF1 and EOV1 labels Labels use EBCDIC Code S3 ANSI ANSI Processes VOL1 HDR1 EOF1 and EOV1 labels Labels use ASCII Code NO IB NON Unlabeled tape No Multi volume support MOS E LT UN UN Unlabeled tape were first label is a tapemark TM No DEF DEF Multi volume support H1 H6000 STAN Processes standard 80 or 120 COBOL character labels DAR Basic Tape Labels BTL partial BTL EOF and EOR la D bels Labels use HEBCD Code U1 UNI ANSI Processes VOL1 HDR1 EOF1 and EOV1 labels Labels VAC use ASCII Code First data part O50 in Fielddata coded A29247 X100 X 7 7672 129 Functionality Input Filter 2 4 5 Job Control File Parameter The Job Control File JCF parameter is used to define a process chain The Input filter is the first part of the chain which reads the data from the hardware device The data is then passed via the communicator GCI to the next process in the chain or written to hard disk The JCF file is divided in several sections the following parts are used by the Input Filter JCF Section Sub Section Description Header General part read by all processes as well as commu nicator I Filter General Input Filter parameter I Filter Device Specifies which data source device is used and its pa rameters I Filter Outputdevice Specifies which output
294. s The special flags are used to control the behavior of the trace file Input Filter The following special trace mode are available Special Flags Name Description 0x00000001 Copy flag Creates a copy of the output file in the current di rectory 0x00000002 0x00000004 Data trace flag Error only flag Special buffer traces are written as ASCII file of the data which is passed through the internal In put called ifilter inp Output called ifilter out buf fers Only when error occurs trace info is written into the trace file This includes also traces which hap pen just before the error occurs The trace file lim itis disabled to enable writing this trace info 0x00000008 Time flag Time info is added for each trace line 0x00000010 Section flag Program section and source code id class are added for each trace line 0x00000020 Buffer trace flag The trace info is buffered until the buffer is full and then written to the trace file By NOT setting this bit the trace information is written line by line to the trace file The Copy flag and the Data trace flag are not often used because they reduce the performance quite a lot Copy flag A copy of the Input Filter output files is created in the current directory of the pro gram Data trace flag All data which is passed through the Input Filter buffers can be written to output files At the moment 3 buffers a
295. s 3 System libraries Printer resident resources are used only after a marked host resource is found 30 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend Resource Search Proce dure Example searching the FORMDEF F1EXAMPL Job Definitions are LIB COMMON u prismapro resources my Li brary LIB FORMDEF u prismapro resources my FormDefs Printer Definitions are LIB COMMON u prismapro resources system lib LIB FORMDEF z u prismapro resources fdef lib SYSTEMDATA u prismapro data prt myP ri nter 300 no Search F1EXAMP in rois cus i Au prismapro resources myLibrary A m Search F1EXAMP in MM me m iu prismapro rescurces fdef lib yes Search F1EXAMP in M eed m u prismapro resources system lib o 2 yes Search F1EXAMP in Au prismapro resourcesimyFormDefs Im no Error DSCASECTRL Controls the spelling of resource names and extensions be fore searching the file in the attached resource libraries 0 read the resource name and the extensions in lower case 1 read the resource name and the extensions in upper case 2 do not convert the spelling of the resource name and the extensions 3 at first the resource name and the extendions are reading in upper case and afterwards in low er case combination of 0 and 1 Please note that directory names specified with the library parameters LIB COMMON etc are always handled with out converting the spelling A29247
296. s ED external device which can be addressed by output tray name OEM the output is sent to an external post processing device which has no sepa rate name 1 the tray number has to be defined in the LI parameters 2 the tray IBLM has to be defined manually if the printer obtains an internal Book letmaker 3 if an IBLM tray is defined the external Bookletmaker also becomes an internal Bookletmaker If no IBLM tray is defined the output will be sent to the external de vice both are mapped on the Bookletmaker External Post Processings With Xerox DocuTech and with VP6250 external post processings are addressed by the tray name If you want to print to an external post processing device you have to create an output tray with a respective name and to select this for printing UPSI Finishing Names for DocuTech Printer In the POD Workflow of PRISMAproduction the UP I standard is used to define the 82 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends finishing options of a printer This is true for both the printer configuration and the standardized AFP data stream which is spooled in In the context of standardiza tion 2 new UPSI finishing options XML UPSI Configuration files currently only possible for DocuTech 6180 have been introduced These are e Binding DT6180 bind e Bookletmaker DT6180 BookletMaker They define the PRISMAproduction representation and not neces
297. s well in non dummy mode DUMMYDEV 0 In dummy mode it may be used to save predefined printer profiles In non dummy mode it may be used to save a profile of a real printer for later usage in dummy mode DMY SPEED Limits dummy speed on a per printer base 400ppm on a twin results in 800ppm overall speed O No speed limit is set DUMMYDEV Enable or disable the internal printer simulator 0 Printer simulator disabled 1 Printer simulator enabled A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend 1 2 3 3 MESSAGE PAGE PROCESSING HEADER PAGE PROCESSING TRAILER PAGE PROCESSING SEPARATOR PAGE PROCESSING GROUP MESSAGE PAGE PROCESSING GROUP HEADER PAGE PROCESSING GROUP TRAILER PAGE PROCESSING GROUP SEPARATOR PAGE PROCESSING Introduction The AFP2IPDS backend is able to generate and print job information sheets There are two types of information pages e Group Information Pages e Information Pages The Group Information Pages will be printed if enabled between jobs and or job copies and are used by the operator to recognize the beginning and end of a job and or of job copies The Information Pages will be printed if enabled between files and or file copies and are used by the operator to recognize the beginning and end of a file and or of file copies In special cases the AFP2IPDS backend also insert sheets containing text informa tion messages describing special conditions which o
298. sarily the techni cal implementation or the printer hardware Please configure these options if they are available which is especially useful for the DPconnect DocuTech Driver work flow These new XML files are installed only if the DocuTech Driver license is ac tivated If license was already deactivated please reactivate With all other printer models the post processings have no name You can print on them by creating an output tray The name of the tray is in this case not relevant External Post Processings via DocWorks You can now drive an external finisher by creating an output tray The name of that output tray is the name of the external finisher If you want to address an external finisher by DocWorks you have to set the variable OTHER of the LI section with this output tray number When the backend finds an UP3I Command special handling the OTHER Variable is also evaluated If you select the high capacity stacker from DocWorks the name HCS is used for the external finisher You can configure the name via the variable HCS NAME Subset Stapling For subset stapling the respective UP3i commands must be in the data stream e g jobs from DocWorks can contain subset stapling Stitch commands are now selectable via xml file The backend now ships an xml file VP 2110 stitcher to select the stitch com mands single dual portrait landscape stitch 1 3 5 Background Process A job will be regarded as printed successful
299. sending device end after receiving a block of da ta 294 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Tips and Tricks Two up Printing 7 3 Two up Printing If you are printing with PRISMAproduction you should never enable the Hardware Two Up feature on the printer itself PRISMA handles all two up printing requests itself and a mixture of job defined two up in PRISMA and printer defined two up will produce all kinds of unpredictable incorrect output and error messages 7 4 Support of printers with APA II controller PRISMAproduction APA Module supports APA II controllers LCDS and POD Modules can not be used for APA II controllers The problems using APAII controllers are mainly application related as this controller has limited IPDS command support e 600 dpi cannot be used e RMF Relative Metric Fonts cannot be used e All OCA features cannot be used IOCA GOCA BCOCA etc e DRM and MRM cannot be used e N Up cannot be used To be able to use APA II controllers PRISMAproduction installs the previous used resources without Relative Metric Fonts into the directories 240dpi apa 300dpi apa and 600dpi apa They can be used directly or by changing the links 240dpi 300dpi 600dpi List of the installed standard resource directories and links u prismapro resources system 240dpi Link to 240dpi sra u prismapro resources system 300dpi Link to 300dpi sra u prismapro resources system 600dpi Link to 600dpi sra u
300. shed or deleted from the queue Parameter Type Length Description max 1031 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 accounting ID without sub id Record belongs to the whole JOB NUM 8 4 accounting ID with sub id Record belongs to one data FILE user name TEXT 32 user ID of the operator who printed or deleted the file endstatus NUM 1 end status of the job O printed successfully 1 printed successfully and kept with status locked 2 deleted by the operator 3 deleted automatically 4 reset active printer 5 PS Abend 6 Job was interrupted after interrupt job request 7 Job was aborted because of bad print data or re sources 8 cancel hold 9 canvel delete printer TEXT 32 name of printer on which the job was printed if endsta tus is not 2 or 3 jobqueue NUM 3 last used jobqueue for this job range TEXT 14 last used print range for this job form TEXT 8 Content of the FORM parameter jobname TEXT 32 JOB jobname filename TEXT 128 FILE original filename on the client including path startdate TEXT 10 date format dd mm yyyy when job was received by spool starttime TEXT 8 time format hh mm ss when job was received by spool enddate TEXT 10 end date format dd mm yyyy when job was removed from the spool queue or locked endtime TEXT 8 end time format hh mm ss when job was removed from the spool queue or locked jobcopies NUM 5 JOB cop
301. sheet printers that do not demand any performance may be driven on a shared LAN If more performance is needed there should be 1 LAN adapter per printer Connection has to be peer to peer direct using crossed ethernet cables The LAN adapter cards and the Printer CSI should be configured to 100Mbit 1 Gbit full du plex Any other intermediate devices like hubs switches bridges etc are used at your own risk and you have to verify yourself that your configuration runs free of colli sions full speed without further negotiation of protocols In the printer configuration on the server side you have to set the following param eters PRTACKR 0 section PRTINFO Default Please do not change to any other value as this may cause backend abends PDSDCK 3 section PDSINFO or PrintLCDS JCF spooljob section for LCDS Jobs Hint PDSDCK 3 means no position and data checking If data checking is activated PDSDCK less than 3 then PRTACKR is not evaluated and the performance will decrease The TCP IP performance switched on tuning set is supplied for this purpose 7 1 2 Multi client functionality What does multi client functionality mean Up to 16 print processes logical printers on different print servers may be attached to 1 physical printer at the same time If one of the print processes gets a job to print it tries to reserve the physical printer for this purpose If the reservation succeeds printing commences If i
302. signs in constant text parts they have to be quoted with a sign e Make it possible to provide information to be printed on the trailer page after the job has started printing This is important for data extracted from the data stream and or collected by fil ter and converter programs like X Filter in print while spooling mode This re quires changes in the implementation of Spool to accept updates for print pa rameters after the job has been submitted and the LI to re read the job param eters after printout and before preparing the trailer page content Some examples for the LCDS Module for additional data available on the trailer page LINES PRINTED BLOCKS READ BLOCKS SKIPPED RECORDS READ DJDE RECORDS READ GRAPHIC PAGES PRINTED GRAPHIC IMAGES READ MAXIMUM COPY COUNT OVERPRINTS COLLATE SF MF SIMPLEX DUPLEX JDE JDL USED ACCTINFO INITIAL FONT LIST Xlines Xblock XblockS Xrec xdjde Xgra pag Ximg read Xcopy Xoverp Xcoll Xsfmf S ACCT DUPLEX S xjde xXjd1 Xacct Xfont 168 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Administration of Accounting Data 3 3 Administration of Accounting Data Accounting data is collected in two ways the information is stored in a database and also in text based legacy accounting files Both possibilities can be configured in a separate administration applica
303. snmp snmptable Query information from an SNMP table ID using SNMP GET NEXT requests snmptest Monitor and manage information on a network entity in an in teractive way snmptranslate Translates an SNMP object into another form of information u prismapro cfg snmp mibs u prismapro cfg snmp man u prismapro cfg snmp man snmpwalk Query information from a tree of OID s using SNMP GET NEXT requests u prismapro cfg snmp OPS PRISMA SNMP configuration directory snmpd conf SNMP configuration file psmib ini OPS PRISMA SNMP initialization file OPS PRISMA SNMP MIB directory OPS PRISMA SNMP manual pages Several manual pages for OPS PRISMA SNMP commands PSMIB txt Printing System Management Information Base PSMIB Other UCD SNMP standard MIB s u prismapro diag snmp OPS PRISMA SNMP diagnostic directory psmib log lt date_timesta mp gt Logging file of the SNMP Daemon regarding the PSMIB Ex ists after first start of the SNMP Daemon 284 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Tips and Tricks Printing with AFP2IPDS Backend via TCP IP Connection 7 Tips and Tricks 7 1 Printing with AFP2IPDS Backend via TCP IP Connection PRISMAproduction supports TCP IP printing on all currently released VarioStream and VarioPrint printers Additionally successful tests were done with the Venlo Var ioPrint 2110 and 3090 printers TCP IP printing is released also for PRISMAproduction POD Mod
304. st be placed for example in u prismapro cfg printers lt printername gt please see step 5 in Custom specific infopages and resources for configured printers on page 12 TRC Specifies if table reference characters are availabe 1 or not 0 Allowed ASCII values are ascii value hex value Blank 0x20 0 9 0x30 0x39 If more than 10 TRCs are requested the user has to define the requested fonts by his PAGEDEF X2UP Specifies default Two up processing value description No value means use information from FORMDEF 0 No Two up 1 Normal Two up left right 2 Identical copies 3 Inversed Two up right left 1 2 4 5 Tracing To see which Keywords were not found following TraceFlag must be set 0x00010000 60 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend 1 2 4 6 Example These examples show how to use the InfoPage Parameters We will use the stan dard hdrpage template and then change it step by step to demonstrate how the pa rameters work Standard HeaderPage Template kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxkk STITLES OPS PRISMA SNIPDS Backend Version SVERSIONS created on SVERSIONDATES S VERSIONTIMES SPAGENAMES Ck ckCckck ck ckckckckck ckck ck ckck ck ckck ckckck ck ckckockckckckck ck ckck ck ck ck ckckckckckockck ck ckck ck ck ck ckckckckck ck k ck ck ck ck kk k kk USER NAME SOWNERS
305. status of all spool daemons in the cluster The output contains 3 columns per line hostname daemon status halt status The displayed values start always on a dedicated column empty fields a filled with blanks The output can be restricted to one server if the server name is en tered after the s option S If a command option should be used on a special spool daemon the Server server name has to be specified before Command start This command starts the spool daemon on specified pc stop This command stops the spool daemon on specified pc restart This command stops an restarts the daemon on specified pc Examples prtpool s lt servername gt restart gt restart spool daemon on dedicated server l This is the general option for handling traces of all spool daemons in Server the cluster If server name is not specified prtpool returns the status of all spool daemons in the cluster The output contains 3 columns per line hostname log level The displayed values start always on a dedicated column empty fields a filled with blanks The output can be restricted to one server if the server name is en tered after the l option A29247 X100 X 7 7672 207 PrinterPool Command Line Interface Command line option l Server Log Level Description This is the general option for changing traces levels of all spool dae mons in the cluster If a new log level should be set the server name has to b
306. t Name of the parameter file which should be used for this command jobstat l f lt f1 gt lt f2 gt Displays single parameters fields The fields must be separated by a co lon jobstat l 0 lt output file gt Name of the output file If the name is missing the output is sent to stdout jobstat l h Also displays header line jobstat l sphar Issues all allowed parameters fields for f Contents of the parameter file The statement HeaderLine yes no defines if a descriptive header should be displayed or not Default is no The order of the list of usable parameters defines the order of the output Lines which start with are comments which are not used The command jobstat I crpar creates a template file which contains all supported parameters This template file can be modified in the following ways e activate desired parameters by deleting the leading characters e change the order of the parameters The following parameters can be used Meaning jobid jobname A29247 X100 X 7 7672 225 Job Status Information Command Line Interface jobstatus ODS Job status The following values are possible wait wait event transfer work ready to print printing finished locked error interrupted the job has been interrupted interrupt ho
307. t failed the process has to wait for a notification from the physical printer that the printer has been freed 286 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Tips and Tricks Printing with AFP2IPDS Backend via TCP IP Connection After all jobs have been printed the print process checks if other print processes are waiting for this printer by means of an inquiry to the physical printer If other pro cesses are waiting it may release the printer leaving it to serve these other pro cesses but it stays attached The physical printer will now notify one of the waiting print processes that it is available now This process may now reserve the printer for itself and print it s jobs Only one process may reserve the physical printer at a time all other processes requesting this printer are in wait state A process that is in wait state may be canceled any time System requirements to use multi client functionality mode functional code 2 10 08 or higher bundle 3 3 05 or higher bundle 4 e Enable multi client mode for this module by setting PPDLIB MULTICLIENT 1 in sraconf dat Standard is disabled In the configuration of the print process li ini DEVICEFLAGS must be set to default DEVICEFLAGS 0x603 and the NPRO value of all logical printers must be gt 0 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 287 Printing with AFP2IPDS Backend via TCP IP Connection Tips and Tricks 7 1 3 Troubleshooting User action in case of TCP IP connection problems All the
308. t get a connect again reboot the server and the printer Situation Another server is connected with this printer and the session is active Message no error message The printer s state is waiting User action Is another server connected to this printer Disconnecting the printers channel should close this session try to find the other server first A29247 X100 X 7 7672 289 Channel Driver Utilities Tips and Tricks 7 2 Channel Driver Utilities 7 2 1 General 370 Channel Information The connection to the 370 channel depends on the customer s environment e Max count for supported boards 4 e Since V3 02 19 it is possible to attach 2 printers to one 370 channel board Be fore this was configurable for one twin system only e The server operates as a host on the channel Host System Connect the cable supplied with the card on one side to the first device on the channel and on the other side to the external connector on the board The ter minator resistors are already on the board so the channel is correctly terminat ed e The server operates as a device on the channel Control Unit In this case a switch box is required with bus in out and tag in out connectors on it and an additional cable must be used for connecting the switch box to the external connector of the board The box requires a separate power supply If the box operates as the last device on the channel the BUS OUT and the TAG OUT ports
309. ta section 3 Job with 3 Sections first Section 2 copies second Section 3 copies third Sec ore first file copy After last file copy 1 copy 2 Data section 2 copy 1 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 55 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter Print Data Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page Group Message Page gt Group Trailer Page section section section section copy 2 copy 3 copy 1 copy 2 All FilelnfoPages are enabled with value 2 Before all file copies After all file cop ies The following output will be generated Group Header Page Group Separator Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data Message Page gt Trailer Page section section section section section copy 1 copy 2 copy 1 copy 2 copy 3 56 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend Header Page Separator Page Print Data section 3 copy 1 Message Page gt Trailer Page Header Page Separator Page Print Data section 3 copy 2 Message Page gt Trailer Page Group Message Page gt Group Trailer P
310. tart at defined position DEFAULT_CHARACTER Defines the default character if a character is not available in the code page FONTS List of the default font if no other fonts are specified FORM Form identifier of physical form to be used PS uses this id to request operator intervention when a form mount is required 20 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter AFP2IPDS Backend FORMDEF Defines a default Form definition FORMDEF name For jobs using inline resources specify DUMMY A 1 to 8 character name of the form definition to be used in printing the print data stream The complete name must be specified No prefix is added by AFP2IPDS backend Defines default Formdef normally not used For jobs using inline resources specify DUMMY If there is no Formdef defined in the job e g PJM Ticket then this defined Formdef is used Exceptions If on the other hand the Formdef DUMMY is defined in the job e g PUM Ticket first itis checked for an Inline Formdef if the inline is not present then this defined Formdef is used instead F10101 for cutsheet and F10101LA for fanfold printers are available in the default printer resource path For all other Formdefs the resource path must be specified e g by using the parameter LIB FORMDEF or by creating a new customer printer resource path u prismapro cfg print ers custom FORMLEN Value of the FORMLEN Parameter in
311. tation informa tion of the FORMDEF which is force to be PORTRAIT 90 PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex information but not the orientation informa tion of the FORMDEF which is force to be LANDSCAPE 90 PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex information but not the orientation informa tion of the FORMDEF which is force to be PORTRAIT 180 PDSDUPLX field if specified overrides the du plex information but not the orientation informa tion of the FORMDEF which is force to be LANDSCAPE 180 MSGP COLMAP HDRP COLMAP TRLP_COLMAP SEPP_COLMAP GMSGP_COLMAP GHDRP_COLMAP GTRLP_COLMAP GSEPP_COLMAP Defines a colormap resource A29247 X100 X 7 7672 17 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter MSGP FRONTSIDEOVLS HDRP FRONTSIDEOVLS TRLP_FRONTSIDEOVLS SEPP_FRONTSIDEOVLS GMSGP_FRONTSIDEOVLS GHDRP_FRONTSIDEOVLS GTRLP_FRONTSIDEOVLS GSEPP_FRONTSIDEOVLS List of overlays to be placed on the front side of each sheet List delimiter is MSGP_BACKSIDEOVLS HDRP_BACKSIDEOVLS TRLP_BACKSIDEOVLS SEPP_BACKSIDEOVLS GMSGP_BACKSIDEOVLS GHDRP_BACKSIDEOVLS GTRLP_BACKSIDEOVLS GSEPP_BACKSIDEOVLS MSGP_XOFFXB HDRP_XOFFXB TRLP_XOFFXB SEPP_XOFFXB GMSGP_XOFFXB GHDRP_XOFFXB GTRLP_XOFFXB GSEPP_XOFFXB List of overlays to be placed on the back side of each sheet List delimiter is X offset on the reverse side of the sheet Defines a new x offset of the logical page positio
312. tation information of the FORMDEF which is force to be LAND SCAPE 90 PDSDUPLX PDS3DUPX fields if spec ified override the duplex information but notthe orientation information of the FORMDEF which is force to be LAND SCAPE 180 PDSDUPLX PDS3DUPX fields if spec ified override the duplex information but notthe orientation information of the FORMDEF which is force to be LAND SCAPE 180 don t use orientation from FORMDEF orientation is forced to be Portrait only cutsheet printers use orientation from Formdef only cut sheet printers Note If 8 or 9 is used the setting of the MDDflg by PPFA or SLE is ignored If N up presentation is active the orientation of the FORM DEF will always be passed to the cutsheet printer A29247 X100 X 7 7672 27 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter PDSSOSI Double byte mode control PDSSOSIO 0 Shift out Shift in codes are ignored PDSSOSM 1 SO SI codes are replaced with a blank character X 40 and used to switch modes PDSSOSI2 2 SO SI codes are just used to switch modes PDSTRC Translate table reference character PDSTRCN 0x00 No TRC present PDSTRCI 0x01 IBM TRC present PDSTRCS 0x02 SIEMENS TRC present PDSTRCX 0x03 XEROX TRC present The PAGEDEF determines whether a TRC should be pro cessed in AFPDS mode where 7 bits IBM TRC or 8 bits OPS TRO are used or compatibility mode where TRC val idation takes place on the last 4 bits bits 4 7 of the TRC
313. te the sub ID 12345678 0001 for the first file and 12345678 0002 for the second file 3 4 1 List of product code numbers The first two digits of the record type are product specific Here are the currently de fined numbers Product code Product name 10 PRISMAproduction Common Components 11 PRISMAproduction Input Modules 12 PRISMAproduction LCDS Module 13 PRISMAproduction POD PCL Module 14 PRISMAproduction OLDS Module 16 PRISMAproduction Backend V3 02 and higher 17 PRISMAproduction Backend V3 02 and higher 20 EPSS Namur 21 PRISMAarchive Document Manager Namur 4XXX DPS Venlo 5XXX DPS Venlo 6xxx WFPS Venlo 7XXX WFPS Venlo 99 User specific records The code 99 is reserved for user defined extensions of the standard PRISMApro supplied accounting data 170 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC 3 5 Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC 3 5 1 Input Filter Record Type 1000 This record type is written only once for each job if the Input Filter is used It con tains information about the input device Parameter Type Length Description max 1000 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID device TEXT 32 type of input device e g Tape Harddisk 370 Chan nel filename TEXT 128 original filename on the input device may be empty if no filename is available For multifi
314. ter AFP2IPDS Backend PDSDCK Bitmask to disable data checks 0x00 All data checks are reported by the printer PDSDCKPO 0x01 block invalid position data checks printing outside of the printable area BLKPOS PDSDCKCH 0x02 block invalid character data checks BLKCHAR character codes that are undefined in the code page of the font and prints the default character instead 0x03 Is a combination of 0x01 and 0x02 PDSDCKFL 0x04 block invalid length FCB checks ATTENTION Changing this parameter to a value 0x03 will cause that parameter PRTACKR to be ignored PDSDUPLX Specifies default Simplex duplex information 1 use information from FORMDEF 0 Simplex 1 Normal duplex 2 Tumble duplex No value or 1 means use information from Formdef PDSFLG2 Bitmask for following options 0x01 Start every document at upperside page fan fold 0x02 burst stacking request 0x04 EOT mark Offset stacking requested at the beginning of the first transmission 0x20 EOT mark Offset stacking requested at the beginning of all transmissions Default 0x40 Swapped printing requested A Twin printers only The front and back sides are swapped 0x80 Used whenPDS3FONT is set If both are on the font list specified in PDSFONT is ignored for an inline PAGEDEF A29247 X100 X 7 7672 23 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter PDSFLG7 PS processing dialog PDS7X2OF 0x01 Activate the X2UP OFFSET Option may be used in case of RSTA
315. ter is idling POSTFILECMD Command to call after file transmission is completed A possibly specified variable NAME is replaced with the job name POSTJOBCMD PROGRESS default 250000 Command to call after job transmission is completed A possibly available variable NAME is replaced with the file name Update print progress information 0 Update only only at end of file or copy changes gt 0 Amount of transmitted bytes after which progress is updated SIGNALS default 10 12 Set two separated signal numbers which should be used for signalling end of an i o request def 10 SIGUSR1 not ready to ready interrupts def 18 SIGUSR2 when print data is sent via 370 channel 0 Signal should not be used gt 0 Signal to use Available signals enter the command kill l to get the list of available signals TIMEOUT Set i o timeout in sec 1 No timeout at all 0 No timeout specified use defaults gt 0 Timeout in seconds TRACEFILE u prismapro diag printers lt Printer name trc Filename of the trace file The name must be unique for each configured printer Printer name is the name of the logical printer 96 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Print Parameter for Network Connection 1 5 Print Parameter for Network Connection default 100 1 5 1 FTP ABORT If set to 1 the ftp backend sends an ABORT command to the ftp ser
316. test A29247 X100 X 7 7672 37 AFP2IPDS Backend Print Parameter LIB OBJECT CONTAINER List of individual resource paths of object libraries contain ers The paths are free definable and separated by The search order is the same as the directories are written from left to right First the resource is searched in the paths specified at LIB COMMON Second in the object libraries container specific paths The first matching resource will be used Example see LIB FONT LIB OVERLAY List of individual resource paths of overlays The paths are free definable and separated by The search order is the same as the directories are written from left to right First the resource is searched in the paths specified at LIB COMMON Second in the overlay specific paths The first matching re source will be used Example LIB COMMON u prismapro resources system 240dpi LIB FORMDEF u prismapro resources local new frm u prismapro resources local mylib forms u prismapro resources local mylib fdef LIB PAGEDEF u prismapro resources local new pdef u prismapro resources local mylib pagedef LIB OVERLAY u prismapro resources local mylib over lay Searching the overlay resource o1lese12 would result in the following search order u prismapro resources system 240dpi o1lese12 u prismapro resources local mylib overlay o1lese12 38 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Pr
317. th adjustment Data which follows the re cord is ignored up through the end of the block NO indicates that the end of a tape block is not indicated by a value of 0 in the record length field A29247 X100 X 7 7672 151 JDE Parameter Input Filter Example BLOCK statement usage BLOCK LENGTH 351 OFFSET 2 ADJUST 0 LTHFLD 2 PREAMBLE 8 FORMAT BIN 4 wvaeximum Block Length M BLOCK Bron SELECTION RECORD 1 RECORD 2 RECORD 3 LENGTH 133 bytes 81 bytes 129 bytes X01 X5F I BLOCK I OFFSET l l l l l l I BLOCK I I p LTHFLD I l l l l l l l l l BSELECT offset BSELECT length gt l l l l BLOCK PREAMBLE 152 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter JDE Parameter 2 5 3 Record structure parameter Keyword Variable Description Type ADJUST Value Specifies an adjustment value added to or subtracted from Default 0 the contents of the record length field to determine the true record length A value specifies the record adjustment length It is a constant integer added to or subtracted from the value in the length field of every record The range of a value is 127 to 127 and must be smaller or equal then the record length The first character may be the sign plus or minus CONSTANT String Specifies a constant string used to signal the end of a re No default cord This record delimiter
318. the Input Filter supports and the allowed values are described here A few ot the parameters have Input Filter specific extensions 2 5 1 Volume structure parameter Keyword Variable Type Description BMULT Value Specifies a multiplication factor which is applied to Default 1 the block length extracted from a tape label in order to determine the true block length The value is an in teger in the range of 1 to 15 CODE ASCII EBCDIC Specifies which code translation table is being used H6BCD NONE in interpreting the input data The keyword NONE is UNIVAC used when data is not to be translated by input pro Default EBCDIC cessing This will be used when the job contains metacodes HOST Default IBMOS Specifies the computer and or host operating system that generated the input data file See APA LCDS and OLDS specific chapters for supported HOST LABEL values LABEL ANSI NONE STAN Specifies the type of label on the input tape The val DARD UNDEF ue NONE means no labels are written on tape See Default STANDARD APA LCDS and OLDS specific chapters for support ed HOST LABEL values LCODE ASCII EBCDIC Specifies which code translation table is used when H6BCD NONE interpreting the input label When the value is set to UNIVAC UNDEF UNDEF and ANSI or ANSI like labels are used the Default EBCDIC label code translation table is detected automatical ly MAXLAB Default 81 Is used internally
319. ting records will be written for the media transferred Some backends VP2110 Xerox 6180 CPS900 are able to monitor the print process The printers can be driven by two input data streams By PostScript prepared for the printers These files have to be spooled in using the so called PJM RAW format By POD AFP In this case the backend converts the POD AFP into PostScript All parameters of the Professional Document Composer are preserved and transferred to PostScript The backends are by default configured as AFP backends because they receive POD AFP files from the spool These POD files are converted into PostScript The converted file is then transferred using the Ip protocol The CPS printers are an ex ception These printers are driven via the external interface of the efi controller A29247 X100 X 7 7672 77 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Print Parameter 1 3 2 Configuration of the Backends The backend is ready to print after setting up the IP address of the printer and the name of remote queue on the General tab in the Printer Configuration Oc PostScript printer not CPS Here the queue will not be analyzed By default LP is set as queue Xerox DocuTech The queue will be analyzed You have to define a new print queue on the Xerox DocuTech or you have to set an existing queue and to activate this queue on the printer The insert the name of this queue in the general backend parameters Oth
320. tion See Accounting Administration in the Configuration chapter of the PRISMAproduction user s guides 3 4 Legacy Accounting Files e All accounting information based on legacy files is kept in the directory u prismapro account This directory name cannot be changed e Each accounting file contains the data collected for one day The name of the accounting file contains the date lt YYYYMMDD gt acc e Accounting files are automatically generated by the account server program e The account files are written in text format in the representation of the operating system on which the account server program is running e Legacy Account file handling is available via GUI for the administrator Config uration gt Accounting The following functions are available Deleting ac counting records after a defined period of time or directly and copying ac counting files e g to DOS formatted floppies Record format e Each accounting record can be up to 255 characters long and is stored as one line in a text file This means the record ends with either a lt LF gt 0x0a on Unix platforms or lt CR gt lt LF gt on WindowsNT platforms e Each accounting record begins in column 1 with a statement of the record type in 4 digits followed by a semicolon e The first two digits of the record type are product specific the third digit is pro gram specific The last digit allows programs to write more than one record types The
321. tion will process the request and forward it to a JDF Job Submission server This server will handle the JDF Job Ticket and the data files involved and create a standard PRISMAproduction job To be able to do that PRISMAproduction Job Ticket is created internally either by just using defaults or by using a template name passed via a JDF parameter Actual JDF Ticket parameters are merged with in specific fields of the PRISMApro duction ticket A JDF JMF environment allows the submitter of a job to name a location URL where status messages are to be sent This could be a one time request to just get back information about the status of the job submission or the request for a persistent channel The latter defines that all status changes are to be reported to the defined 256 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 JDF Support The JDF JMF framework location automatically In addition status information could also be requested by give me status of job X messages The PRISMAproduction JDF JMF framework supports all described methods of status information passing Note As jobs submitted via the JDF interface end up as standard PRIS MAproduction jobs they can be fully monitored controlled inside the PRISMA Explorer But when a status channel has been established all status changes are also reported to the location defined in JDF JMF So the jobs can be seen exactly in the same way by some external JDF based monitoring tool In addition to job mon
322. tions Media Supported data type s Description HD SPP OLDS Data SPP OLDS Resource SPP printdata OLDS SPP resources OLDS Cartridge Tape QIC or SPP OLDS Data SPP printdata OLDS as image file SPP OLDS Resource SPP resources OLDS Data types Description of the supported Input Filter data types and which keyword needs to be used Media JCF Parameter InFileType Description SPP OLDS Data SPP Data SPP print data OLDS SPP OLDS Resource SPP Resource OMSLIB resource data Hard disk media The following hard disk formats are supported Input filter data type JCF Parameter Restrictions Requirements JDE Name SPP Data 2 For JDE Name see chapter SPP Print Data SPP Resource OMSLIB OMSLIB record length fields must be add ed to the input filter input data stream Tape media SPP Resource The following hard disk formats are supported JCF Parameter Host Label Description JDE Name OMSLIB OLDS STANDARD Used to read OMSLIB libraries 128 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality SPP Print Data The SPP Print Data tape media type are defined by the Overlay name JCF Pa rameter JDE Name which then selects the correct section in the InputFilter param eter file olds params if with correct HOST LABEL settings The following overlays are at the moment suppo
323. to be defined This tray must then be connected to the respective control file Some post processing can only be addressed by output tray name others only by UP3i commands Some post processings can be addressed with both possibilities The reason is because also in the case of pure PostScript post processings can be triggered by output commands The following table lists all post processing and the way they are addressed VP2100 is compatible to VP2110 VP6150 VP6200 are compatible to VP6250 Oce 3165 and VP2075 VP10x5 are compatible to VP2070 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 81 Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends Print Parameter Post Preocessing Xerox VP2110 VP6250 VP2070 Canon150 Booklet Advanced XU OEM ED X InternalBookletmaker X X Xx X Binding XU OEM U U XU BindingRight X Stacking XU XU XU XU Single portrait left stitch XU U U U Single landscape left stitch XU U U U Single portrait right stitch X Single landscape right stitch XU Dual landscape left stitch XU U U X Dual landscape right stitch XU Dual portrait stitch XU U U HighCapacityStacker ED OEM ED HCS SampleTray XU XU XU x DocWorks Other ED OEM ED ED Subset stapling X X X X User defined output tray ED OEM ED ED otn otn X is addressed by output tray names U is addressed by UP3i command
324. trust ed hosts in the rhosts file in the home directory of the user name root This means the server name and the IP address of the print server must be added to the file etc hosts and the entry server name root must be added to the file rhosts located in the home directory of user root Both files are located on the DocuSP server In this case the backend will use a different login name than root this name may be entered as parameter rsh_user in section LI E g etc hosts printserver lt ip address gt or root rhosts username rhosts printserver root printserver root The user name can be specified in the LI Parameter RSH USER After print file conversion and successful transmission to the DocuSP server the spool status of the print job is switched to output control in the interleaved pro cessing case and to successfully completed in the default case In the interleaved processing case the print status is periodically checked on the DocuTech by a background process If a operator intervention is necessary this background control issues a corresponding message to the print server 84 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends The background process will issue the PRISMA spool states finished or error if all print files of the corresponding ODS job have been printed with the DocuSP states Successfully Completed Completed with Errors or Fau
325. ttributes in the data stream they will be analyzed Otherwise the tray numbers are analyzed Consequently media attributes overrule tray numbers An exception are printers which are not capable of working with media attributes e g the VP2050 Here only the tray numbers will be analyzed If a printer only works with media attributes and the data stream does not contain any attributes the 78 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Print Parameter Functions of the Oc PostScript Backends backend creates generic media attributes from the trays as MediaType trayxx xx tray number All other media attributes are omitted or replaced by default values as for Xerox This enabled you to also print tray number with these printers At the moment you can set Cold Inserts only with the PDC via Blank Pages If the media attributes vary before and after the blank page and if there is no printed page with the media attributes of the blank page in the data stream the blank page will be regarded as a cold insert On the other hand cold inserts can be output di rectly via DocWorks see the print room project On a VP2110 cold inserts are dis played by a special icon On a Xerox DocuTech they are visible as blank page in serts in the media attributes of a job Tabs can be output directly via the PJM or PDC With the VP21xx VP61xx a corre sponding icon is displayed on the printer Tab printing Xerox Tab printing is supported by Xerox The names of t
326. tus 260 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 SNMP Agent Accessing Values with SNMP Object Identifier Description ASN T T ype ACCESS svrJobldentifier A value uniquely identifies a job in the DisplayString read only spool system svrJobName The name of this job The default value DisplayString read only is svrJobOwner The owner of this job The defaultvalue DisplayString read only is svrJobQueueldentifier The identifier of the Queue to which INTEGER read write this job is assigned The default value is 0 The value may also be set with this entry The value has to be between 1 and 9999 It cannot be set if the job status is printing or output ctrl svrJobType The type of this job The default value INTEGER read only is unknown svrJobStatus The status of this job The default value INTEGER read write is unknown 1 Also to lock release express or delete a job svrJobCopies The number of copies of the job you INTEGER read write want to print The default value is 0 The value may also be set with this en try The value has to be between 1 and 32767 It cannot be set if the job status is printing or output ctrl svrJobPercent The percentage of all copies of thisjob INTEGER read only Completed completed The default value is 0 svrJobPrintedCopies The amount of printed copies of this Counter read only job The default value is O svrJobPrintedPages The number
327. tus CheckResolution CheckPrinter CheckJobQueue CheckToner inactive 3 active 2 active 2 active 2 inactive 3 inactive 3 active 2 active 2 active 2 inactive 3 inactive 3 active 2 active 2 active 2 inactive 3 inactive 3 active 2 active 2 active 2 inactive 3 amp snmpwalk c public localhost prnPrinterTable Assuming the given prnPrinterTable and smnpwalk command are used the sn mpwalk command will generate the following output en erTable prn enterprises enterprises enterprises erTable prn enterprises erTable prn enterprises enterprises enterprises erTable prn oce erTable prnPrin oce erTable prnPrin oce Prin oce Prin oce erTable prnPrin oce erTable prnPrin oce Prin terprises oce prisma prismaProduction psmib printer Prin terEntry prnPrinterNumber 0 1 H pr ter Gl ntry prnPrinterNumber 1 2 H pr ter Gl ntry prnPrinterNumber 2 3 H PE ter Gl ntry prnPrinterNumber 3 4 H pr ter Gl ntry prnPrinterName 0 Printer H pr ter Gl ntry prnPrinterName 1 Printer2 H pr ter Gl ntry prnPrinterName 2 Printer3 H pr ter Gl ntry prnPrinterName 3 Printer4 sma prismaProduction psmib printer sma prismaProduction psmib printer sma prismaProduction psmib printer sma prismaProduction psmib printer
328. type is not used for the redirection mode Parameter Type Length Description max 1011 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID filetype TEXT 8 data type of input file e g PS PCL AFP filename TEXT 128 original filename on the client including path Example 1011 12345678 AFP usr data very long pathname file24 172 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Accounting Description of specific record types in PRISMAproduction CC 3 5 3 ODS Record Type 1012 This record is always written for each job disappeared from the All Jobs List in the explorer Parameter Type Length Description max 1012 NUM 4 record type account id NUM 8 4 accounting ID user name TEXT 32 user of the explorer endestatus NUM 1 0 normal end of the job after end of the Hold Fin ished Jobs time 2 deleted by the operator date TEXT 10 end date format tt mm yyyy time TEXT 8 end time format hh mm ss Example 1012 12345678 service 0 23 08 2002 14 42 55 3 5 4 Ul Manager Record Type 1020 This record type is written once for each job started from the Ul Manager This is internally done by submitting a JCF to the communicator The record contains the global information about the submitted job Parameter Type Length Description max 1020 NUM 4 record type account_id NUM 8 4 accounting ID user name TEXT 32 user ID fro
329. ublic interop isc i88 For more information read the FAQ as well as the snmpd conf 5 manual page in a simple way default localhost default default default If other access rights or communities are needed changes to this file have to be made manually by the system administrator A29247 X100 X 7 7672 283 Content of the Distribution Package SNMP Agent 6 4 Content of the Distribution Package The OPS PRISMA SNMP and the corresponding printing system MIB are shipped as an RPM packet The table shows the generated file directory structure after installation of the RPM Name of file directory Object description u prismapro autoadmin Directory for automatic configuration oce pp snmp dlg Delegation script for automatic configuration of the OPS PRISMA SNMP RPM packet u prismapro bin OPS PRISMA executables directory psadmin Start Stop script for the SNMP daemon prisma_snmp Script to switch from PRISMA SNMP to net snmp and back snmpd Daemon to respond to SNMP requests snmpget Query information from an OID using SNMP GET requests snmpgetnext Query information from the lexicographically next OID in the MIB using SNMP GET NEXT requests snmpnetstat Displays network related information snmpset Set the information on an OID using SNMP SET requests snmpstatus Display statistics on a network entity snmp_switch Script to toggle between PRISMA SNMP and net
330. ules and A Twins without restrictions The following LAN adapter cards for the PRISMA server have been certified 1x Intel LAN 82559 on board 10 100 in server F250 Fast Ethernet Adapter 10 100TX Intel Pro 100 DUAL Fast Ethernet 10 100TX 2x Port IPsec Intel Pro 100S 2 Port Server Adapter with IPsec with 3DES Encryption 1xPCI Slot Fast Ethernet Adapter 10 100TX Intel PRO 100 Server Adapter 1 x 32 Bit PCI Slot Gigabit Ethernet Contr 1000SX PCI X Intel PRO 1000 XF Server Adapter 1 x PCI X Slot or 1 x 64 32 Bit PCI Slot Gigabit Ethernet Contr 1000TX PCI X Intel PRO 1000 XT Server Adapter 1 x PCI X Slot or 1 x 64 32 Bit PCI Slot 1x Intel LAN on board Gigabit Ethernet 10 100 1000 TX 8254OEM in server TX150 Configuring a TCP IP printer with the Spool Configuration Window will set the Print er Parameter DEVICEFLAGS for automatic PPD protocol detection 0x200 For special cases the automatic detection can be deactivated and the protocol can be set manual to PPD1 or PPD2 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 285 Printing with AFP2IPDS Backend via TCP IP Connection Tips and Tricks 7 1 1 Performance The performance using TCP IP is sufficient to drive fast fanfold printers with all ap plications To achieve this the communication between printer Functional Code and server AFP2IPDS Backend the PPD protocol version 2 must be used The printer functional code supports PPD 2 protocol starting with Bundle 3 Small cut
331. unicator the OutFormat should be set to LF and the OutPath variable should be used to define were the re source files sub directories should be created When the OutSubcat variable is set to AUTO the sub directories will be created in lower case 108 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Input Filter Functionality 2 4 3 1 Data types Description of the supported Input Filter data types and which keyword needs to be used Media JCF Parameter Description InFileType Xerox Resource XRX Resource Xerox resources of type CMD FNT FRM IMG JSL LGO are supported others are ignored using the GCI environment It is possible to load all Xerox resource types see LCDS description XDL DJDE Reference Guide for more details Xerox Print Data XRX_DATA Print data formatted using block record structure Xerox print data LCDS 2 4 3 2 Xerox Floppy media The Xerox floppy media are only supported for Xerox resource floppies 5 25 for matted for 720 Kbytes or 1 2 Mbytes and 3 5 floppies formatted for 1 2 Mbytes Media JCF_Parameter Description DeviceName 3 5 Floppy 35_FLOPPY_XRX Xerox resource floppy only 1 2 Mb format sup ported 5 25 Floppy FLOPPY Xerox resource floppy 720 Kbyte and 1 2 Mb for mat supported 2 4 3 3 HD media Xerox Resource Xerox Resources of type CMD FNT FRM IMG JSL LGO can be read from hard disk other types are ignored These files must start with the 128 byte Xerox LPS he
332. v default 0 er if a running data transmission must be cancelled due to an user re quest to cancel or interrupt active print job s This parameter can be enabled if the ftp server supports async abort commands In the default setting a running upload is canceled simply by stopping data transfer and deleting the incompletely uploaded file BUFSIZE Buffer size for reading data blocks from the print file The backend default 0 reads always this amount of bytes and sends as much as possible of them to the ftp server The unsent data is sent in following send commands 0 Use default buffer size recommended gt 0 Use this size in bytes max 60 Kbyte FS_DELAY Set delay time in seconds which is used to wait if destination filesys default 15 tem becomes full FS_RETRY Specify a retry counter after which the backend terminates if a file system full problem is reported n times for the same print file For infinite retrys set the counter to 0 IOSLEEP Set ftp sleep time in msec 0 No sleep gt 0 Sleep time if nothing to do KEEPALIVE default 60 Keeps the ftp connection alive by sending noop requests to the serv er This happens only if the backend idles 0 No alive commands specified gt 0 Alife intervall in seconds NOT_READY Set the delay in seconds after that not ready status is displayed for default 2 the printer if no data can be transmitted PASSIVE Use passive mode for data transmission not
333. ver LogLevel loglevel commands prtpool S Server Columns scripting options Command line Description option d This is a special option for dealing with the spool daemon of the server where the command is running on For commands for spool daemons on selectable servers please use the s option of prtpool command If a command option is not specified prtpool returns the status of the local spool daemon The output contains the information if the spool daemon is active or not and if the spool and print service of the daemon is active or not d The command option has to be specified if an action should be exe Command cuted on the local spool daemon start This command enables the spool daemon on local pc Stop This command stops the spool daemon on local pc restart This command stops an starts the local spool daemon halt This command halts the spool and print service without stopping the spool daemon continue This command reenables the spool and print service after the halt com mand 206 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Command Line Interface PrinterPool Command line option Description Examples prtpool d stop gt stop spool on local machine prtpool d restart gt stop and start spool daemon on local machine S This is the general option for dealing with all spool daemons of the Server whole server cluster If server name is not specified prtpool returns the
334. ype 1210 189 Record Type 1600 190 Record Type 1601 191 Record Type 1602 191 Record Type 1603 192 Record Type 1620 193 Record Type 1621 194 Record type 99xx 195 Record Types 99xx 195 Aciior Count 132 ActionName 137 145 AddSequenceNo 147 AFP Resource 104 106 107 138 146 AFP2IPDS Backend 4 AFPDS 104 105 106 138 143 146 AfpSfTrim 105 147 APA II controller 295 Support of Printers 295 B B2500 126 B2700 126 B3500 126 B3700 126 B4700 126 Backends Docutech Backend 89 Oc PostScript Backend 77 BS2000 106 126 127 BufferSize 131 BURLAR 126 ByteOrder 138 145 C Cartridge 104 108 128 Catalog 131 ChanAddress 135 ChanBandlID 135 ChanBufSize 135 ChanChkPos 135 ChanCondCode 135 ChanDEDelay 135 ChanDumpMode 135 ChanEmulation 135 Channel Driver Utilities 290 ChanStartTime 136 ChanTimeout 136 ChanTimeoutAction 136 ChanTransMode 136 ChanTrcFile 136 CheckDataProcess 145 Command Line 199 Accounting 197 Job Editor spsprt 199 Job Status Information splstat 222 Messages ppmsg 214 PJM 228 A29247 X100 X 7 7672 Index PrinterPool 204 prismadiag 239 Spsprt to JobTicket Converter 204 Command Line Tools 249 Command Line Tools on DVD 253 CRLF 103 148 CRLF FORCED 103 148 D DataTraceEnd 132 DataTraceStart 132 DeleteOutput 139 147 Description 131 DeviceName 109 141 DeviceType 135 137 141 142 E EXOTIC 127 F FCBlgnore 136 First 131 f

Océ|User manual - Océ

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Oc&eacute;|User manual - Oc&eacute;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Océ|User manual - Océ